Use these links to rapidly review the document
Table of Contents
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Table of Contents
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31, 2010
Commission File No. 000-1409171
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization) |
|
No. 45-0357838
(IRS Employer Identification No.) |
4876 Rocking Horse Circle
Fargo, ND 58104-6049
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
(701) 356-0130
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)
Securities
registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Common Stock, $0.00001 Par Value (Nasdaq Global Market)
Securities
registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate
by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act. Yes o No ý
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Act. Yes o No ý
Note: Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Exchange Act from their obligations under those Sections.
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes ý No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be
submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes o No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not
be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to
this Form 10-K. ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting
company. See definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Large accelerated filer o |
|
Accelerated filer ý |
|
Non-accelerated filer o (Do not check if a smaller
reporting company) |
|
Smaller reporting company o |
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).
Yes o No ý
The aggregate market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates as of July 31, 2009 was approximately $148.3 million (based on the
last sale price of $12.43 per share on such date as reported on the Nasdaq Global Market).
The
number of shares outstanding of the registrant's common stock as of April 1, 2010 was: Common Stock, $0.00001 par value, 17,784,550 shares.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the proxy statement for the registrant's 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of
Part III of this report.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
We
make available, free of charge, copies of our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and
amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act on our web site, http://www.titanmachinery.com, as soon as reasonably practicable
after filing such material electronically or otherwise furnishing it to the SEC. We are
not including the information on our web site as a part of, or incorporating it by reference into, our Form 10-K.
i
Table of Contents
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Our Company
Overview
We own and operate a network of full service agricultural and construction equipment stores in the United States. Based upon
information provided to us by CNH Global N.V. or its U.S. subsidiary CNH America LLC, collectively referred to in this Form 10-K as CNH, we are the world's largest
retail dealer of Case IH Agriculture equipment and a major retail dealer of New Holland Agriculture, Case Construction and New Holland Construction equipment in the U.S. We have two primary business
segments, Agriculture and Construction, within each of which we sell and rent new and used equipment, sell parts, and service the equipment in the areas surrounding our stores.
The
agricultural equipment we sell and service includes machinery and attachments for uses ranging from large-scale farming to home and garden use. The construction equipment we sell and
service includes heavy construction and light industrial machinery for commercial and residential construction, road and highway construction and mining. Within each of our operating segments, we
engage in four principal business activities:
-
- new and used equipment sales;
-
- parts sales;
-
- repair and maintenance services; and
-
- equipment rental and other activities.
The
new equipment and parts we sell are supplied primarily by CNH. CNH is a leading manufacturer and supplier of agricultural and construction equipment, primarily through the Case IH
Agriculture, New Holland Agriculture, Case Construction and New Holland Construction brands. We acquire used equipment for resale through trade-ins from our customers and selective
purchases. We also sell parts and provide in-store and on-site repair and maintenance
services. We also rent equipment and provide other ancillary services such as equipment transportation, GPS signal subscriptions and finance and insurance products.
We
offer our customers a one-stop solution by providing equipment and parts sales, repair and maintenance services and rental functions in each store. Our full service
approach provides us with multiple points of customer contact and substantial cross-selling opportunities. We believe our mix of equipment and recurring parts and service sales enables us to operate
effectively throughout economic cycles. We also believe our significant scale, superior customer service, diverse and stable customer base, proven management reporting system and experienced
management team provide us with a competitive advantage in many of our local markets.
Throughout
our 30-year operating history we have built an extensive, geographically contiguous network of 72 stores, including three outlet stores. Our agricultural equipment
stores are located in highly productive farming regions, including the Red River valley in eastern North Dakota and northwestern Minnesota and western portions of the corn belt in Iowa, eastern South
Dakota and southern Minnesota. Our construction equipment stores are located in North Dakota, South Dakota, Iowa, Montana, Wyoming, eastern Nebraska and western Minnesota.
Our
executives have extensive industry experience. David Meyer, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, founded our company in 1980. In 2002, we acquired two stores owned by C.I. Farm
Power, Inc., a business owned by our President and Chief Financial Officer, Peter Christianson, which he co-founded in 1988. Based on our collective industry experience, we
developed the Titan Operating Model, which combines management accountability and decision-making at the store level with centralized, back-office support. In addition, our executives work
closely with our store managers to
1
Table of Contents
develop
the managers' industry knowledge and ensure these managers achieve operational excellence in line with our management philosophy.
We
have a history of successful growth through acquisitions. Since January 1, 2003, we have completed 29 acquisitions consisting of 62 stores operating in seven states, including
14 acquisitions consisting of 31 stores completed since our initial public offering on December 11, 2007. We have a well-established track record of successfully integrating
acquired stores through the Titan Operating Model, retaining acquired-store employees and maintaining acquired-store customer relationships. We expect that acquisitions will continue to be an
important component of our consolidated and segment growth.
Industry Overview
Agricultural Equipment Industry
Agricultural equipment is purchased primarily for the production of food, fiber, feed grain and renewable energy. It is also purchased
for home and garden applications and maintenance of commercial, residential and government properties. Deere & Company, CNH and AGCO Corporation are the largest global manufacturers and supply
a full line of equipment and parts that address the primary machinery requirements of farmers. For the most recent fiscal year-ends for which information is currently available, revenue
from agriculture operations was $18.1 billion for Deere & Company, $10.7 billion for CNH and $6.6 billion for AGCO. In addition to the major manufacturers, several
short-line manufacturers produce specialized equipment that addresses regional and niche requirements of farmers. Agricultural equipment manufacturers typically grant dealers in the U.S.
authorized store locations, not exclusive territories, to distribute their products.
We
believe there are many factors that influence demand for agricultural equipment, parts and repair and maintenance services, including commodity prices, interest rates, general
economic conditions and weather. Conditions can fluctuate drastically in a short time period, creating volatility in demand, especially for equipment, in a given year. Government subsidies also
influence demand for agricultural equipment. Legislation, most notably the U.S. Farm Bill and the Farm Security and Rural Investment Act of 2002, attempts to stabilize the agriculture industry through
USDA subsidies. USDA subsidies include (i) commodity programs consisting of direct, counter-cyclical and price support payments to farmers; (ii) conservation programs; and
(iii) disaster relief programs. We believe USDA subsidies reduce financial volatility and help ensure that farmers operate their farms and equipment during economic down cycles, thus
stabilizing demand for equipment, replacement parts and repair and maintenance services.
Construction Equipment Industry
Construction equipment is purchased primarily for commercial, residential and infrastructure construction, as well as for demolition,
maintenance, mining, energy production and forestry operations. The market for construction equipment is larger than the market for agricultural equipment and is segmented across multiple categories
including earth moving, lifting, light industrial, asphalt and paving, and concrete and aggregate equipment. We believe Caterpillar, Inc., Komatsu Ltd.,
Deere & Company, CNH and Ingersoll-Rand Co. Ltd. are the largest global manufacturers of construction equipment. These companies generated revenue from their
construction operations of $29.5 billion for Caterpillar, $20.4 billion for Komatsu, $2.6 billion for Deere & Company, and $2.1 billion for CNH for the most recent
fiscal year-ends for which information is currently available. As in the agricultural equipment market, distribution of construction equipment in the U.S. is executed primarily by
manufacturer authorized dealers; however, manufacturers' dealership agreements in the construction industry typically assign exclusive distribution territories.
2
Table of Contents
Construction
machinery is generally divided into heavy and light subgroups. Heavy machinery includes large wheel loaders, large tracked excavators, crawler dozers, motor graders and
articulated haul trucks. Light machinery includes backhoe landscape tractors, forklifts, compact excavators and skid steers. Heavy machinery is generally purchased by construction companies,
municipalities, local governments, rental fleet owners, quarrying and mining companies, waste management companies and forestry-related organizations. Typically, light machinery is purchased by
contractors, rental fleet owners, landscapers, logistics companies, farmers and recreational users. Although demand for construction equipment is affected by weather and seasonal factors, it is
usually less susceptible to seasonal changes than the agricultural equipment industry.
CNH
and industry reports show demand for construction equipment in our markets is driven by several factors, one of which is public infrastructure spending, including roads and highways,
sewer and water, as well as by public and private expenditures for the energy and mining industries. Demand for construction equipment is also driven by demand for fossil fuels, as well as metals and
other commodities. We expect to benefit from the need for equipment to establish the infrastructure necessary to extract these natural resources, particularly in North Dakota, as consumer and
wholesale consumption accelerates.
Titan Operating Model
We believe the Titan Operating Model is a key element to our continued success. Through the Titan Operating Model, we empower
leadership and share best practices at the store level while realizing efficiencies at the corporate level. We believe exceptional customer service is most efficiently delivered through accountable
store employees who are supported by centralized administrative, finance and marketing functions. By managing our business as a network of independent stores supported by a centralized, shared
resources group, we ensure coordination of the entire enterprise while promoting local business relationships on a store-by-store basis. We have implemented the Titan Operating
Model in each of our reporting segments.
Strong Stores
Each of our stores is run by a store manager who is reviewed and compensated based on the store's achievement of revenue,
profitability, market share and balance sheet objectives. Also, each store is typically staffed by a parts manager, a service manager and field marketers, all of whom report directly to the store
manager. Under our operating model, decision-making for customer-related issues is decentralized, with each store manager responsible for matters such as the type of equipment to stock, equipment
pricing, customer credit approvals, staffing levels and customer satisfaction. This operating model enables each trained and motivated store manager to concentrate on customers' equipment, parts and
service needs, while our shared resources group manages the administrative functions of the store. We believe customers in our industry view store managers and sales and service personnel as important
partners in operating their businesses. Therefore, we believe developing and supporting strong store managers enables us to grow same-store sales through fostering new relationships and
further developing existing relationships with our customers. In addition, we believe that choosing to centralize customer-related decision making at the corporate level risks undermining the
partnership many customers seek to build with their dealer.
Shared Resources
Our shared resources group provides a range of services to support our stores, including warranty and service administration,
information technology support, administration, marketing campaigns, human resources management, finance and insurance, central purchasing, accounting, data administration and cash management. We
believe these functions can be run more efficiently when combined and provide more sophisticated tools to our store managers than an independent dealership
3
Table of Contents
could
support alone. We maintain accountability through our management reporting systems, which provide data on certain key operational and financial metrics on a daily basis, as well as a
comprehensive review of financial performance on a monthly basis. We believe the services provided by our shared resources group enables our stores to achieve a higher level of customer service by
freeing them from certain general and administrative functions and a more competitive market presence at a lower cost than would be feasible if our stores operated independently. Furthermore, as we
acquire new stores, we believe the shared services required to support these stores will grow at a lower rate than our overall growth in store count.
Management Development and Succession Planning
Our executives work closely with our regional and store managers and mid-level corporate managers to ensure the managers
benefit from our executives' industry knowledge and execute operational excellence in line with our management philosophy. We also conduct formal meetings on a monthly basis with our store managers
and regional managers to assess operational and financial objectives, develop near-term strategies and share best practices across the organization. We believe the relationships between
our executives, regional managers, store managers and mid-level corporate managers will sustain our financial success through continued implementation of our effective operating model, by
providing a strong pool of capable successors to our current team of executives, regional managers and store managers. Further, we have deliberately structured our store personnel with entrepreneurial
individuals trained, including through our programs, to move up the management ladder. In addition, we sponsor programs with several Technical Colleges and Community Colleges that offer scholarships
to students who will ultimately work for us in various capacities empowered with the basic knowledge and tools to succeed.
Business Strengths
In addition to the Titan Operating Model, we believe the following attributes of our business model and market position are important
factors in our ability to compete effectively and achieve our long-term financial objectives:
Leading North American Equipment Provider with Significant Scale
According to CNH, we are the world's largest retail dealer of Case IH Agriculture equipment and a major retail dealer of New Holland
Agriculture, Case Construction and New Holland Construction equipment in the U.S. We believe our size and large, contiguous geographic market provide us with several competitive advantages
including:
-
- our ability to efficiently manage inventory by empowering each individual store with inventory management responsibility
and access to our centralized inventory management system, thus allowing inventory exchanges among the stores, which permits us to maintain only the inventory deemed needed by each store while
providing significant breadth of parts and equipment to our customers;
-
- our ability to use expanded sales channels, including used equipment listings and periodic auctions hosted on our website,
which enables us to offer our customers alternative purchasing options; and
-
- our ability to sell inventory to customers in a large geographic area covering North Dakota, South Dakota, Iowa,
Minnesota, Nebraska, Wyoming and Montana, which enables us to capitalize on crop diversification and disparate weather throughout this area, as well as local trends in residential, infrastructure and
commercial construction.
4
Table of Contents
Customer Focus at the Local Level
As part of the Titan Operating Model, we centralize general and administrative functions and finance resources. This strategy enables
our store employees to focus exclusively on customers and eliminates redundant operating expenses. We also centralize our marketing resources to offer our stores and field marketers professional
marketing support that includes targeted direct mailings, advertising with targeted local media outlets, participation in and sponsorship of trade shows and industry events, our Titan Trader monthly
magazine, and our hosting of open houses, service clinics, equipment demonstrations, product showcases and customer appreciation outings. We believe this operating structure, which focuses on serving
our customers on a local level, will allow us to increase market share.
Superior Customer Service to Attract and Retain Customers
We believe our ability to respond quickly to our customers' demands is a key to profitable growth. Our executives are committed to
maintaining a customer-focused culture. We spend significant time and resources training our employees to effectively service our customers in each of our local markets, which we believe will increase
our revenue. Our training program involves active participation in all manufacturer-sponsored training programs and the use of industry experts as consultants for customized training programs and a
training team to assist in the integration of newly-acquired operations. We also partner with several technical colleges to sponsor students who we
plan to ultimately employ. In particular, the following capabilities enable us to better service our customers:
-
- our ability to staff a large number of highly-trained service technicians across our network of stores, which makes it
possible to schedule repair services on short notice without affecting our technician utilization rates;
-
- our ability to staff and leverage product and application specialists across our network of stores, which makes it
possible to offer valuable pre-sale and aftermarket services, including equipment training, best practices education and precision farming technology support; and
-
- our ability to innovate and lead our industry through initiatives such as Rural Tower Network, our joint venture with
certain local Caterpillar and John Deere dealerships to deploy a GPS guidance system in support of precision farming in our core geographic market, which provides our customers with the latest
advances in technology and operating practices.
Unique Entrepreneurial Culture to Attract and Retain Superior Employees
We created a unique entrepreneurial culture that empowers our employees to make decisions and act within the parameters of a proven
operating process and system. We believe this culture and our size gives us a competitive advantage in attracting and retaining the best employees in our industry. We developed an operating system and
process that provides our employees with defined objectives and frequent feedback of results within an entrepreneurial environment that allows them to work independently yet consistently throughout
our company. Through this operating system and process we have established defined financial metrics on a balanced scorecard, which is used monthly with each store manager to assess performance. Each
store manager is empowered to operate the individual store as appropriate within the guidelines set by the operating system and process. This balanced management philosophy enables our employees to
understand clearly how they succeed in our organization and how to interact with customers who expect a level of autonomy from our employees. Our compensation system focuses on rewarding our employees
for high performance, thus enabling us to retain most of those employees who perform at or above expectations. This system also enables us to attract talented individuals outside of our industry and
train them to perform at a high level within a relatively short period of time.
5
Table of Contents
Diverse and Stable Customer Base to Avoid Market Volatility
We believe our large and diverse customer base limits our exposure to risks associated with customer concentration and fluctuations in
local market conditions. We have long and stable relationships with many of our customers. During fiscal 2010, we conducted business with approximately 58,000 customers, none of whom accounted for
more than 1.0% of our total revenue and our top ten customers combined represented approximately 5.3% of our total revenue.
Proven Information Technology Systems
Our management reporting systems provide the data and reports that facilitate our ability to make informed decisions. We use these
systems to actively manage our business and enable each store to access the available inventory of our other stores before ordering additional parts or equipment from our suppliers. As a result, we
minimize our investment in inventory while promptly satisfying our customers' parts and equipment needs. Our customer relationship management system provides sales and customer information and other
organizational tools to assist our field marketers, parts managers and service managers. In addition, our management reporting systems facilitate training and foster development of management
personnel.
Experienced Management Team to Implement our Growth Strategy
Our executive team is led by David Meyer, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Peter Christianson, our President and Chief
Financial Officer, who have approximately 35 and 31 years, respectively, of industry experience. Our regional managers, store managers and field marketers also have extensive knowledge and
experience in our industry. In addition, we compensate, develop and review our regional managers and store managers based on an approach that aligns their incentives with the goals and objectives of
our company, including achievement of revenue, profitability, market share and balance sheet objectives. We believe the strength of our management team will help our success in the marketplace.
Growth Strategy
We believe our business strengths will enable us to grow our business as we continue to pursue the following growth strategies:
Increase Market Share and Same-Store Sales
We focus on increasing our share of the equipment sold in our markets because our market share impacts current period revenue and
compounds our revenue over the life of the equipment sold through recurring parts and service business. We seek to generate same-store growth and increase market share
through:
-
- employing significant marketing and advertising programs, including targeted direct mailings, advertising with targeted
local media outlets, participation in and sponsorship of trade shows and industry events, our Titan Trader monthly magazine, and by hosting open houses, service clinics, equipment demonstrations,
product showcases and customer appreciation outings;
-
- supporting and providing customers with training for evolving technologies, such as precision farming, that are difficult
for single-store operators to support;
-
- maintaining state-of-the-art service facilities, mobile service trucks and trained
service technicians to maximize our customers' equipment uptime through preventative maintenance programs and seasonal 24/7 service support; and
-
- utilizing our inventory system to maximize parts and equipment availability for our customers.
6
Table of Contents
Make Selective Acquisitions
The agricultural and construction equipment industries are fragmented and consist of many relatively small, independent businesses
servicing discrete local markets. We believe a favorable climate for dealership consolidation exists due to several factors, including the competitiveness of our industry, growing dealer
capitalization requirements and lack of succession alternatives. We intend to evaluate and pursue acquisitions with the objectives of entering new markets, consolidating distribution within our
established network and strengthening our competitive position.
We
have a track record of completing and integrating acquisitions and have successfully used acquisitions to enter new markets. We look to add stores through acquisitions that offer
attractive growth opportunities, high demand for the equipment we sell and services we offer, management strength, and contiguity with our existing geography. These factors have guided us to
successful acquisition candidates. We believe our track record of successful acquisitions and expansion increases the probability that our future expansion will be profitable.
We
believe that we are effectively able to identify attractive acquisition candidates due to our leadership position in the industry, our track record of completing and integrating
acquisitions, and our
contacts in and knowledge of our industry and geographic region. We regularly assess the acquisition landscape, evaluating potential acquisition candidates in terms of their availability and
desirability to our long-term growth strategy. In addition, we believe acquisition economics in our industry have been and will continue to be conducive to executing our
long-term growth strategy. Typically, we acquire only the fixed assets, working capital and selected inventory we believe are necessary to run an efficient store according to the Titan
Operating Model and assume only the liabilities related to financing the inventory and working capital acquired, although we sometimes acquire all the stock of a company. We, therefore, typically
calculate our net purchase price of an acquisition as the value paid for the assets acquired less the amount of any liabilities assumed. Upon completion of an acquisition we seek to
re-finance the inventory acquired according to the parts and floor plan financing parameters of the Titan Operating Model. We believe our management team's experience in evaluating
potential acquisition candidates helps them determine whether a particular dealership can be successfully integrated into our existing operations and enables them to structure mutually beneficial
purchase terms.
The
consent of CNH is required to acquire any CNH dealership, and the consent of Bremer Bank, N.A. ("Bremer Bank") and GE Commercial Distribution Finance ("GE") is required for the
acquisition of dealerships meeting certain thresholds or other criteria defined in the financing agreements with the respective entities.
The
table below summarizes our acquisition of 29 dealers, totaling 62 stores, since January 1, 2003. Certain stores (designated with an *) are included in the Agriculture segment
but also sell some construction equipment.
|
|
|
|
Acquired Dealer
|
|
Location of Stores |
Titan Machinery, LLC |
|
Watertown, South Dakota |
| |
January 2003 |
|
Wahpeton, North Dakota |
|
|
Casselton, North Dakota |
|
|
Fargo, North Dakota |
Consolidated Ag Service, Inc. |
|
Graceville, Minnesota |
| |
February 2004 |
|
Marshall, Minnesota* |
|
|
Pipestone, Minnesota |
7
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
Acquired Dealer
|
|
Location of Stores |
Smith International, Inc. |
|
Waverly, Iowa |
| |
March 2005 |
|
|
H.C. Clark Implement Co., Inc. |
|
Aberdeen, South Dakota* |
| |
May 2005 |
|
|
Vern Anderson, Inc. |
|
Anthon, Iowa |
| |
November 2005 |
|
Cherokee, Iowa |
|
|
Kingsley, Iowa |
|
|
Le Mars, Iowa |
Walterman Implement, Inc. |
|
Dike, Iowa |
| |
November 2005 |
|
|
Farm Power, Inc. of Minnesota and related entities |
|
Elbow Lake, Minnesota |
| |
March 2006 |
|
Fergus Falls, Minnesota |
Richland County Implement, Inc. |
|
Wahpeton, North Dakota |
| |
February 2007 |
|
|
Aberdeen Equipment Co., Huron Equipment Co. and Redfield Equipment Co. |
|
Aberdeen, South Dakota* |
| |
April 2007 |
|
Huron, South Dakota |
|
|
Redfield, South Dakota |
Red Power International, Inc. |
|
Ada, Minnesota |
| |
August 2007 |
|
Crookston, Minnesota* |
Twin City Implement, Inc. |
|
Mandan, North Dakota* |
| |
November 2007 |
|
|
Reiten & Young International, Inc. |
|
Grand Forks, North Dakota* |
| |
December 2007 |
|
|
Avoca Operations, Inc. and Greenfield Operations, Inc. |
|
Avoca, Iowa |
| |
January 2008 |
|
Greenfield, Iowa |
Ceres Equipment Inc. |
|
Roseau, Minnesota |
| |
February 2008 |
|
|
Quad County Implement, Inc. |
|
Blairstown, Iowa |
| |
May 2008 |
|
|
Wolf's Farm Equipment, Inc. |
|
Kintyre, North Dakota |
| |
September 2008 |
|
|
Pioneer Garage, Inc. |
|
Pierre, South Dakota |
| |
October 2008 |
|
Highmore, South Dakota |
|
|
Miller, South Dakota |
Anderson Power and Equipment, Inc. |
|
Thief River Falls, Minnesota |
| |
December 2008 |
|
|
8
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
Acquired Dealer
|
|
Location of Stores |
Winger Implement, Inc. |
|
Winger, Minnesota |
| |
May 2009 |
|
|
Arthur Mercantile Company |
|
Arthur, North Dakota |
| |
May 2009 |
|
|
Valley Equipment, Inc. |
|
Mayville, North Dakota |
| |
June 2009 |
|
|
Lickness Bros. Implement Co. |
|
Britton, South Dakota |
| |
August 2009 |
|
|
Oskaloosa Implement Co. |
|
Pella, Iowa |
| |
November 2009 |
|
Oskaloosa, Iowa |
Valley Farm Equipment, Inc. |
|
Milbank, South Dakota |
| |
November 2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquired Dealer
|
|
Location of Stores |
Krider Equipment Co., Inc. |
|
Fargo, North Dakota |
| |
January 2003 |
|
Bismarck, North Dakota |
Fargo Tractor & Equipment, Inc. |
|
West Fargo, North Dakota |
| |
January 2003 |
|
|
Piorier Equipment Company, Inc. and related entities |
|
Sioux City, Iowa |
| |
June 2006 |
|
Marshall, Minnesota |
|
|
Rapid City, South Dakota |
|
|
Sioux Falls, South Dakota |
Mid-Land Equipment Company, L.C. |
|
Des Moines, Iowa |
| |
May 2008 |
|
Davenport, Iowa |
|
|
Clear Lake, Iowa |
|
|
Cedar Rapids, Iowa |
|
|
Omaha, Nebraska |
|
|
Lincoln, Nebraska |
Western Plains Machinery Co. and WP Rentals LLC |
|
Billings, Montana (2 stores) |
| |
December 2008 |
|
Belgrade, Montana |
|
|
Great Falls, Montana |
|
|
Missoula, Montana |
|
|
Columbia Falls, Montana |
|
|
Cheyenne, Wyoming |
|
|
Casper, Wyoming |
|
|
Gillette, Wyoming |
Integrate New Dealers into the Titan Operating Model
We have developed the Titan Operating Model to optimize the performance and profitability of each of our stores. Upon consummation of
each acquisition, we integrate acquired stores into our
9
Table of Contents
operations
by implementing the Titan Operating Model to enhance each acquired store's performance within its target market. We generally complete integration of a store within 18 months,
although it may take several years before acquired stores fully realize the benefits of the Titan Operating Model. We believe the Titan Operating Model provides us with multiple points of customer
contact, creates cross-selling opportunities, fosters strong customer relationships and supports a culture of individual accountability that increases our revenue and provides a strong platform for
future growth.
Suppliers
CNHCase IH Agriculture, Case Construction, New Holland Agriculture and New Holland Construction
We have a longstanding relationship with CNH and, according to CNH, are the world's largest retail dealer of Case IH Agriculture
equipment. We have been an authorized dealer of Case agricultural equipment since the inception of our company in 1980 and added the other CNH brands as Case grew, acquired other brands and merged
with New Holland in 1999 to form CNH. CNH supplied, through CNH America LLC, CNH's U.S. manufacturing entity, approximately 81.9% of the new agricultural equipment and 64.1% of the new
construction equipment we sold in fiscal 2010.
CNH
is a global leader in the agricultural and construction equipment industries based on the number of units sold. In 2009, CNH had $13.8 billion in worldwide revenue, with
agricultural equipment accounting for approximately 77% and construction equipment accounting for approximately 15% of CNH's total revenue. In addition, CNH provides financing and insurance products
and services to its end-user customers and authorized dealers through its CNH Capital business unit. CNH is a publicly-traded company and a majority-owned subsidiary of Fiat S.p.A.
CNH
is the world's second largest manufacturer of agricultural equipment. CNH owns and operates the Case IH Agriculture and New Holland Agriculture brands. Case IH Agriculture,
recognized by the red color of its equipment, possesses over 160 years of farm equipment heritage. New Holland Agriculture, recognized by the blue color of its tractors and the yellow color of
its harvesting and hay equipment, has over 100 years of farm equipment industry experience. CNH's agricultural equipment dealers are assigned authorized store locations but do not have
exclusive territories.
CNH
is one of the world's largest manufacturers of construction equipment in terms of market share, owning and operating the Case Construction, New Holland Construction and Kobelco
brands. CNH's construction equipment dealers are assigned a specific geographic area of responsibility, which typically includes an entire state, within which the dealers have the right to sell new
Case Construction, New Holland Construction and/or Kobelco equipment.
We
have entered into separate dealership agreements with certain CNH entities to sell the Case IH Agriculture, New Holland Agriculture, Case Construction and New Holland Construction
brands. These
dealer agreements authorize us to sell CNH equipment and parts and entitle us to use CNH trademarks and trade names, with certain restrictions. The CNH entities have the right to terminate their
dealer agreements with us immediately in certain circumstances, including if a person acquires 20% or more of our common stock without CNH's consent, and, in some cases, for any reason 90 days
following written notice. The dealership agreements and industry practices generally provide that payment on equipment and parts purchased from CNH entities is due within 30 days and is
typically subject to floor plan financing as discussed below. With respect to sales of equipment, payments from customers, which are typically financed by a third party, are due upon sale. Payments
from customers for parts and services are due within 30 days. CNH makes available to us any floorplans, parts return programs, sales or incentive programs or similar plans or programs it offers
to other dealers, and provides us with promotional items and marketing materials.
10
Table of Contents
Based
upon information provided to us by CNH, we are the world's largest retail dealer of Case IH Agriculture equipment and a major retail dealer of New Holland Agriculture, Case
Construction and New Holland Construction equipment in the U.S. Thus, our relationship with CNH entities is more than a typical supply relationship; it is strategic for both our company and CNH. In
that regard, it is in our mutual interests to maintain the strong longstanding relationship we share.
Other Suppliers
In addition to products supplied by CNH, we sell a variety of new equipment, parts and attachments from other manufacturers. These
products tend to address specialized niche markets and complement the CNH products we sell by filling gaps in the CNH line of products. We believe our offering of products for specialized niche
markets supports our goal of being a one-stop solution for equipment needs at each of our stores. Approximately 20.0% of our total new equipment sales in fiscal 2010 resulted from sales of
products manufactured by companies other than CNH with our single largest manufacturer other than CNH representing less than 3.4% of our total new equipment sales. The terms of our arrangements with
these other suppliers vary, but most of the dealership agreements contain termination provisions allowing the supplier to terminate the agreement after a specified notice period, which is typically
30 days. Payment and financing practices with these other suppliers are similar to those practices described above with respect to CNH entities.
Operating Segments, Products and Services
We operate our business in two reportable segments, Agriculture and Construction. Within each of our Agriculture and Construction
segments, we have four principal sources of revenue: new and used equipment sales, parts sales, repair and maintenance service and equipment rental and other business activities. We recently realigned
our operations into two reporting segments to reflect our changing business mix, highlight our growth potential, provide more insight into our operating results, and reflect our internal performance
reporting and decision-making. See Note 16 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report for additional information regarding our segments.
Equipment Sales
We sell new agricultural and construction equipment manufactured under the CNH family of brands as well as equipment from a variety of
other manufacturers. The used equipment we sell is from inventory acquired through trade-ins from our customers and selective purchases. The agricultural equipment we sell and service
includes application equipment and sprayers, combines and attachments, hay and forage equipment, planting and seeding equipment, precision farming technology, tillage equipment, and tractors. The
construction equipment we sell and service includes articulated trucks, compact track loaders, compaction equipment, cranes, crawler dozers, excavators, forklifts, loader/backhoes, loader/tool
carriers, motor graders, skid steer loaders, telehandlers and wheel loaders. We sell new and used equipment through our professional, in-house retail sales force, which is organized by
geography and operating segment. We also sell used equipment through our outlet stores. We believe this organizational structure improves the effectiveness of our sales force, better serves our
customers and helps us negotiate advantageous trade-in purchase terms. Equipment sales generate cross-selling opportunities for us by populating our markets with equipment we repair and
maintain and for which we sell parts. For the year ended January 31, 2010, equipment revenue was $643.2 million, representing 76.8% of total revenue for the period.
Parts Sales
We sell a broad range of maintenance and replacement parts on equipment that we sell, as well as other types of equipment. We maintain
an extensive in-house parts inventory to provide timely parts and repair and maintenance support to our customers. We generally are able to acquire out-of-stock
11
Table of Contents
parts
directly from manufacturers within two business days. Our parts sales provide us with a relatively stable revenue stream that is less sensitive to economic cycles than our equipment sales and
rental operations. For the year ended January 31, 2010, parts revenue was $119.5 million, representing 14.2% of total revenue for the period.
Repair and Maintenance Services
We provide repair and maintenance services, including warranty repairs, for our customers' equipment. Each of our stores includes
service bays staffed by trained service technicians. Our technicians are also available to make on-site repairs. In addition, we provide proactive and comprehensive customer service by
maintaining service histories for each piece of equipment owned by our customers, maintaining 24/7 service hours in times of peak service usage, providing on-site repair services,
scheduling off-season maintenance activities with customers, notifying customers of periodic service requirements and providing training programs to customers to educate them as to
standard maintenance requirements. At the time equipment is purchased, we also offer customers the option of purchasing extended warranty protection. Our after-market services have historically
provided us with a high-margin, relatively stable source of revenue through changing economic cycles. For the year ended January 31, 2010, service revenue was $59.0 million,
representing 7.0% of total revenue for the period.
Equipment Rental and Other Business Activities
We rent equipment to our customers on a short-term basis for periods ranging from a few days to a few months. We actively
manage the size, quality, age and composition of our rental fleet and use our information technology systems to closely monitor and analyze customer demand and rate trends. We maintain the quality of
our fleet through our on-site parts and services support and dispose of rental equipment through our retail
sales force. Our rental business creates cross-selling opportunities for us in equipment sales. In addition, we provide ancillary equipment support activities such as equipment
transportation, GPS signal subscriptions in connection with precision farming and reselling CNH Capital finance and insurance products. For the year ended January 31, 2010, other revenue
was $17.1 million, representing 2.0% of total revenue for the period.
Customers
We serve over 58,000 customers in the U.S., primarily in North Dakota, South Dakota, Minnesota, Iowa, Nebraska, Wyoming and Montana.
Our customers include a wide range of farmers, construction contractors, public utilities, municipalities and maintenance contractors. They vary from small, single machine owners to large farming or
contracting firms that operate under sophisticated capital equipment and maintenance budgets. Our stores enable us to closely service local and regional customers. We believe the Titan Operating Model
enables us to satisfy customer requirements and increase revenue through cross-selling opportunities presented by the various products and services that we offer. In fiscal 2010, no single customer
accounted for more than 1.0% of our revenue and our top ten customers combined accounted for approximately 5.3% of our total revenue. In addition to our U.S. customers, we sell equipment on a limited
basis to international customers, primarily in Eastern Europe. Our U.S. customers primarily finance their equipment purchases through CNH Capital.
Floorplan Financing
We attempt to maintain at each store, or have readily available at other stores in our network, sufficient inventory to satisfy
customer needs. Inventory levels fluctuate throughout the year and tend to increase before the primary sales seasons for agricultural equipment. The cost of financing our inventory is an important
factor affecting our financial results.
12
Table of Contents
CNH Capital
CNH Capital offers floorplan financing to CNH dealers for extended periods to finance products from both CNH and other suppliers. CNH
Capital provides this financing in part to enable dealers to carry representative inventories of equipment and encourage the purchase of goods by dealers in advance of seasonal retail demand. CNH
Capital charges variable market rates of interest based on the prime rate on balances outstanding after any interest-free periods and retains a security interest in all of our assets,
including inventories, which it inspects periodically. The interest-free periods, which CNH offers periodically in the form of additional incentives or special offers, typically average
four months for new and used agriculture equipment and new construction equipment. CNH Capital also provides financing for used equipment accepted in trade, repossessed equipment and approved
equipment from other suppliers, and receives a security interest in such equipment.
Other Financing Sources for Equipment
In addition to the financing provided by CNH Capital, financing also may be available through floorplan financing programs provided by
the suppliers, which may be financed by such suppliers themselves or through third party lenders.
Other Financing
We have a revolving operating line of credit with Bremer Bank for up to $25.0 million. The revolving operating line of credit is
to provide for our short term working capital requirements.
Sales and Marketing
As part of the Titan Operating Model, we have centralized sales support and marketing management. All of our stores benefit from our
centralized media buys, strategic planning, sales support and training, and we provide our store managers and their sales teams with flexibility to localize sales and marketing.
We
currently market our products and services through:
-
- field marketers, our direct sales representatives who operate out of our network of local stores and call on customers in
the markets surrounding each store;
-
- parts counter and service managers, who provide our customers with comprehensive after-market support;
-
- local and national advertising efforts, including broadcast, cable, print and web-based media; and
-
- our remarketing division, which trades and sells used equipment through our outlet store and website.
Field Marketers
We believe our sales force is one of the industry's most productive and highly trained. Our field marketers perform a variety of
functions, such as servicing customers at our stores, calling on existing customers and soliciting new business at farming, construction and industrial sites. These field marketers target customers in
specific areas, and we develop customized marketing programs for our sales force by analyzing each customer group for profitability, buying behavior and product selection. All members of our sales
force are required to attend frequent in-house training sessions to develop product and application knowledge, sales techniques and financial acumen. Our sales force is supported by our
corporate marketing department.
13
Table of Contents
Parts Counter and Service Managers
Our parts counter and service managers are involved in our uptime service efforts, taking advantage of our seasonal marketing campaigns
in parts and service sales. As a group, they have won multiple awards from our suppliers for their efforts benefiting both our customers and our key strategic partners. We believe they rank among the
most well-trained and efficient parts and service groups in our industry.
Print, Broadcast and Web-Based Advertising Campaigns
Each year we initiate several targeted direct mail, print and broadcast advertising and marketing campaigns. CNH and other suppliers
periodically provide us with advertising funds, which we primarily use to promote new equipment, parts and financing programs. We will continue to explore and launch additional sales channels as
appropriate, including, for example, new internet-based efforts.
Remarketing Division
Our remarketing division capitalizes on sales opportunities for aged used agricultural and construction equipment transferred out of
our retail stores. We have opened three outlet stores that sell used equipment. In addition, we are actively engaged in marketing equipment through our website.
Competition
The agricultural and construction equipment sales and distribution industries are highly competitive and fragmented, with large numbers
of companies operating on a regional or local scale. Our competitors range from multi-location, regional operators to single-location, local dealers and include dealers and distributors of competing
equipment brands, including John Deere, Caterpillar and the AGCO family of brands, as well as other dealers and distributors of the CNH family of brands. Competition among equipment dealers, whether
they offer agricultural or construction products or both, is primarily based on the price, value, reputation, quality and design of the products offered by the dealer, the customer service and repair
and maintenance service provided by the dealer, the availability of equipment and parts and the accessibility of stores. While we believe we compete favorably on each of the identified competitive
factors, our sales and margins may be impacted depending on (i) the extent of aggressive pricing competition through manufacturer discount programs or other competitive pricing tactics,
(ii) our ability to obtain higher service gross margins based on our service quality and reputation and (iii) our ability to attract new and maintain existing customers based on the
availability and quality of the products we offer and our local relationship and reputation.
The
number of agricultural and construction equipment dealers operating on a regional scale is limited and we are one of the principal regional-scale, agricultural and construction
equipment dealers in the U.S. The primary regional-scale equipment dealers with whom we compete include RDO
Equipment Co., Butler Machinery, Ziegler Inc. and Brandt Holdings Co. RDO Equipment Co. is a John Deere agricultural and construction equipment dealer with 56 locations in
nine states including North Dakota, South Dakota, Minnesota and Montana. Butler Machinery is a Caterpillar construction and agriculture equipment dealer with 11 locations in North Dakota and South
Dakota. Ziegler Inc. is a Caterpillar construction and agriculture equipment dealer with 20 locations in three states including Minnesota and Iowa. Brandt Holdings owns John Deere, Vermeer and
Bobcat construction and agricultural equipment dealers with 32 locations in 11 states including Iowa, Minnesota, Nebraska, North Dakota, and South Dakota.
Information Technology Systems
We currently use an integrated management reporting system developed and supported by Dealer Information Systems Corporation to manage
our operating information. In fiscal 2010, we began
14
Table of Contents
implementing
a new enterprise resource planning ("ERP") system that will replace our current management reporting system. Our information system enables us to closely monitor our performance and
actively manage our business on a consolidated and segment basis and includes features that were enhanced to support the Titan Operating Model, including detailed store-based financial reporting,
inventory management and customer relationship management.
Through
our information system we maintain a complete database on inventory of parts and equipment and a centralized inventory control system for each segment. Our system enables each
store to access the available inventory of our other stores before ordering additional parts or equipment from our suppliers. We are also able to monitor inventory levels and mix at each store and
make adjustments in accordance with our operating plan. Finally, our system is externally connected to CNH, enabling us to locate CNH equipment and parts inventories, and communicate with other CNH
dealers.
Our
customer relationship management system provides sales and customer information and other organizational tools to assist our sales force. We maintain an extensive customer database
that allows us to monitor the status and maintenance history of our customers' equipment and enables us to more effectively provide parts and services to meet their needs. In addition, our system
includes, among other features, on-line contract generation, automated billing, local sales tax computation and automated rental purchase option calculation. We also use our relationship
management information system and customer database to monitor sales information and customer demand.
The
data we store in our information system is backed-up on a daily basis and stored at an off-site location. Thus, if our system were to become inoperable, we
would be able to continue operations through an off-site data center. Further, we own the software and hardware necessary to operate this system and have employees trained to manage and
maintain the software without reliance on external support.
Corporate Information
We were incorporated as a North Dakota corporation in 1980 and reincorporated in Delaware in December 2007 prior to our initial public
offering. Our executive offices are located at 4876 Rocking Horse Circle, Fargo, ND 58104-6049. Our telephone number is (701) 356-0130. We maintain a web site at www.titanmachinery.com.
Intellectual Property
We do not have any registered intellectual property. Case IH, Case and New Holland are registered trademarks of CNH, which we use in
connection with advertisements and sales as authorized under our dealership agreements. We license trademarks and trade names of new equipment obtained from suppliers other than CNH from their
respective owners. We operate each of our stores under either the Titan Machinery name or, if there was strong local name recognition and customer loyalty at a location we acquired, the name
historically used by the dealership in that location for a transition period, the length of which can vary depending upon the location.
Product Warranties
Product warranties for new equipment and parts are provided by our suppliers. The term and scope of these warranties vary greatly by
supplier and by product. We also offer customers the option of purchasing extended warranty protection at the time equipment is purchased. Suppliers pay us for repairs we perform to equipment under
warranty. We generally sell used equipment "as is" and without manufacturer's warranty, although manufacturers sometimes provide limited warranties if the supplier's original warranty is transferable
and has not expired. Typically, we provide no additional warranties on used equipment.
15
Table of Contents
Seasonality
Our quarterly operating results are subject to fluctuation due to varying weather patterns, which may impact the timing and amount of
equipment purchases, rentals, and after-sales parts and service purchases by our Agriculture and Construction customers.
Employees
As of April 1, 2010, we employed 1,240 full-time and 251 part-time employees. None of our employees is
covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We believe our relations with our employees are good.
Governmental Regulation
We are subject to numerous federal, state, and local rules and regulations, including regulations promulgated by the Environmental
Protection Agency and similar state agencies, with respect to storing, shipping, disposing, discharging and manufacturing hazardous materials and hazardous and non-hazardous waste. These
activities are associated with the repair and maintenance of equipment at our stores. Currently, none of our stores or operations exceeds small quantity generation status. Compliance with these rules
and regulations has not had any material effect on our operations, nor do we expect it to in the future. Further, we have not made, and do not anticipate making, any material capital expenditures
related to compliance with environmental regulations. However, there can be no assurance that these expectations are accurate, particularly if regulations change, unforeseen incidents occur or unknown
past contamination or non-compliance is discovered, among other similar events.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
We are substantially dependent upon our relationship with CNH.
We are an authorized dealer of CNH agricultural and construction equipment and parts. In fiscal 2010, CNH supplied approximately 81.9%
of the new agricultural equipment and 64.1% of the new construction equipment we sold and represented a significant portion of our parts revenue. Our acquisition strategy contemplates the acquisition
of additional CNH geographic areas of responsibility and store locations in both the Agricultural and Construction equipment segments. We depend on CNH Capital America LLC, or CNH Capital, for
floorplan financing to purchase a substantial portion of our inventory. In addition, CNH Capital provides a significant percentage of the financing used by our customers to purchase CNH equipment from
us. CNH also provides incentive programs and discount programs from time to time that enable us to price our products more competitively. In addition, CNH conducts promotional and marketing activities
on national, regional and local levels. Due to our substantial dependence on CNH, our success depends, in significant part, on (i) the overall reputation and success of CNH; (ii) the
availability and terms of floorplan financing and customer financing from CNH Capital; (iii) the incentive and discount programs provided by CNH and its promotional and marketing efforts for
its agricultural and construction products; (iv) the goodwill associated with CNH trademarks; (v) the introduction of new and innovative products by CNH; (vi) the manufacture and
delivery of competitively-priced, high quality equipment and parts by CNH in quantities sufficient to meet our customers' requirements on a timely basis; (vii) the quality, consistency and
management of the overall CNH dealership system; and (viii) the ability of CNH to manage its risks and costs, including those associated with being a multinational company. If CNH does not
provide, maintain or improve any of the foregoing, or if CNH were sold or reduced or ceased operations, there could be a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
16
Table of Contents
CNH may terminate its dealership agreements with us or change the terms of those agreements, which could adversely affect our business.
Under our dealership agreements with CNH through CNH America LLC, CNH's U.S. manufacturing entity, CNH entities have the right
to terminate these agreements immediately in certain circumstances, and, in some cases, for any reason 90 days following written
notice. Furthermore, CNH entities may change the terms of their agreements with us, among other things, to change our sales and service areas and/or the product, pricing or delivery terms. CNH
routinely conducts evaluations of dealership standards, customer satisfaction surveys and market share studies, the results of which can impact the relationships with its dealers. CNH uses the
evaluation results to increase or decrease the monetary rewards to dealers, or limit or expand the availability of financing, warranty reimbursements or other marketing incentives. If CNH were to
change the terms of any or all of these agreements in a manner that adversely affects us, our business may be harmed, and if CNH were to terminate all or any of its dealer agreements with us, our
business would be severely harmed.
Restrictions in our CNH dealership agreements may significantly affect our operations and growth and prevent a change in control of our company.
We operate our stores pursuant to CNH's customary dealership agreements. These agreements impose a number of restrictions and
obligations on us with respect to our operations, including our obligations to actively promote the sale of CNH equipment within our designated geographic areas of responsibility, fulfill the warranty
obligations of CNH, provide services to our customers, maintain sufficient parts inventory to service the needs of our customers, maintain inventory in proportion to the sales potential in each sales
and service geographic area of responsibility, maintain adequate working capital and maintain stores only in authorized locations. Prior consent of CNH is required for the acquisition by another party
of 20% or more of our outstanding stock and for our acquisition of other CNH dealerships; otherwise, CNH may terminate our dealership agreements. There can be no assurances that CNH will give its
consent. The restrictions and obligations in our CNH dealership agreements limit our flexibility in operating our current stores and acquiring new stores, which could have an adverse effect on our
operations and growth. Furthermore, the requirement that CNH consent to the acquisition by any party of 20% or more of our outstanding stock may have the effect of discouraging transactions involving
a change in our control, including transactions that stockholders might deem to be in their best interests.
Our equipment dealer appointments are not exclusive to the geographic areas we serve, which could adversely affect our operations and financial condition.
CNH could appoint other equipment dealers in close proximity to our existing stores. The sales and service geographic areas of
responsibility assigned to our dealerships can be enlarged or reduced by CNH upon 30 days' prior written notice. CNH and other equipment dealers can also sell in our sales and service
geographic areas of responsibility. To the extent CNH appoints other equipment dealers within our markets, enlarges or reduces the sales and service geographic areas of responsibility relating to our
stores, amends the dealership agreements or imposes new or different terms or conditions under the dealer agreements, our operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.
Our operating results may be adversely impacted by an under-supply or over-supply of equipment.
If our suppliers cannot continue to provide us a reliable supply of new equipment, we may not be able to meet our customers' demand and
our operating results could be negatively impacted. In times of heightened global demand for equipment, which is often driven by other factors (e.g., farm cash receipts often drive demand for
agricultural equipment and infrastructure development often drives construction equipment demand), equipment suppliers may experience difficulty providing all
17
Table of Contents
dealerships
a reliable supply of new agricultural equipment, which could adversely impact our results of operations. Further, an under-supply of equipment may cause prices for such equipment to
increase. To the extent we cannot pass on any increased costs of equipment to our customers, our operating results may suffer. Conversely, an industry over-supply of equipment may also
adversely affect our operations. Though manufacturers typically manage production of new equipment in response to demand, there may be short-term under-supplies or
over-supplies of new equipment as manufacturers adjust to industry demand fluctuations. For used and rental equipment, short-term lease programs and commercial rental agencies
for construction and agricultural equipment have expanded significantly in North America. Nationwide rental conglomerates have become sizeable purchasers of new equipment and can have a significant
impact on industry sales and margins. When equipment comes off of lease or is replaced with newer equipment by rental agencies, there may be a significant increase in the availability of
late-model used equipment. An over-supply of used equipment could adversely affect demand for, or the market prices of, new and used equipment. In addition, a decline in used
equipment prices could have an adverse effect on residual values for leased equipment, which could adversely affect our financial performance.
If our acquisition plans are unsuccessful, we may not achieve our planned revenue growth.
We believe a significant portion of our future growth will depend on our ability to acquire additional dealerships. Our ability to
continue to grow through the acquisition of additional CNH geographic areas of responsibility and store locations or other businesses will be dependent upon the availability of suitable acquisition
candidates at acceptable costs, our ability to compete effectively for available acquisition candidates and the availability of capital to complete the acquisitions. We may not successfully identify
suitable targets, or if we do, we may not be able to close the transactions, or if we close the transactions, they may not be profitable. In addition, CNH's consent is required for the acquisition of
any CNH dealership, and the consent of Bremer Bank and GE is required for the acquisition of dealerships meeting certain thresholds or other criteria defined in the financing agreements with the
respective entities. CNH typically evaluates management, performance and capitalization of a prospective acquirer in determining whether to consent to the sale of a CNH
dealership. There can be no assurance that CNH, Bremer Bank or GE will consent to any or all acquisitions of dealerships that we may propose.
Our potential inability to successfully integrate newly-acquired dealerships may adversely affect our financial results.
Once an acquisition is completed, we face many other risks commonly encountered with growth through acquisitions. These risks include
incurring significantly higher than anticipated capital expenditures and operating expenses; failing to assimilate the operations and personnel of the acquired dealerships; disrupting our ongoing
business; dissipating our management resources; failing to maintain uniform standards, controls and policies; and impairing relationships with employees and customers as a result of changes in
management. Fully integrating an acquired dealership into our operations and realization of the full benefit of our strategies, operating model and systems may take several years. There can be no
assurance that we will be successful in overcoming these risks or any other problems encountered with such acquisitions. To the extent we do not successfully avoid or overcome the risks or problems
related to acquisitions, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected. Future acquisitions also will have a significant impact on our financial position and capital
needs, and could cause substantial fluctuations in our quarterly and yearly results of operations. Acquisitions could include significant goodwill and intangible assets, which may result in future
impairment charges that would reduce our stated earnings.
We
have grown significantly through acquisitions in recent years and expect to continue to grow through acquisitions. Management has expended, and expects to continue to expend,
significant time
18
Table of Contents
and
effort in evaluating, completing and integrating acquisitions and opening new stores. There can be no assurance that our systems, procedures and controls will be adequate to support our expanding
operations. Any future growth will also impose significant added responsibilities on our executives, including the need to identify, recruit and integrate new senior level managers and executives.
There can be no assurance we will be able to identify and retain such additional management. If we are unable to manage growth efficiently and effectively, or are unable to attract and retain
additional qualified management, there could be a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
We lease many of our dealership sites from related parties, and if we are unable to obtain commercially reasonable terms and conditions from these related parties or
unrelated third parties in the future, our growth and financial condition may be adversely affected.
We lease 36 of our 72 dealership sites from entities affiliated with David Meyer, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Tony
Christianson, one of our directors, Peter Christianson, our President and Chief Financial Officer, or James L. Williams, one of our directors. We expect that we may lease future dealership sites we
acquire from parties related to our affiliates. There is no guarantee that related parties will offer us commercially reasonable terms and conditions or that unrelated third parties will provide
alternate dealership sites on commercially reasonable terms and conditions. If we cannot obtain commercially reasonable terms and conditions on leases for our current or future dealership sites from
entities related to Messrs. Meyer, Tony Christianson, Peter Christianson or Williams, or from unrelated third parties, our growth and financial condition may be adversely affected.
Substantial inventory financing is required for the equipment we sell but may not be available, which could adversely affect our growth and results of operations.
The sale of agricultural and construction equipment requires substantial inventories of equipment and parts to be maintained at each
store to facilitate sales to customers on a timely basis. We generally purchase our inventories of equipment with the assistance of floorplan financing programs through CNH Capital and other lenders.
As we grow, whether internally or through acquisitions, our inventory requirements will increase and, as a result, our financing requirements also will increase. In the event that our available
financing sources are not maintained or are insufficient to satisfy our future requirements, we would be required to obtain financing from other sources. There can be no assurance that additional or
alternative financing could be obtained on commercially reasonable terms. To the extent additional financing cannot be obtained on commercially reasonable terms, our growth and results of operations
could be adversely affected.
Failure to properly manage our equipment inventory, our largest asset, would have a significant adverse effect on our operations.
Our equipment inventory has generally represented 50% or more of our total assets. Thus, our success is significantly dependent upon
our ability to manage the supply and cost of new and used equipment. The pricing of equipment can be highly volatile and subject to negotiation, particularly in the used equipment market. Pricing for
and sales of used equipment can be significantly affected by the limited market for such equipment. Further, liquidation prices of used agricultural and construction equipment can have significant
fluctuations due to economic cycles, utilization trends and degree of specialization. We are dependent upon the ability of our management and buyers to negotiate acceptable purchase prices, to affect
a proper balance of new and used equipment and to manage the amount of equipment in inventory to assure quick turnover. Our failure to manage our inventory and equipment costs could materially
adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
19
Table of Contents
Adverse changes in governmental agricultural policies, including decreases in farm subsidies, may reduce demand for agricultural equipment and cause our revenue to decline.
Changes in governmental agricultural policy could adversely affect sales of agricultural equipment. Government subsidies influence
demand for agricultural equipment. Future farm bills and USDA budgets may reduce the amount of payments to individual farmers. We cannot predict the outcome of such governmental funding, and to the
extent that future funding to individual farmers is reduced, these reductions in funding could reduce demand for agricultural equipment and we could experience a decline in revenue.
Economic events, particularly in the credit markets, may adversely affect our business and results of operations.
The agricultural and construction equipment industries are affected by macroeconomic factors, including changes in international,
national, regional, and local economic conditions. Current global economic conditions pose a risk to our business as customers may postpone spending in response to tighter credit, negative financial
news, downturns in agricultural commodity prices and the housing market and/or declines in income or asset values, which could have a material negative effect on the demand for our products and
services. Our business is also particularly dependent on our access to the capital and credit markets to finance acquisitions and manage inventory. Tight credit markets, a low level of liquidity in
many financial markets, and extreme volatility
in fixed income, credit, currency and equity markets have the potential to adversely affect our business. Such disruptions in the overall economy and financial markets and the related reduction in
consumer confidence in the economy, slow activity in the capital markets, negatively affect access to credit on commercially acceptable terms, and may adversely impact the access of us or our
customers to credit and the terms of any such credit. Further, any decreased collectability of accounts receivable or increase in customer insolvencies could negatively impact our results of
operations. The nature of the agricultural and construction equipment industries is such that a downturn in demand can occur suddenly, due to tightening credit markets, decreasing commodity prices or
demand, decreasing infrastructure and housing development, adverse weather conditions or other circumstances, resulting in excess inventory, un-utilized production capacity and reduced
prices for equipment, which would harm our revenue and profitability. Uncertainty about current global economic conditions, agricultural commodity prices and demand and the housing market could also
continue to increase the volatility of our stock price.
Adverse changes in the agricultural industries could result in decreases in purchases of agricultural equipment and harm our revenue and profitability.
Our business depends to a great extent upon general activity levels in the agricultural industries. Changes in farm income and farmland
value, the level of worldwide farm output and demand for farm products, commodity prices, animal diseases and crop pests, and limits on agricultural imports are all material factors that could
adversely affect the agricultural industries and result in a decrease in the amount of agricultural equipment that our customers purchase. The nature of the agricultural equipment industries is such
that a downturn in demand can occur suddenly, resulting in excess inventories, un-utilized production capacity and reduced prices for new and used equipment. These downturns may be
prolonged and our revenue and profitability would be harmed.
20
Table of Contents
Adverse changes in the construction industry could result in decreased demand for construction equipment and harm our revenue.
General economic conditions in markets in which we do business can impact the demand for our construction equipment. The construction
industry in our geographical areas has experienced a prolonged economic down cycle as a result of the macroeconomic environment, which negatively impacts sales of light construction equipment.
Decreased demand for our products can have a negative impact on our financial performance and cash flow. Our business and earnings are impacted by the changes in the construction industry. The ability
of consumers to obtain mortgages for the purchase of newly constructed homes or commercial properties impacts the overall demand for new home construction. The uncertainties created by recent events
in the sub-prime mortgage market and their impact on the overall mortgage market, including the tightening of credit standards, could adversely affect the ability of consumers to obtain
financing, thus reducing demand for new construction and in turn reducing our customers' demand for our construction equipment. Reduced demand for our construction equipment can negatively affect our
financial performance and cash flow.
Climate fluctuations may negatively impact the agricultural and construction equipment markets and harm our sales.
Weather conditions, particularly severe floods and droughts, can have a significant impact on the success of regional agricultural and
construction markets and, therefore, the economic conditions of the regions in which we operate stores. Accordingly, our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely
affected by any adverse cyclical trends or weather conditions. Our quarterly operating results are subject to fluctuation due to varying weather patterns, which may impact the timing and amount of
equipment, parts and service purchases by our customers. A significant increase in the severity of weather cycles could increase the volatility of our results of operations and impact our financial
condition. If we acquire businesses in geographic areas other than where we currently have operations, we may be affected more by the above-mentioned or other seasonal and equipment buying trends.
Our results of operations may fluctuate from period to period due to interest rate adjustments.
The ability to finance affordable purchases, of which the interest rate charged is a significant component, is an important part of a
customer's decision to purchase agricultural or construction equipment. Volatility in the credit markets may have a negative impact on our business by making it more difficult for certain of our
customers to obtain financing to purchase agricultural or construction equipment. Interest rate increases may make equipment purchases less affordable for customers and, as a result, our revenue and
profitability may decrease as we manage excess inventory and reduce prices for equipment. To the extent we cannot pass on our increased costs of inventory to our customers, our net income may
decrease. Conversely, any decrease in interest rates may positively affect a customer's decision to purchase agricultural or construction equipment. Partially as a result of the foregoing, our results
of operations have in the past and in the future are expected to continue to fluctuate from quarter to quarter and year to year. We are unable to anticipate the timing and impact of interest rate
adjustments.
Aggressive pricing competition could adversely affect our results of operation and growth.
The agricultural and construction equipment sales and distribution industries are highly competitive and fragmented, with large numbers
of companies operating on a regional or local scale. Historically, our competitors have competed aggressively on the basis of pricing or inventory availability, resulting in decreased margins on our
sales to the extent we choose to match our competitors' downward pricing. To the extent we choose not to match or remain within a reasonable competitive distance from our competitors' pricing, it
could also have an adverse impact on our results
21
Table of Contents
of
operations, as we may lose sales volume. In addition, to the extent CNH's competitors provide their dealers with more innovative or higher quality products, better customer financing, or have more
effective marketing efforts, our ability to compete and financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
We are substantially dependent on our Chief Executive Officer and President/Chief Financial Officer, the loss of either of whom could have a material adverse effect on our
business.
We believe our success will depend to a significant extent upon the efforts and abilities of David Meyer, our Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer, and Peter Christianson, our President and Chief Financial Officer. The employment relationships with both Mr. Meyer and Mr. Christianson are terminable by us or each
of them at any time for any reason. The loss of the services of one or both of these persons and other key employees could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.
Selling agricultural and construction equipment and parts subjects us to product liability risks that could adversely affect our financial condition and reputation.
Products sold or serviced by us may expose us to potential liabilities for personal injury or property damage claims relating to the
use of such products. There can be no assurance that we will not be subject to or incur any liability for such claims in the future. There can be no assurance that our product liability insurance will
be adequate to cover product liability claims. There also can be no assurance that such insurance will continue to be available on economically reasonable terms. An uninsured or partially insured
claim for which indemnification is not provided could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. Furthermore, if any significant claims
are made against us or against CNH or any of our other suppliers, our business may be adversely affected by any resulting negative publicity.
Being a public company has substantially increased our legal and financial compliance costs, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Compliance with publicly-traded company regulations adversely impacts our resources. As a publicly-traded company, we are subject to
rules and regulations that increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more time-consuming and costly, and divert our management's attention away from the
operation of our business. These rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to maintain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to accept
reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, we may experience more difficulty attracting and retaining qualified
individuals to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of these requirements or the timing of
these costs. Furthermore, our current management has limited experience in running a public company. The costs of being public and the diversion of management's time and attention may have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our internal control over financial reporting may not be effective and our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to certify as to its effectiveness,
which could have a significant and adverse effect on our business and reputation.
We are required to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and rules and regulations of
the SEC thereunder. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, as such standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able
to ensure that we can conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404. We cannot be certain as to the timing of
completion of our evaluation, testing and any remedial actions or their
22
Table of Contents
impact
on our operations. If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to certify as to the effectiveness
of our internal control over financial reporting, we may be unable to report our financial results accurately or in a timely manner and we may be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory
authorities, such as the SEC. As a result, there could be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. In fiscal 2010, we
began implementing a new ERP system. Unforeseen problems with or any difficulties encountered integrating the new ERP system could result in internal control deficiencies.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Equipment Stores
We currently operate 72 agricultural and construction equipment stores, including three outlet stores in the following locations.
Certain stores (those designated with an *) are included in the Agriculture segment but also sell some construction equipment.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| North Dakota (14 stores) |
|
Iowa (12 stores, including 1 outlet) |
| Arthur |
|
Lidgerwood |
|
Anthon |
|
Grundy Center |
| Casselton |
|
Lisbon |
|
Avoca |
|
Kingsley |
| Grand Forks* |
|
Mandan* |
|
Blairstown |
|
Le Mars |
| Jamestown |
|
Mayville |
|
Cherokee |
|
Oskaloosa |
| Kintyre |
|
Wahpeton (2 stores) |
|
Cherokee (outlet) |
|
Pella |
| Kulm |
|
Wishek |
|
Greenfield |
|
Waverly |
| Lamoure |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Minnesota (13 stores, including 1 outlet) |
|
South Dakota (10 stores) |
| Ada |
|
Moorhead |
|
Aberdeen (2 stores)* |
|
Miller |
| Albert Lea |
|
Moorhead (outlet) |
|
Britton |
|
Pierre |
| Crookston* |
|
Pipestone |
|
Highmore |
|
Redfield |
| Elbow Lake |
|
Roseau |
|
Huron |
|
Watertown |
| Fergus Falls |
|
Thief River Falls |
|
Milbank |
|
|
| Graceville |
|
Winger |
|
|
|
|
| Marshall* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| North Dakota (4 stores) |
|
Iowa (6 stores, including 1 outlet) |
| Bismarck |
|
Minot |
|
Cedar Rapids |
|
Des Moines |
| Fargo (2 stores) |
|
|
|
Clear Lake |
|
Des Moines (outlet) |
| |
|
|
|
Davenport |
|
Sioux City |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Nebraska (2 stores) |
|
South Dakota (2 stores) |
| Lincoln |
|
Omaha |
|
Rapid City |
|
Sioux Falls |
23
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Montana (6 stores) |
|
Wyoming (3 stores) |
| Belgrade |
|
Columbia Falls |
|
Casper |
|
Gillette |
| Billings (2 stores) |
|
Missoula |
|
Cheyenne |
|
|
| Great Falls |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our
stores are generally located in rural areas on property zoned for commercial use. The stores typically range from 5,000 square feet with three acres of land to 40,000 square feet
with 14 acres of land. We fully utilize the leased space for each of our stores and believe the respective square footage and related acreage is adequate to meet our current and anticipated needs.
Store Lease Arrangements
We lease real estate for 36 of our stores from entities affiliated with David Meyer, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Tony
Christianson, one of our directors, Peter Christianson, our President and Chief Financial Officer or James L. Williams, one of our directors. Of these 36 stores, we lease 34 dealership sites from
Dealer Sites, LLC, an entity owned in part by Messrs. Meyer, Tony Christianson and Peter Christianson or their affiliates; one dealership site from C.I. Farm Power, Inc., an
entity owned by Mr. Peter Christianson; and one dealership site from Arthur Mercantile Company, an entity owned in part by James L. Williams, one of the Company's directors. We lease 44
additional properties under operating lease agreements with unrelated parties. The leases for our dealership sites generally expire between 2010 and 2024, other than those leases which are currently
automatically renewed on a year-to-year-basis until either we or the lessor terminate them. We do not intend to own significant amounts of real estate. Therefore,
we anticipate that when we need real estate, including as part of acquiring dealerships, we will lease such real estate from third parties, which may include affiliates of our investors, directors or
management. We intend for the terms of all of our leases to be commercially reasonable. We do not believe the terms of our leases with entities affiliated with Messrs. Meyer, Tony Christianson,
Peter Christianson and James L. Williams are any less favorable to us than could be obtained in an arm's length transaction with an unrelated party.
Our
store lease agreements with entities affiliated with David Meyer, Peter Christianson, Tony Christianson and James L. Williams all contain substantially similar terms. The leases with
Dealer Sites, LLC, C.I. Farm Power, Inc. and Arthur Mercantile Company provide for fixed lease periods ranging from three to ten years. All of the leases provide for fixed monthly rental
payments and require us to pay the real estate taxes on the properties for the lease periods. The leases require that we maintain public liability and personal property insurance on each of the leased
premises, and require us to indemnify the lessor in connection with any claims arising from the leased premises during our occupation of the property. The leases generally prohibit us from assigning
the lease agreements or subletting the leased premises without the prior written consent of the lessor. The lease agreements with Dealer Sites, LLC provide that in the event Dealer
Sites, LLC and Titan Machinery Inc. agree to sell the leased premises to a party other than us or our affiliates during the term of the lease, then we shall share in half of any surplus
or deficit resulting to Dealer Sites, LLC from that sale.
Our
store lease agreements with unrelated parties contain terms comparable to the agreements with entities affiliated with our directors and officers described above. The lease periods
range from automatically renewable month-to-month terms to twenty years in length. Many of the lease agreements either give us the option to renew or extend the lease for an
additional period at the conclusion of the original lease term or automatically renew the lease term at the conclusion of the original lease period on a month-to-month or
year-to-year basis. A majority of the leases provide for fixed monthly rental payments and require us to pay the real estate taxes on the properties for the lease periods. All
of the leases require that we maintain public liability and personal property insurance on each of the leased premises, and a majority of the leases require us to indemnify the lessor in connection
with any claims arising from the leased premises during our occupation of the property. Most of the leases prohibit us
24
Table of Contents
from
assigning the lease agreements or subletting the leased premises without the prior written consent of the lessor. We have been granted a right of first refusal to purchase the Watertown and one
of the Aberdeen properties during the applicable lease terms. The lease agreements for the West Fargo, Kingsley, Le Mars, Watertown, Mayville and Redfield properties grant us the option to purchase
the leased premises during or at the conclusion of the lease term. The lease agreements for the Milbank and Albert Lea properties grant Dealer Sites, LLC the option to purchase the leased
premises during or at the conclusion of the lease term. The Kingsley, Le Mars and Redfield lease agreements grant the lessor the right to require Dealer Sites, LLC to purchase the leased
premises during or at the conclusion of the lease term.
As
part of our due diligence review prior to a dealership acquisition, we evaluate the adequacy, suitability and condition of the related real estate. Our evaluation typically includes a
Phase I environmental study, and if deemed necessary, a Phase II environmental study, of the real property to determine whether there are any environmental concerns. If any environmental
concerns exist, we generally require that such concerns be addressed prior to acquisition of the dealership.
Headquarters
We currently lease and occupy approximately 22,900 square feet in multiple locations in Fargo, North Dakota for our headquarters, which
expire on various dates between May 1, 2010 and January 31, 2015. We will begin leasing a new building for our headquarters in May 2010, which will allow our Shared Resource group to be
staffed out of one location. We continually review our location needs, including the adequacy of our headquarters space, to ensure our space is sufficient to support our operations. We believe there
is ample opportunity for expansion in the Fargo area if necessary.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We are, from time to time, subject to claims and suits arising in the ordinary course of business. Such claims have, in the past,
generally been covered by insurance. Management believes the resolution of other legal matters will not have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operation, although no assurance
can be given with respect to the ultimate outcome of any such actions. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that our insurance will be adequate to cover all liabilities that may arise out of claims
brought against us. We are not currently a party to any material litigation.
ITEM 4. (REMOVED AND RESERVED)
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
The names, ages and positions of our executive officers are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age |
|
Position |
David Meyer |
|
56 |
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
Peter Christianson |
|
53 |
|
President, Chief Financial Officer and Director |
Ted Christianson |
|
51 |
|
Vice President, Finance and Treasurer |
David Meyer is our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Meyer was a founder of our company in 1980 and has
been a director of our company since its creation. From 1976 to 1980, Mr. Meyer was a partner in a Case and New Holland dealership with locations in Lisbon and Wahpeton, North Dakota.
Peter Christianson has been our President and a director since January 2003 and our Chief Financial Officer since August 2007. Prior to
joining us and since 1988, he was a partner and owner of C.I. Farm Power, Inc., the operator of two of the dealership locations acquired by Titan Machinery LLC in 2002. Peter
Christianson and Ted Christianson are brothers.
25
Table of Contents
Ted Christianson has been our Vice President, Finance and Treasurer since August 2007 and was previously our Chief Financial Officer from
2003 until August 2007. Mr. Christianson has spent over 15 years with startups and high growth companies in a variety of financial management roles, including as chief financial officer.
Mr. Christianson was the full-time Managing Partner for Adam Smith Properties, a private real estate development company from 1997 to 2003. Mr. Christianson was formerly with
US Bank (First Bank System).
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Market Information
Our common stock began trading on December 6, 2007 on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol "TITN" in connection with our
initial public offering. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sale prices of our common stock as reported by the Nasdaq Global Market.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
High |
|
Low |
|
Fiscal 2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter |
|
$ |
12.96 |
|
$ |
7.50 |
|
Second Quarter |
|
$ |
17.00 |
|
$ |
9.96 |
|
Third Quarter |
|
$ |
14.49 |
|
$ |
10.38 |
|
Fourth Quarter |
|
$ |
13.19 |
|
$ |
9.81 |
|
Fiscal 2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter |
|
$ |
24.50 |
|
$ |
14.66 |
|
Second Quarter |
|
$ |
34.49 |
|
$ |
17.59 |
|
Third Quarter |
|
$ |
28.17 |
|
$ |
9.53 |
|
Fourth Quarter |
|
$ |
16.20 |
|
$ |
7.75 |
|
As
of April 1, 2010, there were approximately 74 record holders of our common stock, excluding holders whose stock is held either in nominee name and/or street name brokerage
accounts.
DIVIDENDS
We have not historically paid any dividends on our common stock and do not expect to pay cash dividends on our common stock in the
foreseeable future. Payment of future cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition,
operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, outstanding indebtedness and plans for expansion and restrictions imposed by lenders, if any. Upon the consummation of our initial public
offering on December 11, 2007, we paid accrued cash dividends in the aggregate amount of $441,028 in connection with the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred stock.
UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
We did not have any unregistered sales of equity securities during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010.
SECURITIES AUTHORIZED FOR ISSUANCE UNDER EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS
For information on our equity compensation plans, refer to Item 12, "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management and Related Stockholder Matters."
REPURCHASES
We did not engage in any repurchases of our Common Stock during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2010.
26
Table of Contents
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The data given below as of and for each of the five years in the period ended January 31, 2010, has been derived from the
Company's Audited Consolidated Financial Statements. In order to understand the effect of accounting policies and material uncertainties that could affect our presentation of financial information,
such data should be read in conjunction with the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included under Item 8 to this Form 10-K and in conjunction with
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation included under Item 7 to this Form 10-K.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended January 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
2008 |
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
|
|
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
Statement of Operations Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Equipment |
|
$ |
643,186 |
|
$ |
540,307 |
|
$ |
338,382 |
|
$ |
220,958 |
|
$ |
175,549 |
|
| |
Parts |
|
|
119,509 |
|
|
94,984 |
|
|
58,743 |
|
|
42,619 |
|
|
31,099 |
|
| |
Service |
|
|
58,983 |
|
|
44,224 |
|
|
27,344 |
|
|
21,965 |
|
|
16,572 |
|
| |
Other |
|
|
17,103 |
|
|
10,922 |
|
|
8,502 |
|
|
7,056 |
|
|
5,250 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
838,781 |
|
|
690,437 |
|
|
432,971 |
|
|
292,598 |
|
|
228,470 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Equipment |
|
$ |
578,411 |
|
$ |
478,324 |
|
$ |
302,320 |
|
$ |
200,558 |
|
$ |
160,814 |
|
| |
Parts |
|
|
83,219 |
|
|
67,270 |
|
|
42,568 |
|
|
29,909 |
|
|
22,459 |
|
| |
Service |
|
|
21,615 |
|
|
16,729 |
|
|
10,118 |
|
|
8,183 |
|
|
6,404 |
|
| |
Other |
|
|
14,441 |
|
|
8,245 |
|
|
5,913 |
|
|
5,337 |
|
|
4,081 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
697,686 |
|
|
570,568 |
|
|
360,919 |
|
|
243,987 |
|
|
193,758 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Profit |
|
|
141,095 |
|
|
119,869 |
|
|
72,052 |
|
|
48,611 |
|
|
34,712 |
|
Operating expenses |
|
|
108,998 |
|
|
86,940 |
|
|
53,190 |
|
|
37,399 |
|
|
26,978 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations |
|
|
32,097 |
|
|
32,929 |
|
|
18,862 |
|
|
11,212 |
|
|
7,734 |
|
Other income (expense) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Interest and other income |
|
|
1,843 |
|
|
1,545 |
|
|
577 |
|
|
349 |
|
|
87 |
|
| |
Interest expense |
|
|
(6,948 |
) |
|
(3,969 |
) |
|
(6,292 |
) |
|
(5,473 |
) |
|
(3,368 |
) |
| |
Debt retirement costs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,824 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes |
|
|
26,992 |
|
|
30,505 |
|
|
9,323 |
|
|
6,088 |
|
|
4,453 |
|
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
(11,255 |
) |
|
(12,430 |
) |
|
(4,110 |
) |
|
(2,450 |
) |
|
(1,721 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations |
|
|
15,737 |
|
|
18,075 |
|
|
5,213 |
|
|
3,638 |
|
|
2,732 |
|
Discontinued operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
15,737 |
|
$ |
18,075 |
|
$ |
5,213 |
|
$ |
3,638 |
|
$ |
2,732 |
|
Adjustment to income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Amortization of syndication feespreferred stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(51 |
) |
|
(21 |
) |
|
(21 |
) |
| |
Unpaid accumulated preferred dividends |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(88 |
) |
|
(102 |
) |
|
(102 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income available to common stockholders |
|
$ |
15,737 |
|
$ |
18,075 |
|
$ |
5,074 |
|
$ |
3,515 |
|
$ |
2,609 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Basic |
|
$ |
0.89 |
|
$ |
1.11 |
|
$ |
0.90 |
|
$ |
0.81 |
|
$ |
0.60 |
|
| |
Diluted |
|
$ |
0.88 |
|
$ |
1.08 |
|
$ |
0.67 |
|
$ |
0.57 |
|
$ |
0.47 |
|
Weighted average shares outstanding |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Basic |
|
|
17,593 |
|
|
16,291 |
|
|
5,607 |
|
|
4,345 |
|
|
4,341 |
|
| |
Diluted |
|
|
17,968 |
|
|
16,779 |
|
|
8,246 |
|
|
6,907 |
|
|
6,317 |
|
27
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
2008 |
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Balance Sheet Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash |
|
$ |
76,185 |
|
$ |
41,047 |
|
$ |
42,802 |
|
$ |
7,572 |
|
$ |
8,671 |
|
U.S. treasury bills |
|
|
|
|
|
44,994 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables |
|
|
22,254 |
|
|
19,626 |
|
|
22,061 |
|
|
10,921 |
|
|
5,794 |
|
Inventories |
|
|
347,580 |
|
|
241,094 |
|
|
145,767 |
|
|
106,254 |
|
|
81,631 |
|
Prepaid expense |
|
|
1,009 |
|
|
533 |
|
|
215 |
|
|
186 |
|
|
33 |
|
Income tax receivable |
|
|
1,595 |
|
|
1,433 |
|
|
1,074 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
2,266 |
|
|
1,426 |
|
|
1,027 |
|
|
462 |
|
|
423 |
|
Goodwill and intangibles, net |
|
|
15,057 |
|
|
12,830 |
|
|
8,608 |
|
|
3,905 |
|
|
1,587 |
|
Property and equipment |
|
|
46,604 |
|
|
45,269 |
|
|
16,023 |
|
|
8,175 |
|
|
5,327 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
2,262 |
|
|
1,996 |
|
|
1,792 |
|
|
1,397 |
|
|
1,617 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets |
|
$ |
514,812 |
|
$ |
410,248 |
|
$ |
239,369 |
|
$ |
138,872 |
|
$ |
105,083 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable |
|
$ |
12,352 |
|
$ |
18,652 |
|
$ |
9,244 |
|
$ |
4,228 |
|
$ |
5,488 |
|
Line of credit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Floorplan notes payable(1) |
|
|
249,872 |
|
|
166,481 |
|
|
105,848 |
|
|
84,699 |
|
|
61,908 |
|
Current maturities of long-term debt |
|
|
7,218 |
|
|
7,623 |
|
|
5,654 |
|
|
2,824 |
|
|
1,532 |
|
Customer deposits |
|
|
12,974 |
|
|
15,158 |
|
|
19,310 |
|
|
4,608 |
|
|
4,015 |
|
Accrued expenses |
|
|
9,870 |
|
|
8,308 |
|
|
6,137 |
|
|
2,287 |
|
|
1,942 |
|
Income taxes payable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
378 |
|
|
350 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
292,286 |
|
|
216,222 |
|
|
146,193 |
|
|
99,024 |
|
|
75,235 |
|
Long-term liabilities |
|
|
32,002 |
|
|
20,259 |
|
|
15,759 |
|
|
8,043 |
|
|
4,405 |
|
Subordinated debentures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,300 |
|
|
16,747 |
|
|
14,194 |
|
Redeemable securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,680 |
|
|
1,556 |
|
Total stockholders' equity |
|
|
190,524 |
|
|
173,767 |
|
|
76,117 |
|
|
13,378 |
|
|
9,693 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
514,812 |
|
$ |
410,248 |
|
$ |
239,369 |
|
$ |
138,872 |
|
$ |
105,083 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- (1)
- Approximately
51% of floorplan notes payable were interest bearing at January 31, 2010.
28
Table of Contents
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations
together with our financial statements and the related notes appearing under Item 8. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this annual
report, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and expected financial results, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You
should review the "Risk Factors" under Item 1A for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the
forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.
BUSINESS DESCRIPTION
We own and operate a network of full service agricultural and construction equipment stores in the United States. Based upon
information provided to us by CNH Global N.V. or its U.S. subsidiary CNH America LLC, collectively referred to in this annual report as CNH, we are the world's largest retail dealer of
Case IH Agriculture equipment and a major retail dealer of New Holland Agriculture, Case Construction and New Holland Construction equipment in the U.S. We operate our business through two reportable
segments, Agriculture and Construction. Within each segment, we have four principal sources of revenue, new and used equipment sales, parts sales, service, and other business activities including
equipment rental.
The
agricultural equipment we sell and service includes machinery and attachments for uses ranging from large-scale farming to home and garden use. The construction equipment we sell and
service includes heavy construction and light industrial machinery for commercial and residential construction, road and highway construction and mining applications. We offer our customers a
one-stop solution for their equipment needs through:
-
- new and used equipment sales;
-
- parts sales;
-
- repair and maintenance services; and
-
- equipment rental and other activities.
The
new equipment and parts we sell are supplied primarily by CNH. According to public reports filed by CNH, CNH is a leading manufacturer and supplier of agricultural and construction
equipment based on the number of units sold, primarily through the Case IH Agriculture, New Holland Agriculture, Case Construction and New Holland Construction brands. Sales of new CNH products
accounted for approximately 80.0% of our new equipment revenue in fiscal 2010, with no other supplier accounting for more than 3.4%. We acquire used equipment for resale through trade-ins
from our
customers and selective purchases. We sell parts and provide in-store and on-site repair and maintenance services. We rent equipment and provide other ancillary services such
as equipment transportation, GPS signal subscriptions and finance and insurance products.
Throughout
our 30-year operating history we have built an extensive, geographically contiguous network of 72 stores, including three outlet stores, located in North Dakota,
South Dakota, Minnesota, Iowa, Nebraska, Montana and Wyoming. We have a successful history of growth through acquisitions, including 29 acquisitions consisting of 62 stores operating in seven states
since January 1, 2003. We have a well-established track record of successfully integrating acquired stores, retaining acquired-store employees and maintaining acquired-store
customer relationships. We expect that acquisitions will continue to be an important component of our growth.
29
Table of Contents
Certain External Factors Affecting our Business
We are subject to a number of factors that affect our business as discussed in the sections entitled "Risk Factors" and "Information
Regarding Forward- Looking Statements." Certain of the external factors include, but are not limited to, the following:
Industry Factors
Our business is primarily driven by the demand for agricultural equipment for use in the production of food, fiber, feed grain and
renewable energy; home and garden applications; and the maintenance of commercial, residential and government properties. Based on USDA data, we believe farmers have recently experienced historically
strong economic fundamentals, driven by growing global demand for agricultural commodities in part due to growth in renewable energy and the economies of developing countries. This strong farm economy
contributed significantly to our results of operations in fiscal 2010 and 2009. We believe our operating model, as discussed in "BusinessTitan Operating Model," enables us to maximize
opportunities and implement our conservative expenditure philosophy that emphasizes scalable costs. Further, our large and diverse customer base and seven-state geographic footprint limits our
exposure to negative events that may occur in a particular area or crop. Additionally, we believe that the acquisition opportunities will continue to be strong.
Additionally,
our business is impacted by the demand for construction equipment for use in private and government commercial, residential and infrastructure construction; demolition;
maintenance; mining and forestry operations. CNH and industry reports show that demand for construction equipment in our markets is driven by several factors, one of which is public infrastructure
spending, including roads and highways, sewer and water. On February 17, 2009, Congress enacted the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the "ARRA"), a bill intended to stimulate
economic growth and create jobs in part through additional government spending on public infrastructure. Any growth in federal allocations to public infrastructure spending over the next few years
should positively impact our future results of operations, though it is difficult to assess the impacts of the ARRA, which could impact our customers and the industries in which we operate in
unforeseen ways. An offsetting factor may be the recent declines in residential and commercial real estate development to the extent such declines continue and the tightening of the credit markets
that finance these real estate and infrastructure developments. To address the uncertainty of the construction industry, we expect to continue our focus on the agriculture industry and acquisition
opportunities to establish additional locations in the markets where we believe the local construction industry will maintain its current level or grow.
Seasonality
Our quarterly operating results are subject to fluctuation due to varying weather patterns, which may impact the timing and amount of
equipment purchases, rentals, and after-sales parts and service purchases by our Agriculture and Construction customers.
Economic Cyclicality
Sales of equipment, particularly new units, historically have fluctuated with general economic cycles. During economic downturns,
equipment retailers tend to experience similar periods of decline and recession as the general economy. The impact of an economic downturn on retailers is generally less than the impact on
manufacturers due to the sale of parts and service by retailers to maintain customer equipment.
30
Table of Contents
Credit Market Changes
Changes in credit markets can affect our customers' ability and willingness to make capital expenditures, including purchasing our
equipment. Creditors have recently tightened their lending standards due to the collapse of the sub-prime mortgage market. These tightened lending standards may have a negative impact on
our business if our customers are unable to obtain financing for equipment purchases. However, if retail interest rates remain low, our business may be positively affected by customers who find
financing purchases of our equipment more attractive due to lower borrowing costs. Our business is also particularly dependent on our access to credit markets to finance acquisitions and manage
inventory. Tightened lending standards may make it more difficult for us to obtain financing on commercially reasonable terms. We cannot predict what future changes will occur in credit markets or how
these changes will impact our business.
Inflation
Inflation has not had a material impact upon operating results and we do not expect it to have such an impact in the future. To date,
in those instances in which we have experienced cost increases, we have been able to increase selling prices to offset such increases. There can be no assurance, however, that our business will not be
affected by inflation or that we can continue to increase our selling prices to offset increased costs and remain competitive.
Acquisitions
We have a successful history of growth through acquisitions. Since January 1, 2003, we have completed 29 acquisitions consisting
of 62 stores operating in seven states. These acquisitions have been the most significant factor affecting our results of operations and liquidity over the last several years, as noted in the
period-to-period comparisons below. We expect that acquisitions will continue to be an important component of our growth. Acquisitions are typically financed with floorplan
debt, long-term debt and cash from operations. Although we cannot quantify the impact of any such potential acquisitions, we believe the nature of their impact on our financial statements
to be similar to that experienced with our prior acquisitions as noted in our discussions of period comparisons.
The
following is a summary of acquisitions completed during the identified periods.
Fiscal 2010
-
- On May 1, 2009, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of Winger Implement, Inc., resulting in the
addition of one store in Winger, Minnesota. We subsequently merged Winger Implement, Inc. into our company.
-
- On May 28, 2009, we acquired certain assets of Arthur Mercantile Company, resulting in the addition of one store in
Arthur, North Dakota. James L. Williams, Arthur Mercantile Company's President and Treasurer, is a Titan Machinery director.
-
- On June 30, 2009, we acquired certain assets of Valley Equipment, Inc., resulting in the addition of one
store in Mayville, North Dakota. James L. Williams, Valley Equipment, Inc.'s President, is a Titan Machinery director.
-
- On August 14, 2009, we acquired certain assets of Lickness Bros. Implement Co., resulting in the addition of
one store in Britton, South Dakota.
-
- On November 2, 2009, we acquired certain assets of Oskaloosa Implement Co., resulting in the addition of two
stores located in Pella and Oskaloosa, Iowa.
31
Table of Contents
-
- On November 2, 2009, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of Valley Farm Equipment, Inc., resulting in
the addition of one store in Milbank, South Dakota. We subsequently merged Valley Farm Equipment, Inc. into our company.
Fiscal 2009
-
- On December 31, 2008, we acquired certain assets of WP Rentals LLC and all of the outstanding stock of
Western Plains Machinery Co., resulting in the addition of three rental stores located in Billings and Belgrade, Montana and Cheyenne, Wyoming, and six construction equipment stores located in
Billings, Great Falls, Missoula, and Columbia Falls, Montana and Casper and Gillette, Wyoming. We subsequently merged Western Plains Machinery Co. into our company.
-
- On December 22, 2008, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of Anderson Power and Equipment, Inc.,
resulting in the addition of one store in Thief River Falls, Minnesota. We subsequently merged Anderson Power and Equipment, Inc. into our company.
-
- On October 1 2008, we acquired certain assets of Pioneer Garage, Inc., resulting in the addition of three
stores located in Pierre, Highmore, and Miller, South Dakota.
-
- On September 12, 2008, we acquired certain assets of Wolf's Farm Equipment Inc., resulting in the addition
of one store in Kintyre, North Dakota.
-
- On May 28, 2008, we acquired certain assets of Mid-Land Equipment Company, resulting in the addition of
six stores located in Des Moines, Davenport, Clear Lake and Cedar Rapids, Iowa and Omaha and Lincoln, Nebraska.
-
- On May 1, 2008, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of Quad County Implement, Inc., resulting in the
addition of one store in Blairstown, Iowa. We subsequently merged Quad County Implement, Inc. into our company.
-
- On February 1, 2008, we acquired certain assets of Ceres Equipment Inc., resulting in the addition of one
store in Roseau, Minnesota.
Fiscal 2008
-
- On January 2, 2008, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of Avoca Operations, Inc. and Greenfield
Operations, Inc., resulting in the addition of one store in Avoca, Iowa and one store in Greenfield, Iowa. We subsequently merged Avoca Operations, Inc. and Greenfield
Operations, Inc. into our company.
-
- On December 1, 2007, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of Reiten & Young International, Inc.,
resulting in the addition of one store in Grand Forks, North Dakota. We subsequently merged Reiten & Young International, Inc. into our company.
-
- On November 13, 2007, we acquired certain assets of Twin City Implement, Inc., resulting in the addition of
one store in Mandan, North Dakota.
-
- On August 1, 2007, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of Red Power International, Inc., resulting in
the addition of two stores located in Ada and Crookston, Minnesota. We subsequently merged Red Power International, Inc. into our company.
-
- On April 13, 2007, we acquired certain assets of Aberdeen Equipment Co., Huron Equipment Co. and
Redfield Equipment Co., three related dealerships, resulting in the addition of three stores located in Aberdeen, Huron and Redfield, South Dakota.
32
Table of Contents
-
- On February 3, 2007, we acquired certain assets of Richland County Implement, Inc., resulting in the
addition of one store located in Wahpeton, North Dakota.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
During the preparation of our financial statements, we are required to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect reported
amounts. These estimates, assumptions and judgments include those related to bad debts and credit sales, inventories, goodwill and intangibles, income taxes and legal proceedings, revenue recognition,
allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory reserves, incentive plan accruals, deferred taxes, stock-based compensation, and accounting for business combinations. We update these estimates, assumptions
and judgments as appropriate, which in most cases is at least quarterly. We use our technical accounting knowledge, cumulative business experience, judgment and other factors in the selection and
application of our accounting policies. While we believe our estimates, assumptions and judgments we use in preparing our financial statements are appropriate, they are subject to factors and
uncertainties regarding their outcome and therefore, actual results may materially differ from these estimates. We believe the following are our primary critical accounting policies and estimates.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue on equipment and parts sales is recognized upon delivery of product to customers. Rental and service revenue is recognized at
the time the related services are
provided. In addition to outright sales of new and used equipment, certain rental agreements may include rent-to-purchase options. Under these agreements, customers are given a
period of time to exercise an option to purchase the related equipment, with a portion of the rental payments being applied to the purchase price. Any such equipment is included in inventory until the
purchase option is exercised. Rental revenue is recognized during the rental period, with equipment sales revenue being recognized upon the exercise of the purchase option.
Inventories
New and used machinery are stated at the lower of cost (specific identification) or market with adjustments for decreases in market
value on inventory rented but available for sale being a percentage of the rental income received on such inventory. Parts inventories are valued at the lower of average cost or market, and an
estimate of parts inventories not expected to be sold in the next year has been reported separately. Typically, there are no freight-in charges, except in cases of special orders where
such freight-in charges are included in the cost of inventory. Work in process is valued at the billable rates of labor incurred and parts inventories used on service work in process at
year end.
Intangible Assets and Goodwill
Intangible assets include covenants not-to-compete that are being amortized using the straight-line
method over the terms of the related agreements, which range from five to ten years.
Goodwill
represents the excess of costs over the fair value of the assets of businesses acquired not allocable to separately identifiable intangible assets. Goodwill acquired in business
combinations is assigned to its related reporting unit, which consist of the Company's operating segments.
Goodwill
is not amortized, but is tested for impairment at the end of the Company's fiscal year, or more frequently upon the occurrence of an event or when circumstances indicate that a
reporting unit's carrying amount of goodwill is greater than its fair value. The goodwill impairment test is performed by comparing the carrying value of the reporting unit to its fair value. Fair
value is calculated by discounting the estimated future cash flows of the Company's reporting units. As of January 31, 2010, the carrying value of the Company's goodwill was not considered
impaired.
33
Table of Contents
Income Taxes
Income taxes are provided for the tax effects of transactions reported in the financial statements and consist of taxes currently due
plus deferred taxes related primarily to differences between the basis of receivables, inventory, property and equipment, intangible assets, stock-based compensation, and accrued expenses for
financial and income tax reporting. The deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future tax return consequences of those differences, which will either be taxable or deductible when the
assets and liabilities are recovered or settled. Our policy is to recognize interest expense and penalties related to income tax matters within our provision for income taxes. We perform a
comprehensive review of our portfolio of uncertain tax positions in accordance with the requirements and recognition standards established by Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting
Standards Codification ("ASC" or "Codification") 740, Income Taxes. Pursuant to this guidance, an uncertain tax position represents our expected
treatment of a tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return, that has not been reflected in measuring income tax expense for financial reporting purposes.
Stock-Based Compensation
We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with the provisions of the ASC 718, CompensationStock Compensation. This
guidance requires that stock-based compensation, which includes stock options and restricted stock, be
accounted for at the fair value of the applicable equity instrument.
Business Combinations
We account for business combinations in accordance with the provisions of ASC 805, Business
Combinations. This guidance allows the acquirer to finalize the acquisition accounting during the measurement period, which may not exceed one year from the date of
acquisition. During the measurement period the Company's accounting for the business combination
transaction may be based on estimates due to various unknown factors present at the date of acquisition.
Key Financial Metrics
In addition to tracking our sales and expenses to evaluate our operational performance, we also monitor certain key financial metrics,
including absorption and same-store sales.
Absorption
Absorption is an industry term that refers to the percentage of an equipment dealer's fixed operating expense covered by the gross
margin of its combined parts and service businesses. Absorption in a given period is calculated by dividing our gross profit from parts and service sales in the period by the difference between
(i) our operating expenses (including interest on floorplan notes) and (ii) our variable expense of sales commissions on equipment sales and incentive compensation in the same period. We
believe that absorption is an important management metric because during economic down cycles our customers tend to postpone new and used equipment purchases while continuing to run, maintain and
repair their existing equipment. Thus, operating at a high absorption rate enables us to operate profitably throughout economic down cycles. We measure and track absorption on a
company-wide basis as well as on a per store basis. Our company-wide absorption rate was 75.4%, 75.7% and 72.6% for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Same-Store Sales
Same-store sales for any period represent sales by stores that were part of our company for the entire comparable period in
the preceding fiscal year. We do not distinguish relocated or
34
Table of Contents
newly-expanded
stores in this same-store analysis. Closed stores are excluded from the same-store analysis. We believe that tracking this metric is important to evaluating the
success of the Titan Operating Model on a comparable basis.
Key Financial Statement Components
Revenue
Equipment. We derive equipment revenue from the sale of new and used agricultural and construction equipment.
Parts. We derive parts revenue from the sale of parts for equipment that we sell, as well as for other equipment makes. Our parts sales
provide us
with a relatively stable revenue stream that is less sensitive to the economic cycles that affect our equipment sales.
Services. We derive services revenue from maintenance and repair services to our customers' equipment. Our repair and maintenance
services provide a
high-margin, relatively stable source of revenue through changing economic cycles.
Other. We derive other revenue from equipment rentals and ancillary equipment support activities such as equipment transportation,
GPS signal
subscriptions and reselling finance and insurance products.
Cost of Revenue
Equipment. Cost of equipment revenue is the lower of the acquired cost or the market value of the specific piece of equipment sold.
Parts. Cost of parts revenue is the lower of the acquired cost or the market value of the parts sold, based on average costing.
Service. Cost of service revenue represents costs attributable to services provided for the maintenance and repair of customer-owned
equipment and
equipment then on-rent by customers.
Other. Costs of other revenue represent costs associated with equipment rental, providing transportation, hauling, parts freight,
GPS
subscriptions and damage waivers, including, among other items, drivers' wages, fuel costs, shipping costs and our costs related to damage waiver policies.
Operating Expenses
Our operating expenses include sales and marketing expenses, sales commissions (which generally are based upon equipment gross profit
margins), payroll and related benefit costs, insurance expenses, professional fees, property rental and related costs, property and other taxes, administrative overhead, and depreciation associated
with property and equipment (other than rental equipment).
Floorplan Interest
The cost of financing inventory is an important factor affecting our results of operations. Floorplan financing from CNH Capital
represents the primary source of financing for equipment inventories, particularly for equipment supplied by CNH. CNH regularly offers interest-free periods as well as additional
incentives and special offers. As of January 31, 2010, approximately 49% of our floorplan notes payable was non-interest bearing.
35
Table of Contents
Other Interest Expense
Interest expense represents the interest on our outstanding debt instruments, other than floorplan financing facilities.
Results of Operations
Comparative financial data for each of our four sources of revenue for fiscal 2010, 2009, and 2008 are expressed below. The results of
these periods include the operating results of the acquisitions made during these periods. The period-to-period comparisons included below are not necessarily indicative of
future results. Information regarding segment revenue and income (loss) before income taxes is presented for each period following our discussion of the consolidated results of operations. Additional
information regarding our segments is included in Note 16 of our audited financial statements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended January 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
2008 |
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
Equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Revenue |
|
$ |
643,186 |
|
$ |
540,307 |
|
$ |
338,382 |
|
| |
Cost of revenue |
|
|
578,411 |
|
|
478,324 |
|
|
302,320 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Gross profit |
|
$ |
64,775 |
|
$ |
61,983 |
|
$ |
36,062 |
|
Parts |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Revenue |
|
$ |
119,509 |
|
$ |
94,984 |
|
$ |
58,743 |
|
| |
Cost of revenue |
|
|
83,219 |
|
|
67,270 |
|
|
42,568 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Gross profit |
|
$ |
36,290 |
|
$ |
27,714 |
|
$ |
16,175 |
|
Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Revenue |
|
$ |
58,983 |
|
$ |
44,224 |
|
$ |
27,344 |
|
| |
Cost of revenue |
|
|
21,615 |
|
|
16,729 |
|
|
10,118 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Gross profit |
|
$ |
37,368 |
|
$ |
27,495 |
|
$ |
17,226 |
|
Other, including trucking and rental |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Revenue |
|
$ |
17,103 |
|
$ |
10,922 |
|
$ |
8,502 |
|
| |
Cost of revenue |
|
|
14,441 |
|
|
8,245 |
|
|
5,913 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Gross profit |
|
$ |
2,662 |
|
$ |
2,677 |
|
$ |
2,589 |
|
36
Table of Contents
The
following table sets forth our statements of operations data expressed as a percentage of revenue for the periods indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended January 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
2008 |
|
Revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Equipment |
|
|
76.8 |
% |
|
78.2 |
% |
|
78.1 |
% |
| |
Parts |
|
|
14.2 |
% |
|
13.8 |
% |
|
13.6 |
% |
| |
Service |
|
|
7.0 |
% |
|
6.4 |
% |
|
6.3 |
% |
| |
Other, including trucking and rental |
|
|
2.0 |
% |
|
1.6 |
% |
|
2.0 |
% |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
100.0 |
% |
|
100.0 |
% |
Cost of revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Equipment |
|
|
69.0 |
% |
|
69.3 |
% |
|
69.8 |
% |
| |
Parts |
|
|
9.9 |
% |
|
9.7 |
% |
|
9.8 |
% |
| |
Service |
|
|
2.6 |
% |
|
2.4 |
% |
|
2.4 |
% |
| |
Other, including trucking and rental |
|
|
1.7 |
% |
|
1.2 |
% |
|
1.4 |
% |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenue |
|
|
83.2 |
% |
|
82.6 |
% |
|
83.4 |
% |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
16.8 |
% |
|
17.4 |
% |
|
16.6 |
% |
Operating expenses |
|
|
13.0 |
% |
|
12.6 |
% |
|
12.3 |
% |
Income from operations |
|
|
3.8 |
% |
|
4.8 |
% |
|
4.3 |
% |
Fiscal Year Ended January 31, 2010 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended January 31, 2009
Consolidated Results
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2010 |
|
Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2009 |
|
Increase |
|
Percent
Change |
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
Equipment |
|
$ |
643,186 |
|
$ |
540,307 |
|
$ |
102,879 |
|
|
19.0 |
% |
Parts |
|
|
119,509 |
|
|
94,984 |
|
|
24,525 |
|
|
25.8 |
% |
Service |
|
|
58,983 |
|
|
44,224 |
|
|
14,759 |
|
|
33.4 |
% |
Other, including trucking and rental |
|
|
17,103 |
|
|
10,922 |
|
|
6,181 |
|
|
56.6 |
% |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total Revenue |
|
$ |
838,781 |
|
$ |
690,437 |
|
$ |
148,344 |
|
|
21.5 |
% |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The
increase in revenue was primarily due to acquisitions contributing to fiscal 2010 revenue and same-store sales growth. The acquired stores contributed
$117.0 million in additional total revenue, while the same-store sales growth contributed $31.3 million, an increase of 4.9% over the prior year. The same-store
sales increase was driven by strong Agriculture segment sales offset by declines in our Construction segment. Revenue increases over the prior year in parts, service and other outpaced the increase in
equipment revenue primarily due to a weak construction equipment market in fiscal 2010.
37
Table of Contents
Cost of Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2010 |
|
Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2009 |
|
Increase |
|
Percent
Change |
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
Equipment |
|
$ |
578,411 |
|
$ |
478,324 |
|
$ |
100,087 |
|
|
20.9 |
% |
Parts |
|
|
83,219 |
|
|
67,270 |
|
|
15,949 |
|
|
23.7 |
% |
Service |
|
|
21,615 |
|
|
16,729 |
|
|
4,886 |
|
|
29.2 |
% |
Other, including trucking and rental |
|
|
14,441 |
|
|
8,245 |
|
|
6,196 |
|
|
75.1 |
% |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total cost of revenue |
|
$ |
697,686 |
|
$ |
570,568 |
|
$ |
127,118 |
|
|
22.3 |
% |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The
increase in cost of revenue was primarily due to increased revenue. Acquisitions contributed $97.7 million of the increase in total cost of revenue, while
same-store sales growth contributed $29.4 million. As a percentage of revenue, cost of revenue was 83.2% for fiscal 2010 compared to 82.6% for fiscal 2009.
Gross Profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2010 |
|
Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2009 |
|
Increase/
(Decrease) |
|
Percent
Change |
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
Equipment |
|
$ |
64,775 |
|
$ |
61,983 |
|
$ |
2,792 |
|
|
4.5 |
% |
Parts |
|
|
36,290 |
|
|
27,714 |
|
|
8,576 |
|
|
30.9 |
% |
Service |
|
|
37,368 |
|
|
27,495 |
|
|
9,873 |
|
|
35.9 |
% |
Other, including trucking and rental |
|
|
2,662 |
|
|
2,677 |
|
|
(15 |
) |
|
(0.6 |
)% |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total Gross Profit |
|
$ |
141,095 |
|
$ |
119,869 |
|
$ |
21,226 |
|
|
17.7 |
% |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The
increase in gross profit was primarily due to increased revenue, somewhat offset by lower equipment margins. Acquisitions contributed $19.3 million of the increase in total
gross profit, while same-store sale gross profits provided the remaining $1.9 million. Gross profit margins were 16.8% for fiscal 2010 compared to 17.4% for fiscal 2009. Fiscal 2009
Agriculture equipment margins were enhanced by a tight supply of equipment that did not recur in fiscal 2010. The return to more traditional supply conditions and inventory levels also resulted in
increased equipment inventory valuation charges over the prior year. Fiscal 2010 also included a reduced manufacturer market share incentive payment as compared to the prior year. The decrease in
"other" margins was primarily due to a lower utilization of rental fleet that resulted from a weak fiscal 2010 construction industry.
Operating Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2010 |
|
Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2009 |
|
Increase |
|
Percent
Change |
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
Operating Expenses |
|
$ |
108,998 |
|
$ |
86,940 |
|
$ |
22,058 |
|
|
25.4 |
% |
The
increase in operating expenses was primarily due to the additional costs associated with acquisitions such as compensation, rent, depreciation, travel and training. As a percentage
of total revenue, operating expenses increased slightly to 13.0% in fiscal 2010 as compared to 12.6% in fiscal 2009. This increase from the prior year was due to the increased number of stores in our
Construction segment, which have higher operating expenses as a percent of revenue, as well as lower revenues due to the challenging construction market, as compared to the same period of fiscal 2009.
38
Table of Contents
Other Income (Expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2010 |
|
Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2009 |
|
Increase/
(Decrease) |
|
Percent
Change |
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
Interest and other income |
|
$ |
1,843 |
|
$ |
1,545 |
|
$ |
298 |
|
|
19.3 |
% |
Floorplan interest expense |
|
|
(5,485 |
) |
|
(3,240 |
) |
|
2,245 |
|
|
69.3 |
% |
Interest expense |
|
|
(1,463 |
) |
|
(729 |
) |
|
734 |
|
|
100.7 |
% |
Interest
and other income increased $0.3 million as we received a manufacturer financing incentive in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, offset by a decrease in interest income
from investing our cash balances in highly secure investments in fiscal 2010 that carried lower interest rates than those earned in fiscal 2009. The increase in floorplan interest expense of
$2.2 million was due to the increase in floorplan notes payable balances as compared to fiscal 2009, as well as increased interest rates. The increase in interest expense of $0.7 million
resulted from higher long-term debt balances as compared to fiscal 2009.
Provision for Income Taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2010 |
|
Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2009 |
|
Decrease |
|
Percent
Change |
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes |
|
$ |
11,255 |
|
$ |
12,430 |
|
$ |
(1,175 |
) |
|
(9.5 |
)% |
Our
effective tax rate increased from 40.7% in fiscal 2009 to 41.7% in fiscal 2010. The increase in the effective tax rate from the prior year primarily reflects an increase in permanent
differences between financial and income tax reporting, such as the increase in stock option expense over the prior year.
Segment Results
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2010 |
|
Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2009 |
|
Increase/
(Decrease) |
|
Percent
Change |
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
Revenues |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Agriculture |
|
$ |
751,258 |
|
$ |
624,035 |
|
$ |
127,223 |
|
|
20.4 |
% |
Construction |
|
|
116,361 |
|
|
88,032 |
|
|
28,329 |
|
|
32.2 |
% |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment revenues |
|
|
867,619 |
|
|
712,067 |
|
|
155,552 |
|
|
21.8 |
% |
Eliminations |
|
|
(28,838 |
) |
|
(21,630 |
) |
|
(7,208 |
) |
|
33.3 |
% |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
838,781 |
|
$ |
690,437 |
|
$ |
148,344 |
|
|
21.5 |
% |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Agriculture |
|
$ |
36,133 |
|
$ |
32,023 |
|
$ |
4,110 |
|
|
12.8 |
% |
Construction |
|
|
(6,837 |
) |
|
604 |
|
|
(7,441 |
) |
|
(1232.0 |
)% |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment income (loss) before income taxes |
|
|
29,296 |
|
|
32,627 |
|
|
(3,331 |
) |
|
(10.2 |
)% |
Shared Resources |
|
|
(2,120 |
) |
|
(1,678 |
) |
|
(442 |
) |
|
26.3 |
% |
Eliminations |
|
|
(184 |
) |
|
(444 |
) |
|
260 |
|
|
(58.6 |
)% |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes |
|
$ |
26,992 |
|
$ |
30,505 |
|
$ |
(3,513 |
) |
|
(11.5 |
)% |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39
Table of Contents
Agriculture
Fiscal 2010 Agriculture revenues increased 20.4% compared to fiscal 2009. The revenue increase was due to acquisitions and an
Agriculture same-store sales increase of 8.2% over fiscal 2009. Income before income tax increased 12.8% due to increased revenues, which generated additional gross profits and greater
fixed operating expense utilization compared to the prior year. These increases were somewhat offset by lower Agriculture gross profit margins due to greater agriculture equipment supply and
availability and a lower manufacturer market share incentive payment in the current year compared to fiscal 2009.
Construction
Fiscal 2010 Construction revenues increased 32.2% compared to fiscal 2009. The revenue increase was due to acquisitions offset by a
Construction same-store sales decrease of 26.8% as compared to fiscal 2009. Both acquisition and same-store revenue were negatively impacted by a weak fiscal 2010 construction
market. The lower Construction revenue drove the $7.4 million decrease in income (loss) before income tax through lower gross profits and lower fixed operating expense utilization. Construction
operating expense as a percent of sales was 23.7% in fiscal 2010 compared to 16.4% in fiscal 2009.
Shared Resources/Eliminations
We incur centralized expenses/income at our general corporate level, which we refer to as "Shared Resources", and then allocate these
net expenses to our segments. Since these allocations are set early in the year, unallocated balances may occur. The Shared Resource amount increased $0.4 in fiscal 2010 compared to the prior year.
Eliminations
remove any inter-company revenues or income before tax residing in our segment results.
Fiscal Year Ended January 31, 2009 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended January 31, 2008
Consolidated Results
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2009 |
|
Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2008 |
|
Increase |
|
Percent
Change |
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
Equipment |
|
$ |
540,307 |
|
$ |
338,382 |
|
$ |
201,925 |
|
|
59.7 |
% |
Parts |
|
|
94,984 |
|
|
58,743 |
|
|
36,241 |
|
|
61.7 |
% |
Service |
|
|
44,224 |
|
|
27,344 |
|
|
16,880 |
|
|
61.7 |
% |
Other, including trucking and rental |
|
|
10,922 |
|
|
8,502 |
|
|
2,420 |
|
|
28.5 |
% |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total Revenue |
|
$ |
690,437 |
|
$ |
432,971 |
|
$ |
257,466 |
|
|
59.5 |
% |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The
increase in revenue was primarily due to acquisitions contributing to fiscal 2009 revenue and same-store sales growth. The acquired stores contributed
$176.7 million in additional total revenue, or 68.6% of the increase, while the same-store sales growth contributed $80.8 million, or 31.4% of the increase.
Same-store sales increased 21.5% over the prior year, which is indicative of the strong market for the products we sell. The calculation of same-store sales includes fiscal
2008 sales of $22.4 million from a special manufacturer leasing program available in our Agriculture segment. We did not conduct the same program in fiscal 2009 but do enter into various other
manufacturer programs from time to time.
40
Table of Contents
Cost of Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2009 |
|
Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2008 |
|
Increase |
|
Percent
Change |
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
Equipment |
|
$ |
478,324 |
|
$ |
302,320 |
|
$ |
176,004 |
|
|
58.2 |
% |
Parts |
|
|
67,270 |
|
|
42,568 |
|
|
24,702 |
|
|
58.0 |
% |
Service |
|
|
16,729 |
|
|
10,118 |
|
|
6,611 |
|
|
65.3 |
% |
Other, including trucking and rental |
|
|
8,245 |
|
|
5,913 |
|
|
2,332 |
|
|
39.4 |
% |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total cost of revenue |
|
$ |
570,568 |
|
$ |
360,919 |
|
$ |
209,649 |
|
|
58.1 |
% |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The
increase in cost of revenue was primarily due to increased revenue. Acquisitions contributed $146.0 million in total cost of revenue, or 69.7% of the increase, while
same-store sales growth contributed $63.6 million, or 30.3% of the increase. The calculation of same-store sales includes fiscal 2008 cost of revenue of
$20.2 million from a special manufacturer leasing program available in our Agriculture segment. As a percentage of revenue, cost of revenue was 82.6% for fiscal 2009 compared to 83.4% for
fiscal 2008.
Gross Profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2009 |
|
Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2008 |
|
Increase |
|
Percent
Change |
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
Equipment |
|
$ |
61,983 |
|
$ |
36,062 |
|
$ |
25,921 |
|
|
71.9 |
% |
Parts |
|
|
27,714 |
|
|
16,175 |
|
|
11,539 |
|
|
71.3 |
% |
Service |
|
|
27,495 |
|
|
17,226 |
|
|
10,269 |
|
|
59.6 |
% |
Other, including trucking and rental |
|
|
2,677 |
|
|
2,589 |
|
|
88 |
|
|
3.4 |
% |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total Gross Profit |
|
$ |
119,869 |
|
$ |
72,052 |
|
$ |
47,817 |
|
|
66.4 |
% |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The
increase in gross profit was primarily due to increased revenue. Acquisitions contributed $30.6 million in total gross profit, or 64.0% of the increase, while
same-store sale gross profits provided the remaining $17.2 million, or 36.0% of the gross profit improvement. The calculation of same-store sales includes fiscal 2008
gross profit of $2.2 million from a special manufacturer leasing program available in our Agriculture segment. Gross profit margins were 17.4% for fiscal 2009 compared to 16.6% for fiscal 2008.
The strong market for our products in fiscal year 2009, particularly agriculture equipment, has resulted in improved margins compared to the prior year. We recorded a similar manufacturer market share
incentive bonus in the fourth quarters of fiscal 2009 and 2008 by achieving annual market share targets established by CNH for product lines within the regions in which we market our products. These
incentives enhanced fourth quarter gross profits for both years.
Operating Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2009 |
|
Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2008 |
|
Increase |
|
Percent
Change |
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
Operating Expenses |
|
$ |
86,940 |
|
$ |
53,190 |
|
$ |
33,750 |
|
|
63.5 |
% |
The
increase in operating expenses was primarily due to the additional costs associated with acquisitions such as compensation, rent, depreciation, travel and training. Other costs
contributing to higher operating expenses were increased sales commission expenses (resulting from increased gross profits), stock option expense and additional costs associated with being a public
company, such as increased legal and accounting costs related to regulatory compliance, particularly Sarbanes-Oxley compliance. As a percentage of total revenue, operating expenses increased slightly
from 12.3% in fiscal 2008 to 12.6% in fiscal 2009.
41
Table of Contents
Other Income (Expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2009 |
|
Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2008 |
|
Increase/
(Decrease) |
|
Percent
Change |
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
Interest and other income |
|
$ |
1,545 |
|
$ |
577 |
|
$ |
968 |
|
|
167.8 |
% |
Floorplan interest expense |
|
|
(3,240 |
) |
|
(3,812 |
) |
|
(572 |
) |
|
(15.0 |
)% |
Interest expense |
|
|
(729 |
) |
|
(2,480 |
) |
|
(1,751 |
) |
|
(70.6 |
)% |
Debt retirement costs |
|
|
|
|
|
(3,824 |
) |
|
(3,824 |
) |
|
(100.0 |
)% |
Interest
and other income increased $1.0 million due to the higher level of cash, cash equivalents and U.S. treasury bills in fiscal 2009 compared to fiscal 2008. The decrease in
floorplan interest expense of $0.6 million was due to lower borrowing rates in fiscal 2009 compared to fiscal 2008. The decrease in interest expense of $1.8 million was primarily due to
lower debt levels for the first eleven months of
fiscal 2009, resulting from the retirement of all subordinated debentures as well as the early extinguishment of a portion of our long-term debt.
In
conjunction with our December 2007 initial public offering, we exchanged or converted all $6.4 million in aggregate principal amount of our outstanding convertible subordinated
debentures for 2,308,648 shares of our common stock and retired $9.4 million in subordinated debentures. As a result of these transactions, we recognized debt retirement costs of
$3.8 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008. There were no such transactions in fiscal 2009.
Provision for Income Taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2009 |
|
Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2008 |
|
Decrease |
|
Percent
Change |
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes |
|
$ |
12,430 |
|
$ |
4,110 |
|
$ |
8,320 |
|
|
202.4 |
% |
The
effective tax rate as a percentage of income before taxes decreased from 44.1% in fiscal 2008 to 40.7% in fiscal 2009. The decrease resulted from an unrecognized tax benefit of
$420,000 in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008. We did not record any such uncertain tax positions in fiscal 2009.
Segment Results
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2009 |
|
Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2008 |
|
Increase/
(Decrease) |
|
Percent
Change |
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
Revenues |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Agriculture |
|
$ |
624,035 |
|
$ |
394,972 |
|
$ |
229,063 |
|
|
58.0 |
% |
Construction |
|
|
88,032 |
|
|
52,175 |
|
|
35,857 |
|
|
68.7 |
% |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment revenues |
|
|
712,067 |
|
|
447,147 |
|
|
264,920 |
|
|
59.2 |
% |
Eliminations |
|
|
(21,630 |
) |
|
(14,176 |
) |
|
(7,454 |
) |
|
52.6 |
% |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
690,437 |
|
$ |
432,971 |
|
$ |
257,466 |
|
|
59.5 |
% |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Before Income Taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Agriculture |
|
$ |
32,023 |
|
$ |
15,326 |
|
$ |
16,697 |
|
|
108.9 |
% |
Construction |
|
|
604 |
|
|
233 |
|
|
371 |
|
|
159.2 |
% |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment income before income taxes |
|
|
32,627 |
|
|
15,559 |
|
|
17,068 |
|
|
109.7 |
% |
Shared Resources |
|
|
(1,678 |
) |
|
(6,049 |
) |
|
4,371 |
|
|
(72.3 |
)% |
Eliminations |
|
|
(444 |
) |
|
(187 |
) |
|
(257 |
) |
|
137.4 |
% |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes |
|
$ |
30,505 |
|
$ |
9,323 |
|
$ |
21,182 |
|
|
227.2 |
% |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42
Table of Contents
Agriculture
Fiscal 2009 Agriculture segment revenues increased 58.0% compared to fiscal 2008. The increase in revenue was primarily due to
acquisitions and an Agriculture same-store sales increase of 21.7% over fiscal 2008. Income before income taxes increased 108.9% due to increased revenues as well as improved equipment
margins that resulted from a reduced agricultural equipment supply in the overall market. The increased revenues and improved margins were attributable to the strong agricultural market experienced in
fiscal 2009.
Construction
Fiscal 2009 Construction segment revenues increased 68.7% compared to fiscal 2008. The increase in revenue was due to acquisitions and
a Construction same-store sale increase of 20.2% over fiscal 2008. Income before income taxes increased 159.2%. The increase in income before income taxes was a result of the solid
performance of our existing construction stores and was offset by the results of acquisition stores.
Shared Resources/Eliminations
We incur centralized expenses/income at our general corporate level, which we refer to as "Shared Resources", and then allocate these
net expenses to our segments. Since these allocations are set early in the year, unallocated balances may occur. The unallocated expenses in Shared Resources decreased to $1.7 million in fiscal
2009 from $6.0 million in fiscal 2008. The $6.0 million in fiscal 2008 includes debt retirement costs of $3.8 million that did not get allocated to the segments and did not recur
in fiscal 2009.
Eliminations
remove any inter-company revenues or income before tax residing in our segment results.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Cash Flow From Operating Activities
During fiscal 2010, cash flow used for operating activities was $47.7 million. Our cash flows from operations were primarily the
result of our reported net income of $15.7 million and non-cash adjustments to net income for depreciation and amortization of $8.0 million. These operating cash inflows were
principally offset by an increase in inventories of $61.2 million, a net decrease in accounts payable, customer deposits, accrued expenses and other long-term liabilities of
$6.6 million and a net decrease in floorplan notes payable of $3.7 million. The increase in inventories was primarily the result of our growth through acquisitions and inventory balances
that reflect historical stocking levels.
During
fiscal 2009, cash flow provided by operating activities was $4.2 million. Our cash flows from operations were primarily the result of our reported net income of
$18.1 million, non-cash adjustments to net income for depreciation and amortization of $4.6 million, a net decrease in receivables, prepaid expenses and other assets of
$7.0 million, an increase in floorplan notes payable of $5.4 million and a net increase in accounts payable, customer deposits, accrued expenses and other long-term
liabilities of $3.8. These operating cash inflows were principally offset by an increase in inventories of $34.8 million. The increase in inventories was primarily the result of our growth
through acquisitions and purchasing to support our increased sales activity during fiscal 2009.
During
fiscal 2008, our operating activities provided net cash flow of $12.5 million. Our cash flows from operations were primarily the result of our reported net income of
$5.2 million, non-cash adjustments to net income for depreciation and amortization of $2.5 million and for debt retirement costs of $2.4 million, and a net increase in
accounts payable, customer deposits, accrued expenses and other long-term liabilities of $19.2 million. These operating cash inflows were principally offset by a net
43
Table of Contents
increase
in receivables, prepaid expenses and other assets of $8.5 million, an increase in inventories of $3.2 million and a decrease in floorplan payables of $4.4 million.
We
evaluate our cash flow from operating activities net of all floorplan activity and short-term advances related to customer contracts in transit. Taking these adjustments
into account, our non-GAAP cash flow provided by operating activities was $4.6 million, $13.3 million and $11.8 million, for fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
For reconciliation of this non-GAAP financial measure, please see the Non-GAAP Cash Flow Reconciliation below.
Cash Flow From Investing Activities
During fiscal 2010, cash provided by investing activities was $25.7 million. Our cash provided by investing activities primarily
consisted of net sales of U.S. treasury bills of $45.0 million, offset by purchases of equipment dealerships (net of cash purchased) of $7.3 million and property and equipment purchases
of $12.4 million.
During
fiscal 2009, cash used for investing activities was $87.3 million. Our cash used for investing activities primarily consisted of net purchases of U.S. treasury bills of
$45.0 million following our follow-on common stock offering, purchases of equipment dealerships (net of cash purchased) of $35.5 million and property and equipment purchases
of $7.2 million.
During
fiscal 2008, cash used for investing activities was $16.3 million. Our cash used for investing activities primarily consisted of purchases of equipment dealerships (net of
cash purchased) of $10.1 million and property and equipment purchases of $6.3 million.
Cash Flow From Financing Activities
During fiscal 2010, cash provided by financing activities was $57.1 million. Cash provided by financing activities was primarily
the result of an increase in our non-manufacturer floorplan payable of $51.4 million and proceeds from long-term debt exceeding principal payments by
$4.8 million. During fiscal 2010, we increased our floorplan financing with non-manufacturers in order to take advantage of the lower interest rates offered by these entities.
During
fiscal 2009, cash provided by financing activities was $81.3 million. Cash provided by financing activities was primarily the result of $78.8 million in net proceeds
from our follow-on offering and increase in our non-manufacturer floorplan payable of $9.1 million. Partially
offsetting these proceeds were principal payments on long-term debt exceeding proceeds from long-term debt by $6.7 million.
During
fiscal 2008, cash provided by financing activities was $39.1 million. Cash provided by financing activities was primarily the result of $41.8 million in net proceeds
from our initial public offering. Partially offsetting these proceeds were principal payments on long-term debt exceeding proceeds from long-term debt by $2.3 million.
Non-GAAP Cash Flow Reconciliation
Non-GAAP cash flow provided by (used for) operating activities is a non-GAAP financial measure which is
adjusted for the following:
-
- Non-manufacturer floorplan notes payable: We review our cash flow from operating activities to include all
floorplan notes payable activity regardless of whether we obtain the financing from a manufacturer or a non-manufacturer. We consider inventory financing with both manufacturers and
non-manufacturers to be part of the normal operations of our business and use the adjusted cash flow analysis in the evaluation of our inventory and inventory flooring needs. GAAP
44
Table of Contents
The
following table reconciles net cash flow provided by (used for) operating activities, a GAAP measure, to non-GAAP cash flow provided by operating activities and net cash
provided
by financing activities, a GAAP measure, to non-GAAP cash flow provided by financing activities (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As Reported |
|
Adjustment(1) |
|
Adjustment(2) |
|
Non-GAAP
Measures |
|
Fiscal 2010: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities |
|
$ |
(47,661 |
) |
$ |
51,448 |
|
$ |
780 |
|
$ |
4,567 |
|
Net cash provided by financing activities |
|
|
57,069 |
|
|
(51,448 |
) |
|
(780 |
) |
|
4,841 |
|
Fiscal 2009: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
$ |
4,215 |
|
$ |
9,094 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
13,309 |
|
Net cash provided by financing activities |
|
|
81,310 |
|
|
(9,094 |
) |
|
|
|
|
72,216 |
|
Fiscal 2008: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
$ |
12,460 |
|
$ |
(705 |
) |
$ |
|
|
$ |
11,755 |
|
Net cash provided by financing activities |
|
|
39,109 |
|
|
705 |
|
|
|
|
|
39,814 |
|
(1)Net
change in non-manufacturer floorplan notes payable
(2)Net
change in short-term advances related to customer contracts in transit
Debt Facilities
Bremer Bank Credit Facility. We currently have a credit facility with Bremer Bank that provides for a $25.0 million revolving
operating line
of credit ("Revolving Loan") and a $15.0 million term loan ("Term Loan"). The Revolving Loan carries a variable interest rate of a Bremer Bank reference rate minus 0.25%, subject to a minimum
interest rate floor of 4.5%, and a non-usage fee of 0.5% on the average monthly unused amount. The Revolving Loan requires monthly payments of interest due and has a maturity date of
July 14, 2010. As of January 31, 2010, we had no amount outstanding on the Revolving Loan. The Term Loan has a fixed interest rate of 5.9%, requires monthly payments of
principal and interest and has a maturity date of July 1, 2014. As of January 31, 2010 we had $13.7 million outstanding on the Term Loan. The Bremer Bank credit facility is
secured by substantially all of the Company's assets and contains various financial and other restrictive covenants that require prior consent of Bremer Bank if we desire to make any mergers,
acquisitions, asset sales outside the ordinary course of business, or create a subsidiary.
CNH Capital Credit Facility. We currently have a credit facility with CNH Capital that provides for an aggregate principal balance of
up to
$300.0 million for floorplan financing, the availability of which is reduced by outstanding floorplan notes payable, rental fleet financing and other acquisition-related financing arrangements
with CNH, as described below. Prior to September 1, 2009, the interest rate under the CNH Capital floorplan line of credit was equal to the prime rate plus 0.3% per annum for most purposes,
subject to any interest-free periods offered by CNH. Effective September 1, 2009, interest rates range from the prime rate plus 4% to the prime rate plus 6% on new borrowings under
the CNH Capital floorplan line of credit, subject to any interest-free periods offered by CNH. The
45
Table of Contents
CNH
Capital term loans and loans for certain purposes have an interest rates ranging from the prime rate plus 0.3% to the prime rate plus 5.9% per annum. Cumulative and unpaid balance of advances
under the CNH Capital credit facility accrues interest each month and requires monthly payments. The CNH Capital credit facility automatically renews on August 31 of each year through
August 31, 2012, unless earlier terminated by either party. The CNH Capital credit facility is secured by the related assets. As of January 31, 2010, we had approximately
$202.9 million outstanding on the CNH Capital credit facility. The CNH Capital credit facility contains covenants that require the Company to maintain various financial ratio levels and to
submit certain financial information. It also contains various restrictive covenants that require prior consent of CNH Capital if we desire to engage in any acquisition of, consolidation or merger
with any other business entity in which we are not the surviving company; create subsidiaries; move any collateral outside of the U.S.; or sell, rent, lease or otherwise dispose or transfer any of the
collateral, other than in the ordinary course of business. CNH's consent is also required for the acquisition of any CNH dealership. In addition, the CNH Capital credit facility restricts our ability
to incur any liens upon any substantial part of our assets.
Other Indebtedness with CNH Capital. CNH Capital periodically provides loans for fixed asset financing in connection with acquisitions.
Related to
this acquisition financing, we have various term loans with CNH Capital. The aggregate principal amount of these terms loans was approximately $2.7 million at January 31, 2010. We also
obtained variable rate notes at interest rates ranging from the prime rate plus 0.3% to the prime rate plus 5.9% per annum from CNH Capital, which are secured by our designated rental fleet. The
amount of our rental fleet notes as of January 31, 2010, was $9.5 million.
GE Credit Facility. On March 12, 2010, we entered into a Second Amended and Restated Agreement for Wholesale Financing by and
between the
Company and GE Commercial Distribution Finance Corporation ("GE"), which provides for a discretionary revolving floorplan facility with an initial facility amount of up to $50 million. The
agreement restates in its entirety our prior wholesale financing agreements with GE. Under the GE agreement, we have the ability to seek to increase the amount of the facility to $100 million.
Advances under the facility are secured by substantially all of the inventory and other assets financed by GE and all proceeds of such inventory. The GE facility may be used to advance up to 85% of
the value of new or used inventory purchased by us from vendors approved by GE, or to refinance new or used inventory. Advances made under the facility will generally have a variable interest rate
equal to the three-month LIBOR Rate plus 5.5%. The agreement may be terminated by either party on 60 days notice. Under covenants of the GE credit facility, the Company has agreed, among other
things, to maintain various financial ratio levels and to submit certain financial information. It also contains various restrictive covenants regarding related party transactions outside of the
ordinary course of business and requires GE's prior consent if we desire to engage in any acquisition meeting certain financial thresholds; make any investments outside of the ordinary course of
business; or have a change in control, as defined by the agreement.
Sources of Liquidity
Our primary sources of liquidity are cash reserves, cash flow from operations, proceeds from the issuance of debt and borrowings under
our credit facilities. We expect that ongoing requirements for debt service and capital expenditures will be funded from these sources.
Adequacy of Capital Resources
Our primary uses of cash have been to fund our strategic acquisitions, finance the purchase of inventory, purchase U.S. Treasury Bills,
meet debt service requirements and fund operating activities, working capital, payments due under building space operating leases and manufacturer floorplans payable. The primary factors affecting our
ability to generate cash and to meet existing, known or reasonably likely cash requirements are the timing and extent of acquisitions and our operating
46
Table of Contents
performance
as impacted by (i) industry factors, (ii) competition, (iii) general economic conditions and (iv) other business factors as identified in Item 1A "Risk
Factors."
For
fiscal 2010 and 2009, we spent $12.4 million and $7.2 million on property and equipment, respectively, exclusive of acquisitions, transfers between equipment inventory
and our designated rental fleet, and property and equipment purchased with long-term debt. Our property and equipment purchases in fiscal 2010 were higher than the prior fiscal year
primarily due to the increase in the number of stores and a licensing agreement for a new Enterprise Resource Planning ("ERP") software system. We expect our property and equipment expenditures,
exclusive of acquisitions, for fiscal 2011 to be approximately $9.0 to $10.0 million. The actual amount of our fiscal 2011 equipment expenditures will depend upon factors such as general
economic conditions, growth prospects for our industry and our acquisition activity. We currently expect to finance equipment purchases with borrowings under the existing credit facilities, with
available cash or with cash flow from operations. We may need to incur additional debt if we pursue any future acquisitions.
Our
ability to service our debt will depend upon our ability to generate the necessary cash. This will depend on our future acquisitions activity, operating performance, general economic
conditions, and financial, competitive, business and other factors, some of which are beyond our immediate control. Based on our current operational performance, we believe our cash flow from
operations, available cash and available borrowings under the existing credit facilities will adequately provide our liquidity needs for, at a minimum, the next 12 months.
We
cannot assure you, however, that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available under the Bremer Bank, CNH Capital and GE
credit facilities in amounts sufficient to allow us to service our indebtedness and to meet our other commitments. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations or to obtain
sufficient future borrowings, we may be required to seek one or more alternatives such as refinancing or restructuring our indebtedness, selling material assets or operations or seeking to raise
additional debt or equity capital. We cannot assure you that we will be able to succeed with one of these alternatives on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. In addition, if we pursue strategic
acquisitions, we may require additional equity or debt financing to consummate the transactions, and we cannot assure you that we will succeed in obtaining this financing on favorable terms or at all.
If we incur additional indebtedness to finance any of these transactions, this may place increased demands on our cash flow from operations to service the resulting increased debt. Our existing debt
agreements contain restrictive covenants that may restrict our ability to adopt any of these alternatives. Any non-compliance by us under the terms of our debt agreements could result in
an event of default which, if not cured, could result in the acceleration of our debt.
Certain Information Concerning Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
As of January 31, 2010, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as
entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other
contractually narrow or limited purposes. We are, therefore, not exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had
engaged in these relationships. In the normal course of our business activities, we lease rental equipment under operating leases.
47
Table of Contents
Contractual and Commercial Commitment Summary
Our contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of January 31, 2010 are summarized below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due By Period |
|
Contractual Obligations
|
|
Total |
|
Less Than
1 Year |
|
1 to 3 Years |
|
3 to 5 Years |
|
More Than
5 Years |
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Long-term debt obligations(1) |
|
$ |
32,621 |
|
$ |
8,600 |
|
$ |
13,575 |
|
$ |
9,860 |
|
$ |
586 |
|
Operating lease(2) |
|
|
61,507 |
|
|
7,798 |
|
|
14,577 |
|
|
12,856 |
|
|
26,276 |
|
Other long-term liabilities(3) |
|
|
512 |
|
|
|
|
|
512 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total |
|
$ |
94,640 |
|
$ |
16,398 |
|
$ |
28,664 |
|
$ |
22,716 |
|
$ |
26,862 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- (1)
- Includes
obligations under notes payable issued in favor of our lenders and estimates of interest payable.
- (2)
- Includes
minimum lease payment obligations under operating leases related to our stores. Amounts do not include insurance or tax, which we include in our
operating expenses and which we estimate will be approximately $839,000 for the less than 1 year period, $1,651,000 for the 1-3 year period, $1,550,000 for the
3-5 year period, and $3,051,000 for the more than 5 years period for a total of approximately $7,091,000. See Note 9 to our audited financial statements for a
description of our operating lease obligations.
- (3)
- Includes
long-term portion of trade payables.
New Accounting Pronouncements
In January 2010, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on fair value measurements, codified in ASC 820, Fair
Value Measurements and Disclosures. This guidance required additional disclosure of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value
measurements and activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. It also clarified existing disclosure requirements regarding level of disaggregation and valuation inputs and techniques. The
guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the disclosure of the Level 3 activity, which is effective for interim and
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010. We adopted these provisions on February 1, 2010, except for the Level 3 activity disclosures, which will be
effective for us on February 1, 2011. The provisions of this guidance have not, and are not expected to, have a material effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
In
June 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on the FASB Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC" or "Codification") and the hierarchy of generally accepted accounting
principles, codified in ASC 105, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. This guidance established the Codification as the single source of
authoritative nongovernmental GAAP. All existing accounting standard documents, excluding guidance from the SEC, was superseded by the Codification. All other non-grandfathered,
non-SEC accounting literature not included in the Codification became nonauthoritative. The Codification does not change GAAP, but instead introduced a new structure that combined all
authoritative standards into a comprehensive, topically organized online database. The Codification was effective for interim or annual periods ending after September 15, 2009, and impacted our
financial statement disclosures beginning with the quarter ending October 31, 2009 as all future references to authoritative accounting literature will be referenced in accordance with the
Codification. There will be no changes to the content of our consolidated financial statements or disclosures as a result of implementing the Codification.
48
Table of Contents
In
October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued authoritative guidance on revenue recognition, codified in ASC 605-25, Revenue Recognition. This guidance modifies the fair value
requirements of revenue recognition on multiple element arrangements by allowing the use of
the "best estimate of selling price" in addition to vendor specific objective evidence and third-party evidence for determining the selling price of a deliverable. This guidance establishes a selling
price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable, which is based on: (a) vendor-specific objective evidence, (b) third-party evidence, or (c) estimates. In
addition, the guidance eliminates the residual method of allocation and significantly expands the disclosure requirements for such arrangements. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning
on or after June 15, 2010, with early adoption permitted. We are in the process of determining the impact that this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements.
In
June 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on the consolidation of variable interest entities ("VIEs"), codified in ASC 810, Consolidation. This guidance eliminates the exemption for qualifying
special-purpose entities, amends the approach companies use to identify the VIEs
for which they are deemed to be the primary beneficiary and are required to consolidate, and requires additional disclosure of an entity's involvement with a VIE. The guidance requires companies to
perform ongoing reassessments of whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE. This assessment no longer includes the quantitative-based assessment, and instead requires a qualitative assessment of
whether a company has the power to direct the VIE's activities that most significantly impact the company's economic performance and whether the entity has the obligation to absorb losses or the right
to receive benefits that could be significant to the VIE. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009. We are in the process of determining the impact it will
have on our consolidated financial statements.
In
May 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on subsequent events, codified in ASC 855, Subsequent Events. This guidance
established general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. The Company
adopted the guidance as of July 31, 2009. Its adoption did not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements. This guidance was amended in February 2010 to require
SEC filers to disclose subsequent events through the date the financial statements are issued and exclude SEC filers from the requirement to disclose the date through which subsequent events were
evaluated. This guidance became effective immediately and was used in determining the disclosure requirements in Note 18Subsequent Events included in this
Form 10-K. Its adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In
April 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on the accounting and disclosure of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination that arise from contingencies,
and subsequent accounting for these contingencies. This guidance was codified in ASC 805, Business Combinations. We adopted this guidance on
February 1, 2010 and do not expect it to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements based on the nature of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in our business
combinations.
In
April 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance that required disclosures about fair value of financial instruments for interim reporting periods of publicly traded companies, in
addition to inclusion in annual financial statements. This guidance was codified in ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. We adopted this
FSP as of July 31, 2009. Its adoption did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.
In
February 2008, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on fair value measurements, codified in ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and
Disclosures. This guidance permitted a one year deferral of the application of fair value measurements for all non-financial assets and non-financial
liabilities, except those recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least
49
Table of Contents
annually).
We adopted fair value measurements for non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities on February 1, 2009. Its adoption did not have a material effect on
our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
In
December 2007, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on business combinations which provided additional guidance on improving the relevance, representational faithfulness, and
comparability of the financial information that a reporting entity provides in its financial reports about a business combination and its effects. This guidance was codified in ASC 805, Business Combinations, and applied prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the
first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. We adopted SFAS 141R effective February 1, 2009. Its adoption did not have a material effect on our
consolidated financial statements. Any acquisition made in fiscal 2010 and future periods are subject to this new accounting guidance.
In
December 2007, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on accounting and reporting for non-controlling interests in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a
subsidiary, codified in ASC 810, Consolidation. This guidance applied to all entities that prepare consolidated financial statements and have an
outstanding noncontrolling interest in one or more subsidiaries. We adopted this guidance on February 1, 2009. Its adoption did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial
statements.
Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a "safe harbor" for forward-looking statements. Such "forward-looking"
information is included in this Form 10-K, including this Item 7, as well as in other materials filed or to be filed by us with the Securities and Exchange Commission (as
well as information included in oral statements or other written statements made or to be made by the Company).
This
Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the following
words: "anticipate," "believe," "continue," "could," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "may," "ongoing," "plan," "potential," "predict," "project," "should," "will," "would," or the negative of these
terms or other comparable terminology, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause
our results or our industry's actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements are only predictions and are not guarantees of performance. These statements are based on our management's beliefs and assumptions, which in turn are based on currently
available information. Our forward-looking statements in this Form 10-K generally relate to the following:
-
- our beliefs and intentions with respect to our growth strategy, including growth through acquisitions, the types of
acquisition targets we intend to pursue and our ability to identify such targets;
-
- our beliefs with respect to our competitors and our competitive advantages;
-
- our beliefs with respect to the impact of government subsidies on the agriculture economy;
-
- our beliefs with respect to our business strengths, including the Titan Operating Model;
-
- our plans and beliefs with respect to real property used in our business;
-
- our beliefs with respect to our employee relations;
50
Table of Contents
-
- our assumptions, beliefs and expectations with respect to past and future market conditions, including interest rates,
lending standards and public infrastructure spending and the impact these conditions will have on our operating results;
-
- our beliefs with respect to the adequacy of our capital resources and the funding of debt service obligations and capital
expenditures;
-
- our plans for future capital expenditures;
-
- our cash needs and the adequacy of our working capital; and
-
- our expectations regarding the impact of inflation.
Forward-looking
statements are only predictions and are not guarantees of performance. These statements are based on our management's beliefs and assumptions, which in turn are based on
currently available information. Important assumptions relating to the forward-looking statements include, among others, assumptions regarding demand for our products, the expansion of product
offerings geographically, the timing and cost of planned capital expenditures, competitive conditions and general economic conditions. These assumptions could prove inaccurate. Forward-looking
statements also involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties, which could cause actual results that differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement. Many of these factors
are beyond our ability to control or predict. Such factors include, but are not limited to, the following:
-
- incorrect assumptions regarding our cash needs;
-
- general economic conditions and construction activity in the markets where we operate;
-
- our relationships with equipment suppliers;
-
- our substantial leverage;
-
- the risks associated with the expansion of our business;
-
- our possible inability to integrate any businesses we acquire;
-
- competitive pressures;
-
- compliance with laws and regulations; and
-
- other factors discussed under "Risk Factors" or elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
These
important factors include those that we discuss under Item 1A "Risk Factors." You should read these risk factors and the other cautionary statements made in this
Form 10-K as being applicable to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this Form 10-K. We cannot assure you that the forward-looking
statements in this Form 10-K will prove to be accurate. Furthermore, if our forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the
significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and
plans in any specified time frame, if at all. Other than as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update these forward-looking statements, even though our situation may change in the future.
51
Table of Contents
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates. Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market
rates and prices such as interest rates. For fixed rate debt, interest rate changes affect the fair value of financial instruments but do not impact earnings or cash flows. Conversely, for floating
rate debt, interest rate changes generally do not affect the fair market value but do impact future earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant. We have both fixed and floating
rate financing. Some of our floating rate credit facilities contain minimum rates of interest to be charged. Based upon balances and interest rates as of January 31, 2010, holding other
variables constant, a one percentage point increase in interest rates for the next 12-month period would decrease pre-tax earnings and cash flow by approximately
$1.4 million. Conversely, a one percentage point decrease in interest rates for the next 12-month period would result in an increase to pre-tax earnings and cash flow of
approximately $1.4 million. At January 31, 2010, we had variable rate floorplan notes payable of $249.9 million, of which approximately $127.4 million was interest-bearing,
variable notes payable and long-term debt of $11.0 million, and fixed rate notes payable and long-term debt of $18.1 million.
Our
policy is not to enter into derivatives or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.
52
Table of Contents
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
The Consolidated Balance Sheets of the Company as of January 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related Consolidated Statements of
Operations, Stockholders' Equity, and Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 2010, and the notes thereto have been audited by Eide Bailly LLP, independent
registered public accounting firm.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
53
Table of Contents
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To
the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Titan Machinery Inc.
Fargo, North Dakota
We
have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Titan Machinery Inc. as of January 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations,
stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended January 31, 2010, and the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at
Item 15. Titan Machinery Inc.'s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
We
conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In
our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Titan Machinery Inc. as of
January 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended January 31, 2010, in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when considered in relation to the consolidated
financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
We
also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Titan Machinery Inc.'s internal control over financial
reporting as of January 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal ControlIntegrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO), and our report dated April 15, 2010, expressed an unqualified opinion.
/s/
Eide Bailly LLP
Minneapolis,
Minnesota
April 15, 2010
54
Table of Contents
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To
the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Titan Machinery Inc.
Fargo, North Dakota
We
have audited Titan Machinery Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal
ControlIntegrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Titan Machinery Inc.'s management is responsible for maintaining
effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management's Report on
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We
conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included
obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of
internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
A
company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures
that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because
of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the
risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In
our opinion, Titan Machinery Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2010, based on criteria
established in Internal ControlIntegrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
We
have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated
statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows of Titan Machinery Inc., and our report dated April 15, 2010, expressed an unqualified opinion.
/s/
Eide Bailly LLP
Minneapolis,
Minnesota
April 15, 2010
55
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
JANUARY 31, 2010 AND 2009
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 31,
2010 |
|
January 31,
2009 |
|
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
76,185 |
|
$ |
41,047 |
|
| |
U.S. treasury bills |
|
|
|
|
|
44,994 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Total cash, cash equivalents and U.S. treasury bills |
|
|
76,185 |
|
|
86,041 |
|
| |
Receivables, net |
|
|
22,254 |
|
|
19,627 |
|
| |
Inventories |
|
|
347,580 |
|
|
241,094 |
|
| |
Prepaid expenses |
|
|
1,009 |
|
|
532 |
|
| |
Income taxes receivable |
|
|
1,595 |
|
|
1,433 |
|
| |
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
2,266 |
|
|
1,426 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Total current assets |
|
|
450,889 |
|
|
350,153 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
INTANGIBLES AND OTHER ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Noncurrent parts inventories |
|
|
1,642 |
|
|
1,509 |
|
| |
Goodwill |
|
|
14,762 |
|
|
12,464 |
|
| |
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization |
|
|
295 |
|
|
366 |
|
| |
Other |
|
|
620 |
|
|
487 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,319 |
|
|
14,826 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net of accumulated depreciation |
|
|
46,604 |
|
|
45,269 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
514,812 |
|
$ |
410,248 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT LIABILITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Accounts payable |
|
$ |
12,352 |
|
$ |
18,652 |
|
| |
Floorplan notes payable |
|
|
249,872 |
|
|
166,481 |
|
| |
Current maturities of long-term debt and short-term advances |
|
|
7,218 |
|
|
7,623 |
|
| |
Customer deposits |
|
|
12,974 |
|
|
15,158 |
|
| |
Accrued expenses |
|
|
9,870 |
|
|
8,308 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
292,286 |
|
|
216,222 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Long-term debt, less current maturities |
|
|
21,852 |
|
|
14,810 |
|
| |
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
6,356 |
|
|
3,503 |
|
| |
Other long-term liabilities |
|
|
3,794 |
|
|
1,946 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,002 |
|
|
20,259 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Common stock, par value $.00001 per share, authorized25,000 shares; issued and outstanding17,777 at January 31, 2010 and 17,657 at
January 31, 2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Additional paid-in-capital |
|
|
138,775 |
|
|
137,755 |
|
| |
Retained earnings |
|
|
51,749 |
|
|
36,012 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
190,524 |
|
|
173,767 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
514,812 |
|
$ |
410,248 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
56
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008
(in thousands, except per
share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
2008 |
|
REVENUE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Equipment |
|
$ |
643,186 |
|
$ |
540,307 |
|
$ |
338,382 |
|
| |
Parts |
|
|
119,509 |
|
|
94,984 |
|
|
58,743 |
|
| |
Service |
|
|
58,983 |
|
|
44,224 |
|
|
27,344 |
|
| |
Other, including trucking and rental |
|
|
17,103 |
|
|
10,922 |
|
|
8,502 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL REVENUE |
|
|
838,781 |
|
|
690,437 |
|
|
432,971 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COST OF REVENUE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Equipment |
|
|
578,411 |
|
|
478,324 |
|
|
302,320 |
|
| |
Parts |
|
|
83,219 |
|
|
67,270 |
|
|
42,568 |
|
| |
Service |
|
|
21,615 |
|
|
16,729 |
|
|
10,118 |
|
| |
Other, including trucking and rental |
|
|
14,441 |
|
|
8,245 |
|
|
5,913 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL COST OF REVENUE |
|
|
697,686 |
|
|
570,568 |
|
|
360,919 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GROSS PROFIT |
|
|
141,095 |
|
|
119,869 |
|
|
72,052 |
|
OPERATING EXPENSES |
|
|
108,998 |
|
|
86,940 |
|
|
53,190 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS |
|
|
32,097 |
|
|
32,929 |
|
|
18,862 |
|
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Interest and other income |
|
|
1,843 |
|
|
1,545 |
|
|
577 |
|
| |
Floorplan interest expense |
|
|
(5,485 |
) |
|
(3,240 |
) |
|
(3,812 |
) |
| |
Debt retirement costs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,824 |
) |
| |
Interest expense other |
|
|
(1,463 |
) |
|
(729 |
) |
|
(2,480 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES |
|
|
26,992 |
|
|
30,505 |
|
|
9,323 |
|
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES |
|
|
(11,255 |
) |
|
(12,430 |
) |
|
(4,110 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCOME |
|
$ |
15,737 |
|
$ |
18,075 |
|
$ |
5,213 |
|
ADJUSTMENTS TO INCOME |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Amortization of syndication fees |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(51 |
) |
| |
Unpaid accumulated preferred dividends |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(88 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCOME AVAILABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS |
|
$ |
15,737 |
|
$ |
18,075 |
|
$ |
5,074 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EARNINGS PER SHARENOTE 1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EARNINGS PER SHAREBASIC |
|
$ |
0.89 |
|
$ |
1.11 |
|
$ |
0.90 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EARNINGS PER SHAREDILUTED |
|
$ |
0.88 |
|
$ |
1.08 |
|
$ |
0.67 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARESBASIC |
|
|
17,593 |
|
|
16,291 |
|
|
5,607 |
|
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARESDILUTED |
|
|
17,968 |
|
|
16,779 |
|
|
8,246 |
|
See
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
57
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
Outstanding |
|
Amount |
|
Additional
Paid-In
Capital |
|
Retained
Earnings |
|
Total |
|
BALANCE, JANUARY 31, 2007 |
|
|
4,345 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
515 |
|
$ |
12,863 |
|
$ |
13,378 |
|
| |
Common stock issued in initial public offering |
|
|
5,442 |
|
|
|
|
|
41,794 |
|
|
|
|
|
41,794 |
|
| |
Issuance of shares for stock acquisition |
|
|
235 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,000 |
|
| |
Issuance of shares for conversion of debt/conversion of redeemable securities/exercise of warrants |
|
|
3,340 |
|
|
|
|
|
13,730 |
|
|
|
|
|
13,730 |
|
| |
Stock-based compensation expense |
|
|
79 |
|
|
|
|
|
141 |
|
|
|
|
|
141 |
|
| |
Unpaid accumulated dividends |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(88 |
) |
|
(88 |
) |
| |
Amortization of syndication fees |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(51 |
) |
|
(51 |
) |
| |
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,213 |
|
|
5,213 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE, JANUARY 31, 2008 |
|
|
13,441 |
|
|
|
|
|
58,180 |
|
|
17,937 |
|
|
76,117 |
|
| |
Common stock issued in follow-on offering |
|
|
4,180 |
|
|
|
|
|
78,815 |
|
|
|
|
|
78,815 |
|
| |
Common stock issued on grant of restricted stock and exercise of stock options and warrants |
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
|
|
68 |
|
|
|
|
|
68 |
|
| |
Stock-based compensation expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
692 |
|
|
|
|
|
692 |
|
| |
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,075 |
|
|
18,075 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE, JANUARY 31, 2009 |
|
|
17,657 |
|
|
|
|
|
137,755 |
|
|
36,012 |
|
|
173,767 |
|
| |
Common stock issued on grant of restricted stock and exercise of stock options and warrants |
|
|
120 |
|
|
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
|
|
58 |
|
| |
Stock-based compensation expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
962 |
|
|
|
|
|
962 |
|
| |
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,737 |
|
|
15,737 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE, JANUARY 31, 2010 |
|
|
17,777 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
138,775 |
|
$ |
51,749 |
|
$ |
190,524 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
58
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
2008 |
|
OPERATING ACTIVITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Net income |
|
$ |
15,737 |
|
$ |
18,075 |
|
$ |
5,213 |
|
| |
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
7,950 |
|
|
4,583 |
|
|
2,515 |
|
| |
|
Debt retirement costs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,407 |
|
| |
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
1,850 |
|
|
968 |
|
|
(181 |
) |
| |
|
Stock-based compensation expense |
|
|
962 |
|
|
692 |
|
|
141 |
|
| |
|
Other |
|
|
(15 |
) |
|
(9 |
) |
|
858 |
|
| |
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of purchase of equipment dealerships assets and assumption of liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Receivables, prepaid expenses and other assets |
|
|
(2,481 |
) |
|
6,993 |
|
|
(8,488 |
) |
| |
|
Inventories |
|
|
(61,244 |
) |
|
(34,842 |
) |
|
(3,165 |
) |
| |
|
Floorplan notes payable |
|
|
(3,660 |
) |
|
5,380 |
|
|
(4,449 |
) |
| |
|
Accounts payable, customer deposits, accrued expenses and other long-term liabilities |
|
|
(6,649 |
) |
|
3,833 |
|
|
19,237 |
|
| |
|
Income taxes |
|
|
(111 |
) |
|
(1,458 |
) |
|
(1,628 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED FOR) OPERATING ACTIVITIES |
|
|
(47,661 |
) |
|
4,215 |
|
|
12,460 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INVESTING ACTIVITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Net change in U.S. treasury bills |
|
|
44,994 |
|
|
(44,994 |
) |
|
|
|
| |
Property and equipment purchases |
|
|
(12,394 |
) |
|
(7,228 |
) |
|
(6,288 |
) |
| |
Net proceeds from sale of equipment |
|
|
396 |
|
|
462 |
|
|
270 |
|
| |
Payment for intangible asset |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(217 |
) |
| |
Purchase of equipment dealerships, net of cash purchased |
|
|
(7,266 |
) |
|
(35,521 |
) |
|
(10,103 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED FOR) INVESTING ACTIVITIES |
|
|
25,730 |
|
|
(87,281 |
) |
|
(16,338 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FINANCING ACTIVITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Proceeds from initial public offering of common stock, net of underwriting discount of $3,238 and other direct costs of $1,228 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41,794 |
|
| |
Proceeds from follow-on offering of common stock, net of underwriting discount of $4,389 and other direct costs of $396 |
|
|
|
|
|
78,815 |
|
|
|
|
| |
Net change in non-manufacturer floorplan notes payable |
|
|
51,448 |
|
|
9,094 |
|
|
(705 |
) |
| |
Short-term advances related to customer contracts in transit, net |
|
|
780 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Proceeds from long-term debt borrowings |
|
|
23,914 |
|
|
12,368 |
|
|
12,199 |
|
| |
Principal payments on long-term debt and subordinated debentures |
|
|
(19,066 |
) |
|
(19,034 |
) |
|
(14,492 |
) |
| |
Dividends paid on redeemable securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(441 |
) |
| |
Net change in subordinated debt interest accrual |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(330 |
) |
| |
Other |
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
67 |
|
|
1,084 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES |
|
|
57,069 |
|
|
81,310 |
|
|
39,109 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS |
|
|
35,138 |
|
|
(1,756 |
) |
|
35,231 |
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD |
|
|
41,047 |
|
|
42,803 |
|
|
7,572 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD |
|
$ |
76,185 |
|
$ |
41,047 |
|
$ |
42,803 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
59
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)
YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
2008 |
|
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Cash paid during the period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Income taxes, net of refunds |
|
$ |
10,287 |
|
$ |
12,894 |
|
$ |
5,349 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Interest |
|
$ |
6,311 |
|
$ |
4,037 |
|
$ |
6,615 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Property and equipment purchased with long-term debt |
|
$ |
2,312 |
|
$ |
979 |
|
$ |
1,328 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Net transfer of equipment from (to) fixed assets to (from) inventories |
|
$ |
6,528 |
|
$ |
(3,631 |
) |
$ |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Net transfer of financing from long-term debt to floorplan notes payable |
|
$ |
3,180 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Dividends on preferred redeemable stock charged to retained earnings |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
88 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Issuance of shares for conversion of debt and conversion of redeemable securities |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
8,114 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Acquisition of equipment dealership assets in exchange for cash and assumption of liabilities including purchase accounting adjustments on prior
acquisitions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Receivables |
|
$ |
(558 |
) |
$ |
(4,905 |
) |
$ |
(2,638 |
) |
| |
|
Inventories |
|
|
(15,189 |
) |
|
(42,594 |
) |
|
(32,330 |
) |
| |
|
Deferred income taxes, net |
|
|
163 |
|
|
271 |
|
|
593 |
|
| |
|
Property and equipment |
|
|
(1,462 |
) |
|
(22,255 |
) |
|
(2,936 |
) |
| |
|
Intangible assets |
|
|
|
|
|
(250 |
) |
|
|
|
| |
|
Other assets |
|
|
|
|
|
(89 |
) |
|
(56 |
) |
| |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
(2,298 |
) |
|
(4,193 |
) |
|
(4,535 |
) |
| |
|
Accounts payable |
|
|
(149 |
) |
|
3,367 |
|
|
3,987 |
|
| |
|
Floorplan notes payable |
|
|
8,765 |
|
|
24,608 |
|
|
21,867 |
|
| |
|
Customer deposits |
|
|
286 |
|
|
392 |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Accrued expenses |
|
|
205 |
|
|
290 |
|
|
343 |
|
| |
|
Income taxes payable |
|
|
(51 |
) |
|
1,100 |
|
|
176 |
|
| |
|
Long-term debt |
|
|
1,877 |
|
|
8,084 |
|
|
1,000 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Non-cash consideration: other long-term liabilities |
|
|
1,145 |
|
|
653 |
|
|
4,426 |
|
| |
|
Cash paid for dealerships, net of cash purchased and adjustments on prior acquisitions |
|
$ |
(7,266 |
) |
$ |
(35,521 |
) |
$ |
(10,103 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
60
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1BUSINESS ACTIVITY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Nature of Business
Titan Machinery Inc. (the "Company") is engaged in the retail sale, service and rental of agricultural and construction
machinery through stores in North Dakota, South Dakota, Minnesota, Iowa, Nebraska, Montana and Wyoming.
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Transportation
Solutions, LLC. All significant accounts, transactions and profits between the consolidated companies have been eliminated in consolidation.
Concentrations of Credit Risk
The Company's sales are to agricultural and construction equipment customers principally in North Dakota, South Dakota, Minnesota,
Iowa, eastern Nebraska, Montana and eastern Wyoming. The Company extends credit to its customers in the ordinary course of business and monitors its customers' financial condition to minimize its
risks associated with trade receivables; however, the Company does not generally require collateral on trade receivables.
A
portion of the Company's cash balances are maintained in bank deposit accounts, which are in excess of federally insured limits.
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated
financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Concentrations in Operations
The Company currently purchases new and rental equipment and related parts from a limited number of manufacturers. Although no change
in suppliers is anticipated, the occurrence of such a change could cause a possible loss of sales and adversely affect operating results. The Company is the holder of authorized dealerships granted by
CNH Capital LLC, New Holland North America, Inc. and Kobelco Construction Machinery America LLC whereby it has the right to act as an authorized dealer for the entities'
equipment. The dealership authorizations and floorplan facilities can be cancelled by the respective entity if the Company does not observe certain established guidelines and covenants.
Cash, Cash Equivalents and U.S. Treasury Bills
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less on their acquisition date to be
cash equivalents. The Company accounts for investments with original maturities greater than three months, but less than one year, at the date of purchase as short-term marketable
securities.
61
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
NOTE 1BUSINESS ACTIVITY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
As
of January 31, 2009 short-term marketable securities consisted entirely of U.S. Treasury Bills. These investments were classified as
held-to-maturity as the Company had both the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity. The investments were carried at amortized cost, which due to the
short-term nature of the investments, approximated fair value.
Receivables and Credit Policy
Trade receivables are uncollateralized customer obligations due under normal trade terms requiring payment within 30 days from
the invoice date. Payments of trade receivables are allocated to the specific invoices identified on the customer's remittance advice or, if unspecified, are applied to the earliest unpaid invoices.
The
carrying amount of trade receivables is reduced by a valuation allowance that reflects management's best estimate of the amounts that will not be collected. Management reviews aged
receivable balances and estimates the portion, if any, of the balance that will not be collected.
Finance
receivables consist primarily of contracts in transit with manufacturers and finance companies, and credit card companies. These receivables do not generally have established
payment terms and are collected in relatively short time periods.
Inventories
New and used machinery are stated at the lower of cost (specific identification) or market with adjustments for decreases in market
value on inventory rented but available for sale being a percentage of the rental income received on such inventory. All used inventory, including that which has been rented, is subject to periodic
lower of cost or market evaluation. Parts inventories are valued at the lower of average cost or market, and an estimate of parts inventories not expected to be sold in the next year has been reported
separately. Work in process is valued at the billable rates of labor incurred and parts inventories used on service work in process at year end.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life
of each asset, as summarized below:
|
|
|
Buildings and leasehold improvements |
|
Lesser of 10 - 40 years or lease term |
Machinery and equipment |
|
3 - 10 years |
Furniture and fixtures |
|
3 - 10 years |
Vehicles |
|
5 - 10 years |
Rental fleet |
|
5 years |
Depreciation
for income tax reporting purposes is computed using accelerated methods.
The
Company completes an evaluation, at each balance sheet date, whether or not events or circumstances have taken place to indicate that the remaining net book value of the assets may
be unrecoverable. If necessary, the estimated future undiscounted cash flows of any assets in question are compared to their carrying value to determine if an adjustment to the recorded value is
necessary.
62
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
NOTE 1BUSINESS ACTIVITY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of costs over the fair value of the assets of businesses acquired not allocable to separately
identifiable intangible assets. Goodwill acquired in business combinations is assigned to its related reporting unit, which consists of the Company's operating segments.
Goodwill
is not amortized, but is tested for impairment at the end of the Company's fiscal year, or more frequently upon the occurrence of an event or when circumstances indicate that a
reporting unit's carrying amount of goodwill is greater than its fair value. The goodwill impairment test is performed by comparing the carrying value of the reporting unit to its fair value. Fair
value is calculated by discounting the estimated future cash flows of the Company's reporting units. As of January 31, 2010, the carrying value of the Company's goodwill was not considered
impaired.
Intangible Assets
The covenants not to compete are being amortized using the straight-line method over the terms of the related agreements,
which range from five to ten years.
Customer Deposits
Customer deposits consist of advance payments from customers for revenue to be recognized in the following year.
Lease Accounting
The Company periodically purchases equipment from its primary supplier that is subsequently sold to and leased back from a financing
group. The Company records the sale of the equipment at the time units are sold to the financing group. Under the sale leaseback program, the lease period is four months or less and lease expense is
recognized over the leasing period. The Company recognizes the entire sales transaction and gross profit on these units at the time of sale to the financing group due to the short leaseback period.
Income Taxes
Income taxes are provided for the tax effects of transactions reported in the financial statements and consist of taxes currently due
plus deferred taxes related primarily to differences between the basis of receivables, inventory, property and equipment, intangible assets, stock-based compensation, and accrued expenses for
financial and income tax reporting. The deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future tax return consequences of those differences, which will either be taxable or deductible when the
assets and liabilities are recovered or settled. The Company's policy is to recognize interest expense and penalties related to income tax matters within its provision for income taxes. The Company
performs a comprehensive review of its portfolio of uncertain tax positions in accordance with the requirements and recognition standards established by Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB")
Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC" or "Codification") 740, Income Taxes. Pursuant to this guidance, an uncertain tax position represents the
Company's expected treatment of a tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return, that has not been reflected in measuring income tax expense for financial reporting purposes.
63
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
NOTE 1BUSINESS ACTIVITY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share were computed by dividing income available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of
common stock outstanding during the year. Accumulated preferred dividends and amortization of preferred stock syndication fees were subtracted from net income to arrive at income available to common
stockholders.
Diluted
earnings per share were computed by dividing income available to common stockholders plus assumed conversions by the weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding after
adjusting for potential dilution related to the conversion of all dilutive securities into common stock. All potentially dilutive securities were included in the computation of diluted earnings per
share.
The
components of basic earnings per share are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BasicEarnings Per Share
|
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
2008 |
|
(in thousands, except per share data) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
15,737 |
|
$ |
18,075 |
|
$ |
5,213 |
|
Less: Amortization of syndication fees |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(51 |
) |
Less: Preferred stock dividendsunpaid |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(88 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income available to common shareholders |
|
$ |
15,737 |
|
$ |
18,075 |
|
$ |
5,074 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic weighted-average shares outstanding |
|
|
17,593 |
|
|
16,291 |
|
|
5,607 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BasicEarnings Per Share |
|
$ |
0.89 |
|
$ |
1.11 |
|
$ |
0.90 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The
components of diluted earnings per share are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DilutedEarnings Per Share
|
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
2008 |
|
(in thousands, except per share data) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income available to common shareholders |
|
$ |
15,737 |
|
$ |
18,075 |
|
$ |
5,074 |
|
Plus: Income impact of assumed conversions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Amortization of syndication fees |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51 |
|
| |
Preferred stock dividendsunpaid |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
88 |
|
| |
Interest on convertible debentures, net of tax effect |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
278 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income available to common shareholders plus assumed conversions |
|
$ |
15,737 |
|
$ |
18,075 |
|
$ |
5,491 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic weighted-average shares outstanding |
|
|
17,593 |
|
|
16,291 |
|
|
5,607 |
|
Plus: Incremental shares from assumed conversions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Convertible debentures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,864 |
|
| |
Convertible preferred shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
543 |
|
| |
Restricted stock |
|
|
140 |
|
|
87 |
|
|
21 |
|
| |
Warrants |
|
|
70 |
|
|
109 |
|
|
153 |
|
| |
Stock options |
|
|
165 |
|
|
292 |
|
|
58 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding |
|
|
17,968 |
|
|
16,779 |
|
|
8,246 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DilutedEPS |
|
$ |
0.88 |
|
$ |
1.08 |
|
$ |
0.67 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
64
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
NOTE 1BUSINESS ACTIVITY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
There
were 139,000, 134,000 and 275,000 options outstanding as of January 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, which were not included in the computation of diluted EPS because
they were anti-dilutive.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue on equipment is recognized upon receipt of a signed contract and delivery of product to customers. Revenue on parts sales is
recognized upon delivery of product to customers. Rental and service revenue is recognized at the time the related services are provided. In addition to outright sales of new and used equipment,
certain rental agreements may include rent-to-purchase options. Under these agreements, customers are given a period of time to exercise an option to purchase the related
equipment, with a portion of the rental payments being applied to the purchase price. Any such equipment is included in inventory until the purchase option is exercised. Rental revenue is recognized
during the rental period, with equipment sales revenue being recognized upon the exercise of the purchase option.
Sales Taxes
The Company has customers in states and municipalities in which those governmental units impose a sales tax on certain sales. The
Company collects those sales taxes from its customers and remits the entire amount to the various governmental units. The Company's accounting policy is to exclude the tax collected and remitted from
revenue and cost of revenue.
Shipping and Handling Costs
Shipping and handling costs are recorded as cost of revenue and amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling costs are
recorded in revenue.
Manufacturer Incentives and Discounts
The Company receives various manufacturer incentives and discounts, which are based on a variety of factors. The Company accounts for
such programs in accordance with the provisions of the ASC 605-50, Customer's Accounting for Certain Consideration Received from a
Vendor. Discounts and incentives related to the purchase of inventory are recognized as a reduction of inventory prices and recognized as a reduction of cost of revenue when
the related inventory is sold. Sales-related discounts and incentives are recognized as a reduction of cost of revenue when the related inventory is sold. Financing-related incentives are recognized
as other income when earned. Other incentives, reflecting reimbursement of qualifying expenses, are recognized as a reduction of the related expense when earned.
Advertising Costs
Costs incurred for producing and distributing advertising are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense amounted to $2,553,000,
$2,273,000 and $1,324,000, respectively, for the years ended January 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.
65
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
NOTE 1BUSINESS ACTIVITY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with the provisions of the ASC 718, CompensationStock Compensation.
This guidance requires that stock-based compensation, which includes stock options and restricted stock, be
accounted for at the fair value of the applicable equity instrument.
Business Combinations
The Company accounts for business combinations in accordance with the provisions of ASC 805, Business
Combinations. This guidance allows the acquirer to finalize the acquisition accounting during the measurement period, which may not exceed one year from the date of
acquisition. During the measurement period the Company's accounting for the business combination transaction may be based on estimates due to various unknown factors present at the date of
acquisition.
Segment Reporting
The Company operates its business in two operating segments, the Agriculture segment and Construction segment, in accordance with the
provisions of ASC 280, Segment Reporting. Information regarding these segments is summarized in Note 16.
Recent Accounting Guidance
In January 2010, the FASB updated authoritative guidance on fair value measurements, codified in ASC 820, Fair
Value Measurements and Disclosures. This guidance required additional disclosure of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value
measurements and activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. It also clarified existing disclosure requirements regarding level of disaggregation and valuation inputs and techniques. The
guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the disclosure of the Level 3 activity, which is effective for interim and
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010. The Company adopted these provisions on February 1, 2010, except for the Level 3 activity disclosures,
which will be effective for the Company on February 1, 2011. The provisions of this guidance have not, and are not expected to, have a material effect on the Company's results of
In
June 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on the FASB ASC and the hierarchy of generally accepted accounting principles, codified in ASC 105, Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles. This guidance established the Codification as the single source of authoritative nongovernmental GAAP. All existing accounting standard
documents, excluding guidance from the SEC, was superseded by the Codification. All other non-grandfathered, non-SEC accounting literature not included in the Codification
became nonauthoritative. The Codification does not change GAAP, but instead introduced a new structure that combined all authoritative standards into a comprehensive, topically organized online
database. The Codification was effective for interim or annual periods ending after September 15, 2009, and impacted the Company's financial statement disclosures beginning with the quarter
ending October 31, 2009 as all future references to authoritative accounting literature will be referenced in accordance with the Codification. There will be no changes to the content of the
Company's consolidated financial statements or disclosures as a result of implementing the Codification.
66
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
NOTE 1BUSINESS ACTIVITY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
In
October 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on revenue recognition, codified in ASC 605-25, Revenue
Recognition. This guidance modifies the fair value requirements of revenue recognition on multiple element arrangements by allowing the use of the "best estimate of selling
price" in addition to vendor specific objective evidence and third-party evidence for determining the selling price of a deliverable. This guidance establishes a selling price hierarchy for
determining the selling price of a deliverable, which is based on: (a) vendor-specific objective evidence, (b) third-party evidence, or (c) estimates. In addition, the guidance
eliminates the residual method of allocation and significantly expands the disclosure requirements for such arrangements. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after
June 15, 2010, with early adoption permitted. The Company is in the process of determining the impact that this guidance will have on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
In
June 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on the consolidation of variable interest entities ("VIE"), codified in ASC 810, Consolidation. This guidance eliminates the exemption for qualifying
special-purpose entities, amends the approach companies use to identify the VIEs
for which they are deemed to be the primary beneficiary and are required to consolidate, and requires additional disclosure of an entity's involvement with a VIE. The guidance requires companies to
perform ongoing reassessments of whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE. This assessment no longer includes the quantitative-based assessment, and instead requires a qualitative assessment of
whether a company has the power to direct the VIE's activities that most significantly impact the company's economic performance and whether the entity has the obligation to absorb losses or the right
to receive benefits that could be significant to the VIE. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009. The Company is in the process of determining the impact
that this guidance will have on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
In
May 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on subsequent events, codified in ASC 855, Subsequent Events. This guidance
established general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. The Company
adopted the guidance as of July 31, 2009. Its adoption did not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements. This guidance was amended in February 2010 to require
SEC filers to disclose subsequent events through the date the financial statements are issued and exclude SEC filers from the requirement to disclose the date through which subsequent events were
evaluated. This guidance became effective immediately and was used in determining the disclosure requirements in Note 18Subsequent Events included in this
Form 10-K. Its adoption did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
In
April 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on the accounting and disclosure of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination that arise from contingencies,
and subsequent accounting for these contingencies. This guidance was codified in ASC 805, Business Combinations. The Company adopted this guidance on
February 1, 2010 and does not expect it to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements based on the nature of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Company's
business combinations.
In
April 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance that required disclosures about fair value of financial instruments for interim reporting periods of publicly traded companies, in
addition to inclusion in annual financial statements. This guidance was codified in ASC 820, Fair Value
67
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
NOTE 1BUSINESS ACTIVITY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Measurements and Disclosures. The Company adopted this guidance as of July 31, 2009. Its adoption did not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial
statements.
In
February 2008, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on fair value measurements, now codified in ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and
Disclosures. This guidance permitted a one year deferral of the application of fair value measurements for all non-financial assets and non-financial
liabilities, except those recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually). The Company adopted fair value measurements for
non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities on February 1, 2009. Its adoption did not have a material effect on the Company's results of operations, financial
position or cash flows.
In
December 2007, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on business combinations which provided additional guidance on improving the relevance, representational faithfulness, and
comparability of the financial information that a reporting entity provides in its financial reports about a business combination and its effects. This guidance was codified in ASC 805, Business Combinations, and applied prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the
first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The Company adopted this guidance effective February 1, 2009. Its adoption did not have a material effect on the
Company's consolidated financial statements. Any acquisition made in fiscal 2010 and future periods were subject to this new accounting guidance.
In
December 2007, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on accounting and reporting for non-controlling interests in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a
subsidiary, codified in ASC 810, Consolidation. This guidance applied to all entities that prepare consolidated financial statements and have an
outstanding noncontrolling interest in one or more subsidiaries. The Company adopted this guidance on February 1, 2009. Its adoption did not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated
financial statements.
NOTE 2RECEIVABLES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 31,
2010 |
|
January 31,
2009 |
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Trade accounts |
|
$ |
8,488 |
|
$ |
7,666 |
|
Finance receivables |
|
|
7,941 |
|
|
7,262 |
|
Volume discounts |
|
|
4,011 |
|
|
2,250 |
|
Warranty claims |
|
|
1,836 |
|
|
1,766 |
|
Other |
|
|
311 |
|
|
897 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
22,587 |
|
$ |
19,841 |
|
Less allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
|
(333 |
) |
|
(214 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
22,254 |
|
$ |
19,627 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
68
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
NOTE 3INVENTORIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 31,
2010 |
|
January 31,
2009 |
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
New equipment |
|
$ |
174,193 |
|
$ |
132,502 |
|
Used equipment |
|
|
127,884 |
|
|
68,333 |
|
Parts and attachments |
|
|
42,611 |
|
|
37,314 |
|
Work in process |
|
|
2,892 |
|
|
2,945 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
347,580 |
|
$ |
241,094 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
In
addition to the above amounts, the Company has estimated that a portion of its parts inventory will not be sold in the next operating cycle. Accordingly, these balances have been
classified as noncurrent assets.
NOTE 4PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 31,
2010 |
|
January 31,
2009 |
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Rental fleet equipment |
|
$ |
15,231 |
|
$ |
22,474 |
|
Machinery and equipment |
|
|
11,703 |
|
|
9,129 |
|
Vehicles |
|
|
15,544 |
|
|
13,310 |
|
Furniture and fixtures |
|
|
10,401 |
|
|
6,224 |
|
Land, buildings, and leasehold improvements |
|
|
12,248 |
|
|
5,965 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
65,127 |
|
$ |
57,102 |
|
Less accumulated depreciation |
|
|
(18,523 |
) |
|
(11,833 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
46,604 |
|
$ |
45,269 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
expense amounted to $7,879,000, $4,361,000 and $2,388,000, respectively, for the years ended January 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.
NOTE 5INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL
The following is a summary of non-goodwill intangibles as of January 31, 2010 and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 31,
2010 |
|
January 31,
2009 |
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Covenants not to compete |
|
$ |
575 |
|
$ |
635 |
|
Less accumulated amortization |
|
|
(280 |
) |
|
(269 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
295 |
|
$ |
366 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
69
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
NOTE 5INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL (Continued)
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the years ended January 31, 2010 and 2009 are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Agriculture |
|
Construction |
|
Total |
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Balance, January 31, 2008 |
|
$ |
8,271 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
8,271 |
|
| |
Arising in completed business combinations |
|
|
1,813 |
|
|
2,340 |
|
|
4,153 |
|
| |
Adjustments to business combinations completed in prior year |
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
| |
Impairment losses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, January 31, 2009 |
|
|
10,124 |
|
|
2,340 |
|
|
12,464 |
|
| |
Arising in completed business combinations |
|
|
1,464 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,464 |
|
| |
Adjustments to business combinations completed in prior year |
|
|
1,113 |
|
|
(279 |
) |
|
834 |
|
| |
Impairment losses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, January 31, 2010 |
|
$ |
12,701 |
|
$ |
2,061 |
|
$ |
14,762 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 6LINES OF CREDIT/FLOORPLAN NOTES PAYABLE
Operating Line of Credit
On July 15, 2009, the Company entered into a Loan Agreement (the "Loan Agreement") with Bremer Bank National Association
("Bremer Bank") which provides for a $25.0 million revolving operating line of credit ("Revolving Loan") and a $15.0 million term loan ("Term Loan"). The Revolving Loan may be used to
fund short term working capital requirements of the Company, and replaces the Company's previous $25.0 million operating line of credit with Bremer Bank. The Revolving Loan has a variable
interest rate of 0.25% per annum below a Bremer Bank reference rate (subject to a minimum interest rate floor of 4.5%) on outstanding balances, a 0.5%
non-usage fee on the average monthly unused amount, requires monthly payments of accrued interest commencing August 1, 2009, and has a maturity date of July 14, 2010.
Advances under the Loan Agreement are secured by substantially all of the Company's assets. See details of the Term Loan in the long-term debt schedule in Note 7.
The
Company had no amount outstanding on the Revolving Loan at January 31, 2010. The Loan Agreement contains certain financial covenants which impose minimum levels of current
ratio, debt service coverage, and inventory turnover ratio and a maximum level of debt to tangible net worth ratio. As of January 31, 2010, the Company was in compliance with all of these
financial covenants.
Floorplan Lines of Credit
The Company has discretionary floorplan lines of credit for equipment purchases totaling approximately $365.0 million with
various lending institutions, including a $300.0 million Wholesale Floorplan Credit Facility with CNH Capital America LLC ("CNH" or "CNH Capital") and $50.0 million with GE
Commercial Distribution Finance ("GE"). The available borrowings under the CNH credit facility are reduced by outstanding floorplan notes payable, rental fleet financing and other acquisition-related
financing arrangements with CNH. During fiscal 2010, interest rates for new
70
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
NOTE 6LINES OF CREDIT/FLOORPLAN NOTES PAYABLE (Continued)
borrowings
under the CNH Capital floorplan line of credit ranged from the prime rate plus 0.3% to the prime rate plus 6% per annum, subject to any interest-free periods offered by CNH.
Beginning in February 2010, interest rates will be equal to the prime rate plus 4% on new borrowings, subject to any interest-free periods offered by CNH. The CNH Capital credit facility
automatically renews on August 31 of each year through August 31, 2012, unless earlier terminated by either party. Under covenants of the CNH credit facility, the Company has agreed,
among other things, to maintain various financial ratio levels and to submit certain financial information. It also contains various restrictive covenants that require prior consent of CNH Capital if
the Company desires to engage in any acquisition of, consolidation or merger with any other business entity in which the Company is not the surviving company; create subsidiaries; move any collateral
outside of the U.S.; or sell, rent, lease or otherwise dispose or transfer any of the collateral, other than in the ordinary course of business. CNH's consent is also required for the acquisition of
any CNH dealership. In addition, the CNH Capital credit facility restricts the Company's ability to incur any liens upon any substantial part of its assets.
The
GE credit facility may be used to purchase new and used inventory from vendors approved by GE, or to finance or refinance new or used inventory. The interest rate on borrowings under
the GE floorplan line of credit is equal to the three-month LIBOR rate plus 5.5%. The GE credit facility may be terminated by either party on 60 days notice. Under covenants of the GE credit
facility, the Company has agreed, among other things, to maintain various financial ratio levels and to submit
certain financial information. It also contains various restrictive covenants regarding related party transactions outside of the ordinary course of business and requires GE's prior consent if the
Company desires to engage in any acquisition meeting certain financial thresholds; make any investments outside of the ordinary course of business; or have a change in control, as defined by the
agreement.
Floorplan
notes payable relating to these credit facilities totaled approximately $245.3 million of the total floorplan notes payable balance of $249.9 million outstanding
as of January 31, 2010 and $153.8 million of the total floorplan notes payable balance of $166.5 million outstanding as of January 31, 2009. As of January 31, 2010,
the Company had approximately $106.9 million in available borrowings remaining under these lines of credit. These floorplan notes carried various interest rates primarily ranging from 3.25 to
9.25% as of January 31, 2010 and 2009, subject to interest-free periods offered by CNH, and are secured by the related inventory. Repayment terms vary by individual notes, but
generally payments are made from sales proceeds or rental revenue from the related inventories. As of January 31, 2010, the Company was in compliance with all floorplan financial covenants.
71
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
NOTE 7LONG-TERM DEBT
The following is a summary of long-term debt as of January 31, 2010 and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 31,
2010 |
|
January 31,
2009 |
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Variable rate notes payable to CNH, variable rates at prime plus 0.3% to prime plus 6%, varying monthly installment payments maturing August 2012,
secured by rental fleet equipment |
|
$ |
9,591 |
|
$ |
15,048 |
|
Note payable to Bremer Bank, 5.9%, due in monthly installments of $289,300, matures July 2014, secured by all assets of the
Company |
|
|
13,663 |
|
|
|
|
Fixed rate notes payable to finance companies, interest rates primarily ranging from 5.5% to 8.7%, due in monthly installments including
interest and various maturity dates through May 2016, secured by vehicles |
|
|
2,870 |
|
|
1,494 |
|
Fixed rate notes to various finance companies and other parties, interest rates ranging from 4.9% to 10.0%, due in monthly installments
including interest and various maturity dates through January 2018, secured by fixed assets |
|
|
1,374 |
|
|
1,129 |
|
Variable rate notes payable to CNH, variable rates at prime to prime plus 4.0%, quarterly installment payments of $31,365 with a balloon
payment due on November 3, 2010, secured by all assets of the Company |
|
|
596 |
|
|
2,404 |
|
Note payable to AgCountry, due February 2010, variable interest at the LIBOR rate plus 4.0%, unsecured |
|
|
780 |
|
|
|
|
Other, variable interest rates at 6.5%, various maturity dates through January 2015 |
|
|
196 |
|
|
426 |
|
Notes paid in full during the year ended January 31, 2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,932 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,070 |
|
|
22,433 |
|
Less current maturities |
|
|
(7,218 |
) |
|
(7,623 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
21,852 |
|
$ |
14,810 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term
debt maturities are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
12 Months Ending January 31,
|
|
Amount |
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
2011 |
|
$ |
7,218 |
|
2012 |
|
|
6,110 |
|
2013 |
|
|
5,789 |
|
2014 |
|
|
7,421 |
|
2015 |
|
|
2,018 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
514 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
29,070 |
|
| |
|
|
|
72
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
NOTE 7LONG-TERM DEBT (Continued)
As
of January 31, 2009, certain liabilities totaling $11,624,000 were included in long-term debt secured by rental fleet as the Company had the intent and ability to
refinance the amounts due within the next twelve months on a long-term basis, in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance regarding the classification of short-term
obligations expected to be refinanced in place at that date. Subsequent to January 31, 2009 the Company refinanced these amounts with CNH at a rate of prime plus 0.3% and payments over the next
five years. Amounts due on or before January 31, 2009 were included in current maturities of long-term debt as of January 31, 2009.
NOTE 8ACCRUED EXPENSES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 31,
2010 |
|
January 31,
2009 |
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Interest |
|
$ |
661 |
|
$ |
23 |
|
Compensation |
|
|
6,983 |
|
|
6,844 |
|
Sales and payroll taxes |
|
|
938 |
|
|
667 |
|
Health insurance claims liability |
|
|
527 |
|
|
294 |
|
Other |
|
|
761 |
|
|
480 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
9,870 |
|
$ |
8,308 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 9OPERATING LEASES AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
As of January 31, 2010 the Company leases buildings pursuant to 34 different operating lease agreements with monthly rentals of $357,000 at January 31, 2010 from Dealer
Sites, LLC ("Dealer Sites"), an entity in which a minority position is owned by David Meyer, the Company's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Tony Christianson, one of the Company's
directors, Peter Christianson, the Company's President and Chief Financial Officer, and other Meyer and Christianson family members. Rent expense for leases with Dealer Sites totaled $3,890,000,
$2,298,000 and $1,823,000 for the years ended January 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. One lease expires in February 2010 and the other leases expire on various dates between May 2012 and
April 2019. The leases provide that the lessee pay all property taxes, utilities, insurance and all expenses necessary for the general upkeep of the respective buildings.
Rent
expense for leases with related parties other than Dealer Sites totaled $122,000, $436,000, and $590,000 for the years ended January 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
During fiscal year 2010, the Company leased two buildings pursuant to operating leases from C.I. Farm Power, Inc., a company affiliated with Peter Christianson, and Arthur Mercantile Company, a
company for which James L. Williams, one of the Company's directors, is the President and Treasurer. The lease with C.I. Farm Power, Inc. expires in July 2013 and the lease with Arthur
Mercantile Company will expire in May 2019. During fiscal years 2009 and 2008 the Company leased various buildings on operating leases from Meyer Family Limited Partnership, Padre Partnership, and
Landco LLC, companies also affiliated with David Meyer and Peter Christianson.
73
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
NOTE 9OPERATING LEASES AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)
The Company also leases 44 additional buildings under operating lease agreements with unrelated parties and leases office equipment under various operating lease agreements. The leases
expire at various dates through January 2024. Rent and lease expense under all operating leases totaled $7,835,000, $4,870,000 and $3,232,000 during the years ended January 31, 2010, 2009 and
2008, respectively. Certain leases have fluctuating minimum lease payments. The Company recognizes lease expense on a straight-line basis over the expected term of the lease.
Approximate
minimum future lease payments are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Years ending January 31,
|
|
Amount |
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
2011 |
|
$ |
7,798 |
|
2012 |
|
|
7,619 |
|
2013 |
|
|
6,958 |
|
2014 |
|
|
6,471 |
|
2015 |
|
|
6,385 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
26,276 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
61,507 |
|
| |
|
|
|
During
the fiscal year ended January 31, 2008 the Company paid Cherry Tree Securities, LLC, an entity affiliated with Tony Christianson, a director, a fee of $125,000
related to successful completion of the initial public offering.
NOTE 10INCOME TAXES
Net deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following components as of January 31, 2010 and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Current deferred tax assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Inventory allowances |
|
$ |
1,140 |
|
$ |
803 |
|
| |
Other liabilities |
|
|
636 |
|
|
336 |
|
| |
Receivables |
|
|
133 |
|
|
84 |
|
| |
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
357 |
|
|
203 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,266 |
|
$ |
1,426 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax assets (liabilities): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Property and equipment |
|
$ |
(6,161 |
) |
$ |
(3,546 |
) |
| |
Intangibles |
|
|
(355 |
) |
|
(117 |
) |
| |
Other liabilities |
|
|
160 |
|
|
160 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(6,356 |
) |
$ |
(3,503 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
74
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
NOTE 10INCOME TAXES (Continued)
The
provision for income taxes charged to income for the years ended January 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
2008 |
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Currently payable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Federal |
|
$ |
7,652 |
|
$ |
9,202 |
|
$ |
3,260 |
|
| |
State |
|
|
1,753 |
|
|
2,260 |
|
|
760 |
|
Deferred |
|
|
1,850 |
|
|
968 |
|
|
90 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
11,255 |
|
$ |
12,430 |
|
$ |
4,110 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The
reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company's effective rate is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
2008 |
|
U.S. Statutory Rate |
|
|
35.0 |
% |
|
35.0 |
% |
|
35.0 |
% |
State taxes on income net of federal tax benefit |
|
|
5.1 |
% |
|
5.2 |
% |
|
5.3 |
% |
Unrecognized tax benefits |
|
|
|
% |
|
0.1 |
% |
|
4.5 |
% |
All other, net |
|
|
1.6 |
% |
|
0.4 |
% |
|
(0.7 |
)% |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41.7 |
% |
|
40.7 |
% |
|
44.1 |
% |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Uncertain Tax Positions
The Company identified an uncertain tax position and recorded an unrecognized tax benefit during the year ending January 31,
2008. This unrecognized tax benefit was included in other long term liabilities on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheet. In August 2009, the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") completed its audit of
the Company, including the uncertain tax position taken during fiscal 2008. All amounts owed to state and federal taxing authorities were paid prior to January 31, 2010.
75
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
NOTE 10INCOME TAXES (Continued)
A
reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Balance at January 31, 2008 |
|
$ |
420 |
|
Additions for tax positions related to current year |
|
|
|
|
Additions/reductions for tax positions taken in prior years |
|
|
|
|
| |
Accrued interest expense |
|
|
26 |
|
Reductions for tax positions as a result of: |
|
|
|
|
| |
Settlements |
|
|
|
|
| |
Lapse of statute of limitations |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
Balance at January 31, 2009 |
|
$ |
446 |
|
| |
|
|
|
Additions for tax positions related to current year |
|
|
|
|
Additions/reductions for tax positions taken in prior years |
|
|
|
|
| |
Accrued interest expense |
|
|
9 |
|
| |
Reduction due to final IRS settlement |
|
|
(14 |
) |
Reductions for tax positions as a result of: |
|
|
|
|
| |
Settlements |
|
|
(441 |
) |
| |
Lapse of statute of limitations |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
Balance at January 31, 2010 |
|
$ |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
The
Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various states and is no longer subject to U.S. federal and state income tax examinations by tax authorities for
fiscal years ending on or prior to January 31, 2006.
NOTE 11CAPITAL STRUCTURE
The Company's certificate of incorporation provides the Company with the authority to issue 30,000,000 shares of $0.00001 par value stock, consisting of 25,000,000 shares of common stock
and 5,000,000 shares classified as undesignated. In conjunction with its initial public offering, in December 2007 the Company exchanged or converted all outstanding convertible subordinated
debentures of $6,350,000 into 2,308,648 shares of common stock and retired $9,442,000 in subordinated debentures.
As a result of these transactions, the Company recognized debt retirement costs of $3,824,000. The debt retirement costs consisted of $2,407,000 of conversion costs, $1,065,000 of repayment penalties
and $352,000 of unamortized debt issuance costs.
Series A and B Preferred Stock
Prior to conversion into common stock in December 2007, holders of Series A and Series B Preferred shares were entitled
to annual dividends at the rate of $0.21 and $0.245 per share, respectively. In December 2007 a dividend was declared and all accumulated dividends were paid on Series A and Series B
Preferred stock.
76
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
NOTE 12STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND STOCK WARRANTS
Stock Warrants
The following table summarizes stock warrant activity for the year ended January 31, 2010:
(number of warrants and aggregate intrinsic value in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
Warrants |
|
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price |
|
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value |
|
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years) |
|
Outstanding and exercisable at January 31, 2009 |
|
|
123 |
|
$ |
3.45 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Granted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Exercised |
|
|
(40 |
) |
|
3.50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Forfeited |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding and exercisable at January 31, 2010 |
|
|
83 |
|
$ |
3.43 |
|
$ |
629 |
|
|
3.1 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The
aggregate intrinsic value of stock warrants exercised was $336,000 and $95,000 for the years ended January 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. There were no stock warrants
exercised in the year ended January 31, 2008.
Stock
warrants were valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Assumptions used to value the warrants were similar to those used in valuing the stock options as described
below. Warrants issued in conjunction with a debt offering were valued and classified as Additional Paid-In Capital in accordance with applicable authoritative guidance in effect at the
time of the transaction.
Stock Award Plans
The Company implemented the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, a stock-based compensation plan (the "Plan"), during the year ended
January 31, 2006. In August 2007, the Plan was amended to increase the number of shares available under the Plan from 500,000 to 1,000,000 shares. The purpose of the Plan is to provide
incentive compensation to participants for services that have been or will be performed for continuing as employees or members of the Board of Directors of the Company. Under the Plan, the Company may
grant incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options and restricted stock for up to 1,000,000 shares of common stock under all forms of awards. The Company accounts for stock options
and restricted stock using the fair value method under ASC 718, CompensationStock Compensation. Shares issued for stock-based awards may be
either authorized but unissued shares, or shares of treasury stock acquired in the open market. The Company has 168,330 shares authorized and available for future equity awards under the Plan as of
January 31, 2010.
Compensation
cost charged to operations under the Plan was $962,000, $692,000 and $141,000 for the years ended January 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The income tax
benefit recognized from all stock-based compensation arrangements was $540,000, $265,000, and $51,000 for the years ended January 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The income tax benefit
realized from all stock-based compensation arrangements was $55,000, $138,000 and $14,000 for the years ended January 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
77
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
NOTE 12STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND STOCK WARRANTS (Continued)
Stock Options
The Company grants stock options as part of its long-term incentive compensation to employees and members of the Board of
Directors of the Company. Stock options vest over a period of four to six years for employees and immediately for members of the Board of Directors and have contractual terms of five to ten years.
The
following table summarizes stock option activity for the year ended January 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
Options |
|
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price |
|
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value |
|
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years) |
|
Outstanding at January 31, 2009 |
|
|
646 |
|
$ |
10.91 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Granted |
|
|
5 |
|
|
11.16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Exercised |
|
|
(10 |
) |
|
5.86 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Forfeited |
|
|
(10 |
) |
|
16.40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at January 31, 2010 |
|
|
631 |
|
$ |
10.90 |
|
$ |
1,603 |
|
|
7.0 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at January 31, 2010 |
|
|
243 |
|
$ |
8.75 |
|
$ |
806 |
|
|
6.5 |
|
The
aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $59,000 and $152,000 for the years ended January 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. There were no options exercised
during the years ended January 31, 2008. The weighted-average grant date fair value of stock options granted was $11.16, $8.41 and $2.94 for the years ended January 31, 2010, 2009, and
2008, respectively.
The
fair value of each stock option granted is estimated using the Black-Scholes pricing model. The following assumptions were made in estimating fair value for stock options granted
during the following fiscal years:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumption
|
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
Dividend yield |
|
|
0 |
% |
|
0 |
% |
Risk-free interest rate |
|
|
3.1 |
% |
|
2.1 - 3.6 |
% |
Expected life of options |
|
|
6.75 years |
|
|
6.75 - 8 years |
|
Expected volatility |
|
|
39 |
% |
|
34 - 42 |
% |
Prior
to the Company's initial public offering the expected volatility was based upon management's best estimate of the value of the shares based upon the Company's internal market. Due
to the limited historical stock price data available since its initial public offering, the Company currently estimates its volatility using a blended rate based on quoted market prices of its stock
and other similar companies determined by Company management. The expected life of options is estimated consistent with the "simplified" method identified in Staff Accounting Bulletin ("SAB")
No. 107, the use of which was extended by SAB 110. The simplified method calculates the expected term as the average of the vesting and contractual terms of the award. The
risk-free interest rate assumption is based on observed interest rates appropriate for the term of the options. The Company uses historical data to estimate pre-vesting
78
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
NOTE 12STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND STOCK WARRANTS (Continued)
option
forfeitures and records stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. The Company recognizes the fair value of stock options as compensation expense ratably
over the vesting period of the award.
The
following is a summary of information related to options outstanding and exercisable at January 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options Outstanding |
|
Options Exercisable |
|
Range of
Exercise
Prices |
|
Number |
|
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years) |
|
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price |
|
Number |
|
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years) |
|
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price |
|
|
$4.00 - 4.50 |
|
|
118 |
|
|
6.4 |
|
$ |
4.46 |
|
|
71 |
|
|
6.4 |
|
$ |
4.43 |
|
| 7.50 - 10.20 |
|
|
344 |
|
|
6.4 |
|
|
8.62 |
|
|
144 |
|
|
6.2 |
|
|
8.66 |
|
|
11.15 - 14.69 |
|
|
35 |
|
|
8.8 |
|
|
11.84 |
|
|
6 |
|
|
8.8 |
|
|
11.84 |
|
| 21.21 - 26.84 |
|
|
134 |
|
|
8.5 |
|
|
22.24 |
|
|
22 |
|
|
8.5 |
|
|
22.24 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
631 |
|
|
7.0 |
|
|
10.90 |
|
|
243 |
|
|
6.5 |
|
|
8.75 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As
of January 31, 2010 there was $1,575,000 of unrecognized compensation cost on non-vested stock options that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average
period of 3.4 years.
Restricted Stock
The Company grants restricted stock awards in addition to stock options as part of its long-term incentive compensation to
employees and members of the Board of Directors of the Company. The fair value of the restricted stock is determined based on the closing market price of the Company's stock on the date of grant. The
restricted stock vests over a period of three to six years for employees and over one year for members of the Board of Directors. The Company recognizes compensation expense ratably over the vesting
period of the restricted stock.
The
following table summarizes restricted stock activity for the year ended January 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value |
|
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term |
|
Nonvested at January 31, 2009 |
|
|
92 |
|
$ |
10.18 |
|
|
2.1 |
|
| |
Granted |
|
|
88 |
|
|
12.89 |
|
|
|
|
| |
Forfeited |
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
11.06 |
|
|
|
|
| |
Vested |
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
12.75 |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested at January 31, 2010 |
|
|
163 |
|
$ |
11.45 |
|
|
2.5 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
79
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
NOTE 12STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND STOCK WARRANTS (Continued)
The
weighted-average grant date fair value of restricted stock granted was $12.89, $17.45 and $8.48 during the years ended January 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The total
fair value of restricted stock vested was $139,000, $26,000, and $7,000 during the years ended January 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. As of January 31, 2010, there was $583,000
of unrecognized compensation cost on non-vested restricted stock that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.5 years.
NOTE 13EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
The Company has a 401(k) profit-sharing plan for full-time employees at least 19 years of age. The Company makes matching contributions of 50% of qualifying employee
elective contributions to the plan. The Company's matching contributions to the plan of $1,528,000, $1,154,000 and $699,000 were charged to expense for the years ended January 31, 2010, 2009
and 2008, respectively. In addition, the Company may make a discretionary contribution to the plan as determined by the Board of Directors, with a maximum amount equal to the amount allowed under the
Internal Revenue Service regulations. The Company did not make any discretionary contributions to the plan for the years ended January 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.
NOTE 14BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
The Company continued to implement its strategy of consolidating dealerships in desired market areas. Below is a summary of the acquisitions completed for the years ended
January 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. In certain of the business combination transactions the Company recognized goodwill. Factors contributing to the recognition of goodwill include an evaluation
of enterprise value, historical financial performance, estimated industry potential within the market and the market territory relationship to other existing and future planned Company locations. Pro
forma results are not presented as the acquisitions are not considered material, individually or in aggregate, to the Company. The results of operations have been included in the Company's
consolidated results of operations since the date of each respective business combination.
Fiscal 2010
Winger Implement, Inc.
On May 1, 2009, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of Winger Implement, Inc. and subsequently merged the
acquired entity into the Company. The acquired entity consisted of one agricultural equipment store located in Winger, Minnesota and expands the Company's presence in the Red River Valley. The
acquisition-date fair value of the total consideration transferred for the dealership was $1,450,000. The accounting for this business combination is based on certain provisional estimates
as of January 31, 2010. The Company will finalize the purchase accounting within the measurement period, which will not exceed one year from the date of acquisition.
Arthur Mercantile Company
On May 28, 2009, the Company acquired certain assets of Arthur Mercantile Company. The acquired entity consisted of one
agricultural equipment store located in Arthur, North Dakota and expands the Company's presence in the Red River Valley. The acquisition-date fair value of the total consideration
transferred for the dealership was $832,000. James L. Williams, Arthur Mercantile
80
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
NOTE 14BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (Continued)
Company's
President and Treasurer, is a Titan Machinery director. The accounting for this business combination is based on certain provisional estimates as of January 31, 2010. The Company will
finalize the purchase accounting within the measurement period, which will not exceed one year from the date of acquisition.
Valley Equipment, Inc.
On June 30, 2009, the Company acquired certain assets of Valley Equipment, Inc. in Mayville, North Dakota. The acquired
entity consisted of one agricultural equipment store and expands the Company's presence in the Red River Valley. The acquisition-date fair value of the total consideration transferred for
the dealership was $753,000. James L. Williams, Valley Equipment, Inc.'s President, is a Titan Machinery director. The accounting for this business combination is based on certain provisional
estimates as of January 31, 2010. The Company will finalize the purchase accounting within the measurement period, which will not exceed one year from the date of acquisition.
Lickness Bros. Implement Co.
On August 14, 2009, the Company acquired certain assets of Lickness Bros. Implement Co. The acquired entity consisted of
one agricultural equipment store located in Britton, South Dakota and is contiguous to existing markets in Northeast South Dakota and Southeast North Dakota. The acquisition-date fair
value of the total consideration transferred for the dealership was $210,000. The accounting for this business combination is based on certain provisional estimates as of January 31, 2010. The
Company will finalize the purchase accounting within the measurement period, which will not exceed one year from the date of acquisition.
Oskaloosa Implement Co.
On November 2, 2009, the Company acquired certain assets of Oskaloosa Implement Co. The acquired entity consisted of two
agricultural equipment stores located in Pella and Oskaloosa, Iowa and expands the Company's presence in Iowa. The acquisition-date fair value of the total consideration transferred for
the dealership was $2,559,000. The accounting for this business combination is based on certain provisional estimates as of January 31, 2010. The Company will finalize the purchase accounting
within the measurement period, which will not exceed one year from the date of acquisition.
Valley Farm Equipment, Inc.
On November 2, 2009, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of Valley Farm Equipment, Inc. and subsequently
merged the acquired entity into the Company. The acquired entity consisted of one agricultural equipment store located in Milbank, South Dakota and is strategically located in the Whetstone Valley in
Eastern South Dakota, between Titan Machinery's existing dealerships in Graceville, Minnesota, Watertown, South Dakota, and Aberdeen, South Dakota. The acquisition-date fair value of the
total consideration transferred for the dealership was $1,860,000. The accounting for this business combination is based on certain provisional estimates as of January 31, 2010. The Company
will finalize the purchase accounting within the measurement period, which will not exceed one year from the date of acquisition.
During
the year ended January 31, 2010 adjustments were recorded to finalize the purchase price allocations of prior acquisitions and for additional consideration of $1,063,000
earned and paid under
81
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
NOTE 14BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (Continued)
agreements
disclosed below. These adjustments and additional consideration resulted in a net increase in goodwill of $834,000.
Fiscal 2009
Western Plains Machinery Co. and WP Rentals LLC
On December 31, 2008, the Company acquired certain assets of WP Rentals LLC and 100% of the outstanding stock of Western
Plains Machinery Co., and subsequently merged the acquired entity into the Company. WP Rentals LLC consisted of three construction equipment rental stores located in Billings and
Belgrade, Montana and Cheyenne, Wyoming. Western Plains Machinery Co. consisted of six construction equipment stores in Billings, Great Falls, Missoula, and Columbia Falls, Montana and Casper
and Gillette, Wyoming. These nine locations expand the number of Titan Machinery locations that offer construction equipment and are contiguous to existing markets in western South Dakota and North
Dakota. The total consideration for the dealerships included cash payments of $7,653,000.
Anderson Power and Equipment, Inc.
On December 22, 2008, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of Anderson Power and Equipment, Inc. and
subsequently merged the acquired entity into the Company. The acquired entity consisted of an agricultural equipment store located in Thief River Falls, Minnesota and is contiguous to existing markets
in Western Minnesota and Eastern North Dakota. The total cash purchase price for the dealership was $2,179,000.
Pioneer Garage, Inc.
On October 1, 2008, the Company acquired certain assets of Pioneer Garage, Inc. The acquired entity consisted of three
agricultural equipment stores located in Pierre, Highmore, and Miller, South Dakota. These stores are contiguous to existing markets in South Dakota. The total cash purchase price for the dealership
was $5,481,000.
Wolf's Farm Equipment, Inc.
On September 12, 2008, the Company acquired certain assets of Wolf's Farm Equipment, Inc. The dealership is located in
Kintyre, North Dakota and is contiguous to existing markets. The total cash purchase price for the dealership was $586,000.
Mid-Land Equipment Company, L.C.
On May 28, 2008, the Company acquired certain assets of Mid-Land Equipment Company, L.C. The acquired entity
consisted of six construction equipment stores located in Des Moines, Davenport, Clear Lake and Cedar Rapids, Iowa, and Omaha and Lincoln, Nebraska. These stores are contiguous to existing markets in
South Dakota and overlay the existing agricultural locations in Iowa. The total cash purchase price for the dealership was $14,389,000.
Quad County Implement, Inc.
On May 1, 2008, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of Quad County Implement, Inc. and subsequently merged
the acquired entity into the Company. The dealership is
82
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
NOTE 14BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (Continued)
located
in Blairstown, Iowa and is contiguous to existing markets. The acquisition increases the Company's market share in central Iowa. The total cash purchase price for the dealership was
$2,000,000.
Ceres Equipment, Inc.
On February 1, 2008, the Company acquired certain assets of Ceres Equipment, Inc. The dealership is located in Roseau,
Minnesota and is contiguous to existing markets. The acquisition increases the Company's market share in the northwest area of Minnesota. The total cash purchase price for the dealership was
$3,940,000.
Fiscal 2008
Avoca Operations, Inc. and Greenfield Operations, Inc.
On January 2, 2008, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of Avoca Operations, Inc. and Greenfield
Operations, Inc. in a related transaction and subsequently merged the acquired entities into the Company.. The dealerships are located in Avoca and Greenfield, Iowa, and are contiguous to
existing markets. The total cash purchase price was $3,784,000.
Reiten and Young International, Inc.
On December 1, 2007, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of Reiten and Young International, Inc. and
subsequently merged the acquired entity into the Company. The dealership is located in Grand Forks, North Dakota, and is contiguous to existing markets. The purchase price of the dealership was
$2,000,000 in Company common stock.
Twin City Implement, Inc.
On November 13, 2007, the Company acquired the assets of Twin City Implement, Inc. The dealership is located in Mandan,
North Dakota and is contiguous to existing markets. The acquisition increases the Company's market share in the west/central part of North Dakota. The total cash purchase price was $1,891,000.
Red Power International, Inc.
On August 1, 2007, the Company acquired Red Power International, Inc.. The dealerships are located in Ada and Crookston,
Minnesota and contiguous to existing markets. The acquisition expands the Company's market share in the state. The Company acquired all of the common stock of Red Power International, Inc. in
exchange for 323,533 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock issued by the Company and valued at $2,426,000 and subsequently merged the acquired entity into the Company.. The Company's
Series D convertible preferred stock was automatically converted into common stock of the Company in connection with the Company's initial public offering.
83
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
NOTE 14BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (Continued)
Aberdeen Equipment Co., Huron Equipment Co. and Redfield Equipment Co.
On April 13, 2007, the Company acquired the assets of the related entities of Aberdeen Equipment Co., Huron
Equipment Co. and Redfield Equipment Co. The dealerships are located in South Dakota and contiguous to existing markets. The acquisition expands the Company's market share in the state.
The total cash purchase price was $4,096,000. Under the purchase agreement additional goodwill could be earned by the acquiree if certain profit goals are met for fiscal years through 2012. Additional
consideration of $1,063,000 was earned and paid under this agreement during the year ended January 31, 2010.
Richland County Implement, Inc.
The Company acquired the assets of Richland County Implement, Inc. in February 2007. The total cash purchase price was
$1,031,000. Through the acquisition, the Company increased its market share in existing markets in the Wahpeton, North Dakota area and gained control of the New Holland dealership.
The
allocations of the purchase prices in the above business combinations are presented in the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 31,
2010 |
|
January 31,
2009 |
|
January 31,
2008 |
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Cash |
|
$ |
315 |
|
$ |
54 |
|
$ |
699 |
|
Receivables |
|
|
558 |
|
|
4,905 |
|
|
2,638 |
|
Inventories |
|
|
15,189 |
|
|
42,594 |
|
|
32,330 |
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
93 |
|
|
63 |
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment |
|
|
1,462 |
|
|
22,255 |
|
|
2,936 |
|
Intangible assets |
|
|
|
|
|
250 |
|
|
|
|
Other assets |
|
|
|
|
|
89 |
|
|
56 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
2,298 |
|
|
4,193 |
|
|
4,535 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
19,915 |
|
$ |
74,403 |
|
$ |
43,194 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable |
|
$ |
(149 |
) |
$ |
3,367 |
|
$ |
3,987 |
|
Floorplan notes payable |
|
|
8,765 |
|
|
24,608 |
|
|
21,867 |
|
Customer deposits |
|
|
286 |
|
|
392 |
|
|
|
|
Accrued expenses |
|
|
205 |
|
|
290 |
|
|
343 |
|
Income taxes payable |
|
|
(51 |
) |
|
1,100 |
|
|
176 |
|
Long-term debt |
|
|
1,877 |
|
|
8,084 |
|
|
1,000 |
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
256 |
|
|
334 |
|
|
593 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
11,189 |
|
$ |
38,175 |
|
$ |
27,966 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash consideration |
|
|
7,581 |
|
|
35,575 |
|
|
10,802 |
|
Non-cash consideration: other long-term liabilities |
|
|
1,145 |
|
|
653 |
|
|
4,426 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consideration |
|
$ |
8,726 |
|
$ |
36,228 |
|
$ |
15,228 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill related to the Agriculture operating segment |
|
$ |
2,577 |
|
|
1,853 |
|
|
4,535 |
|
Goodwill related to the Construction operating segment |
|
$ |
(279 |
) |
|
2,340 |
|
|
|
|
84
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
NOTE 14BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (Continued)
Goodwill
of $2,011,000, $3,730,000 and $3,100,000 recorded in the acquisition transactions during the years ended January 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, is expected to be
deductible for tax purposes.
NOTE 15FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The fair value of a financial instrument is generally defined as the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a
forced liquidation sale. Quoted market prices are generally not available for the Company's financial instruments. Accordingly, fair values are based on judgments regarding anticipated cash flows,
future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments and other factors. These estimates involve uncertainties and matters of judgment,
and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates. As explained in Note 1, actual results could differ from the estimates.
The
carrying amount of cash, receivables, payables, short-term debt and other current liabilities approximates fair value because of the short maturity and/or frequent
repricing of those instruments. Based upon current borrowing rates with similar maturities, the carrying value of the long-term debt approximates the fair value as of January 31,
2010 and 2009.
NOTE 16SEGMENT INFORMATION AND OPERATING RESULTS
The Company owns and operates a network of full service agricultural and construction equipment stores in the United States. The Company recently re-evaluated its segment
reporting in accordance with ASC 280, Segment Reporting and realigned its reporting segments to better reflect its changing business mix, growth
strategies and its internal performance reporting to the Company's chief operating decision maker in light of the significance of the Company's construction equipment operations. As a result of this
change, the Company is now reporting results in two segments, Agriculture and Construction, rather than a single reporting segment. The Company's two reportable segments each offer different products
and the operating results for each segment are reported separately to the Company's senior management to make decisions regarding the allocation of resources, to assess the Company's operating
performance and to make strategic decisions.
The
Company's Agriculture segment sells, services, and rents machinery, and related parts and attachments, for uses ranging from large-scale farming to home and garden use. This segment
also includes ancillary sales and services related to agricultural activities and products such as equipment transportation, Global Positioning System ("GPS") signal subscriptions, hardware
merchandise and finance and insurance products.
The
Company's Construction segment sells, services, and rents machinery, and related parts and attachments, for uses ranging from heavy construction to light industrial machinery use.
This segment also includes ancillary sales and services related to construction activities such as equipment transportation, GPS signal subscriptions and finance and insurance products.
Certain
financial information for each of the Company's business segments is set forth below. Revenues, income before income tax and total assets at the segment level are reported before
eliminations. The Company retains various unallocated income/(expense) items and assets at the general corporate level, which the Company refers to as "Shared Resources" in the table below. Shared
85
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
NOTE 16SEGMENT INFORMATION AND OPERATING RESULTS (Continued)
Resource
assets primarily consist of cash and property and equipment. Intersegment revenues are immaterial. For information regarding goodwill by segment, see Note 5.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2010 |
|
Fiscal 2009 |
|
Fiscal 2008 |
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Revenues |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Agriculture |
|
$ |
751,258 |
|
$ |
624,035 |
|
$ |
394,972 |
|
Construction |
|
|
116,361 |
|
|
88,032 |
|
|
52,175 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment revenues |
|
|
867,619 |
|
|
712,067 |
|
|
447,147 |
|
Eliminations |
|
|
(28,838 |
) |
|
(21,630 |
) |
|
(14,176 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
838,781 |
|
$ |
690,437 |
|
$ |
432,971 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Agriculture |
|
$ |
36,133 |
|
$ |
32,023 |
|
$ |
15,326 |
|
Construction |
|
|
(6,837 |
) |
|
604 |
|
|
233 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment income (loss) before income taxes |
|
|
29,296 |
|
|
32,627 |
|
|
15,559 |
|
Shared Resources |
|
|
(2,120 |
) |
|
(1,678 |
) |
|
(6,049 |
) |
Eliminations |
|
|
(184 |
) |
|
(444 |
) |
|
(187 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes |
|
$ |
26,992 |
|
$ |
30,505 |
|
$ |
9,323 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest Income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Agriculture |
|
$ |
94 |
|
$ |
49 |
|
$ |
77 |
|
Construction |
|
|
74 |
|
|
11 |
|
|
22 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment interest income |
|
|
168 |
|
|
60 |
|
|
99 |
|
Shared Resources |
|
|
169 |
|
|
1,038 |
|
|
318 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
337 |
|
$ |
1,098 |
|
$ |
417 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest Expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Agriculture |
|
$ |
4,471 |
|
$ |
5,018 |
|
$ |
4,609 |
|
Construction |
|
|
2,488 |
|
|
1,669 |
|
|
1,584 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment interest expense |
|
|
6,959 |
|
|
6,687 |
|
|
6,193 |
|
Shared Resources |
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
(2,718 |
) |
|
99 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
6,948 |
|
$ |
3,969 |
|
$ |
6,292 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and Amortization |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Agriculture |
|
$ |
3,416 |
|
$ |
2,494 |
|
$ |
1,801 |
|
Construction |
|
|
3,793 |
|
|
1,510 |
|
|
572 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment depreciation and amortization |
|
|
7,209 |
|
|
4,004 |
|
|
2,373 |
|
Shared Resources |
|
|
741 |
|
|
579 |
|
|
142 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
7,950 |
|
$ |
4,583 |
|
$ |
2,515 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
86
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
NOTE 16SEGMENT INFORMATION AND OPERATING RESULTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2010 |
|
Fiscal 2009 |
|
Fiscal 2008 |
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Capital Expenditures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Agriculture |
|
$ |
6,567 |
|
$ |
4,659 |
|
$ |
5,330 |
|
Construction |
|
|
2,917 |
|
|
770 |
|
|
475 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment capital expenditures |
|
|
9,484 |
|
|
5,429 |
|
|
5,805 |
|
Shared Resources |
|
|
2,910 |
|
|
1,799 |
|
|
483 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
12,394 |
|
$ |
7,228 |
|
$ |
6,288 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Agriculture |
|
$ |
350,086 |
|
$ |
252,599 |
|
$ |
158,404 |
|
Construction |
|
|
87,910 |
|
|
87,317 |
|
|
31,208 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment assets |
|
|
437,996 |
|
|
339,916 |
|
|
189,612 |
|
Shared Resources |
|
|
77,631 |
|
|
70,963 |
|
|
49,944 |
|
Eliminations |
|
|
(815 |
) |
|
(631 |
) |
|
(187 |
) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
514,812 |
|
$ |
410,248 |
|
$ |
239,369 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 17SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)
The following reflects selected quarterly financial information for fiscal years 2010 and 2009.
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue |
|
Gross
Profit |
|
Net
Income |
|
Earnings per
Share-Basic |
|
Earnings per
Share-Diluted |
|
2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter |
|
$ |
166,301 |
|
$ |
28,516 |
|
$ |
1,790 |
|
$ |
0.10 |
|
$ |
0.10 |
|
Second quarter |
|
|
193,192 |
|
|
36,008 |
|
|
4,851 |
|
|
0.28 |
|
|
0.27 |
|
Third quarter |
|
|
227,018 |
|
|
39,583 |
|
|
5,733 |
|
|
0.33 |
|
|
0.32 |
|
Fourth quarter |
|
|
252,270 |
|
|
36,988 |
|
|
3,363 |
|
|
0.19 |
|
|
0.19 |
|
2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter |
|
$ |
152,582 |
|
$ |
24,599 |
|
$ |
3,387 |
|
$ |
0.25 |
|
$ |
0.24 |
|
Second quarter |
|
|
134,905 |
|
|
25,429 |
|
|
3,333 |
|
|
0.20 |
|
|
0.19 |
|
Third quarter |
|
|
213,960 |
|
|
37,346 |
|
|
8,185 |
|
|
0.47 |
|
|
0.45 |
|
Fourth quarter |
|
|
188,990 |
|
|
32,495 |
|
|
3,170 |
|
|
0.18 |
|
|
0.18 |
|
87
Table of Contents
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
NOTE 18SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On April 14, 2010, the Company entered into a Purchase Agreement to acquire certain assets of Hubbard Implement, Inc. This entity consists of one agricultural dealership in
Iowa Falls, Iowa and is contiguous to existing markets. We expect the closing date to be on or around June 1, 2010.
As
part of the Company's Construction Profit Improvement Plan, in April 2010, the Company decided to close its Construction store in Columbia Falls, Montana. The Company plans to
transfer the majority of the assets and related floorplan notes payable and long-term debt to other stores, and will account for all exit costs related to this closure in accordance with
ASC 420, Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations. We expect the primary costs to relate to terminating our lease agreement, which has monthly minimum lease
payments of $10,980 and expires on February 1, 2015. The Company will record a liability for the net present value of any remaining lease obligations, net of estimated sublease income, at the
date we cease using the property, in accordance with ASC 420.
88
Table of Contents
Schedule IIValuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves
Titan Machinery Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Classification
|
|
Beginning
Balance |
|
Additions
Charged to
Expenses |
|
Deductions
for
Write-offs |
|
Ending
Balance |
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Valuation reserve deduction from receivables: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended January 31, 2010 |
|
$ |
214 |
|
$ |
458 |
|
$ |
(339 |
) |
$ |
333 |
|
Year ended January 31, 2009 |
|
|
189 |
|
|
273 |
|
|
(248 |
) |
|
214 |
|
Year ended January 31, 2008 |
|
|
36 |
|
|
367 |
|
|
(214 |
) |
|
189 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Classification
|
|
Beginning
Balance |
|
Additions
Charged to
Cost of
Revenue |
|
Deductions
for
Write-offs |
|
Ending
Balance |
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Valuation reserve deduction from parts inventory: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended January 31, 2010 |
|
$ |
614 |
|
$ |
46 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
660 |
|
Year ended January 31, 2009 |
|
|
627 |
|
|
(13 |
) |
|
|
|
|
614 |
|
Year ended January 31, 2008 |
|
|
143 |
|
|
484 |
|
|
|
|
|
627 |
|
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. After evaluating the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and
procedures pursuant to
Rule 13a-15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 the ("Exchange Act") as of the end of the period covered by this annual report, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer, with the participation of the Company's management, have concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) are
effective to ensure that information that is required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time
periods specified in the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, with the participation of the Company's management, have also
concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated
and communicated to management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.
Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate
internal
control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of management,
including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal
ControlIntegrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO"). Based on this evaluation management has concluded that our internal
control over financial reporting was effective as of January 31, 2010.
Eide
Bailly LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K, has also audited our internal
89
Table of Contents
control
over financial reporting as of January 31, 2010, as stated in their attestation report included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting. The Company is in the process of converting to a new enterprise resource planning
(ERP) system,
which is scheduled to be implemented in phases. During the fiscal quarter ended October 31, 2009, the Company went live on its initial phase of the new ERP system implementation, which included
the financial reporting and shared resource center functions. The Company believes that the new ERP system and related changes to internal controls will enhance the Company's internal controls over
financial reporting. The Company has taken the necessary steps to monitor and maintain appropriate internal control over financial reporting during this period of change and will continue to evaluate
the operating effectiveness of related key controls during subsequent periods.
Other
than the implementation of the new ERP system discussed above, there has not been any change in the Company's internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act
Rule 13a-15(f)) during its most recently completed fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over
financial reporting.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
On November 25, 2009 and February 19, 2010, we entered into letter agreements with CNH Capital America, LLC to
amend our Amended and Restated Wholesale Floor Plan Credit Facility and Security Agreement to provide that the interest rate applicable to all outstanding amounts under the facility is the prime rate
plus 4%. The November 25, 2009 letter agreement was filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended October 31, 2009. The
February 19, 2010 letter agreement is filed as Exhibit 10.43 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
On
December 16, 2009, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Agreement for Wholesale Financing with GE Commercial Distribution Finance Corporation ("GE") (the
"Agreement"), which
provides for a discretionary revolving floorplan facility with an initial facility amount of up to $50 million. The Company may seek to increase the amount of the facility up to
$100 million subject to obtaining the consent of GE for any increase. The Agreement was amended and restated on March 12, 2010 to allow for GE to sell participation interest to other
lenders that might wish to participate in the facility. The Agreement, as amended and restated, restates in its entirety the prior Agreement for Wholesale Financing dated June 29, 2004 with GE,
as amended. The facility may be used to advance up to 85% of the value of new or used inventory purchased by the Company from vendors approved by GE, or to refinance new or used inventory. Advances
made under the facility will generally have a variable interest rate equal to the Three-Month LIBOR Rate plus 5.5%. The Agreement may be terminated by GE upon 60 days written notice to the Company.
Advances
under the facility are secured by inventory financed by GE and all proceeds of such inventory. The Agreement requires the Company to comply with customary affirmative, negative
and financial covenants. Various negative covenants require the prior consent of GE for, among other things, making certain acquisitions, granting certain liens, creating subsidiaries, or engaging in
a change in control transaction. Financial covenants include an EBITDA to interest expense ratio, a total funded debt to tangible net worth ratio, and inventory turn ratios. Finally, for quarters
ended through July 31, 2010, the Company's equipment inventory may not exceed a specified amount based on existing inventory plus acquired assets.
The
Agreement contains customary events of default, including nonpayment of principal or interest when due; nonpayment of other amounts owed to GE when due; cross-default to other
indebtedness or other agreements; and a change in control (as defined in the Agreement). Upon an event of default, GE may terminate all existing and future loan commitments and declare all of the
Company's
90
Table of Contents
outstanding
loan obligations immediately due and payable. The Agreement, as amended and restated on March 12, 2010, is filed as Exhibit 10.42 to this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Other than the information included in Part I of this Form 10-K under the heading "Executive Officers of the
Registrant," the information required by Item 10 is incorporated by reference to the sections labeled "Election of Directors," "Corporate Governance" and "Section 16(a) Beneficial
Ownership Reporting Compliance," all of which appear in our definitive proxy statement for our 2010 Annual Meeting.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled "Executive Compensation,"
"Non-Employee Director Compensation," "Compensation Committee," "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation" and "Compensation Committee Report," all of which appear in
our definitive proxy statement for our 2010 Annual Meeting.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by Item 12 is incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled "Principal Stockholders and
Management Stockholdings" and "Equity Compensation Plan Information," which appear in our definitive proxy statement for our 2010 Annual Meeting.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled "Corporate
GovernanceIndependence" and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions," which appear in our definitive proxy statement for our 2010 Annual Meeting.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled "Fees of the Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firm," which appears in our definitive proxy statement for our 2010 Annual Meeting.
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
- (a)
- Documents
filed as part of this report.
- (1)
- Financial
Statements. The following financial statements are included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K:
Report
of Eide Bailly LLP on Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule as of January 31, 2010 and 2009 and for each of the three years in the period ended
January 31, 2010
Report
of Eide Bailly LLP on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting as of January 31, 2010
Consolidated
Balance Sheets as of January 31, 2010 and 2009
91
Table of Contents
Consolidated
Statements of Operations for each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 2010
Consolidated
Statements of Stockholders' Equity for each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 2010
Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 2010
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
- (2)
- Financial
Statement Schedules. The following consolidated financial statement schedule is included in Item 8:
Schedule IIValuation
and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves
All
other financial statement schedules have been omitted, because they are not applicable, are not required, or the information is included in the Financial Statements or Notes thereto
- (3)
- Exhibits.
See the Exhibit Index to our Form 10-K immediately following the signature page of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
92
Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this
Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
Dated:
April 15, 2010
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| By |
|
/s/ DAVID J. MEYER
David J. Meyer, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
|
By |
|
/s/ PETER J. CHRISTIANSON
Peter J. Christianson, President and Chief Financial Officer |
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below constitutes DAVID J. MEYER and PETER J. CHRISTIANSON his true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to
sign any or all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and
necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof. Pursuant to the requirements of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
Signatures
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ DAVID J. MEYER
David Meyer |
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer) |
|
April 15, 2010 |
/s/ PETER J. CHRISTIANSON
Peter J. Christianson |
|
President and Chief Financial Officer, Director (principal financial and accounting officer) |
|
April 15, 2010 |
/s/ GORDON PAUL ANDERSON
Gordon Paul Anderson |
|
Director |
|
April 15, 2010 |
/s/ TONY CHRISTIANSON
Tony Christianson |
|
Director |
|
April 15, 2010 |
93
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
|
Signatures
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ JAMES WILLIAMS
James Williams |
|
Director |
|
April 15, 2010 |
/s/ JAMES IRWIN
James Irwin |
|
Director |
|
April 15, 2010 |
/s/ JOHN BODE
John Bode |
|
Director |
|
April 15, 2010 |
/s/ THEODORE WRIGHT
Theodore Wright |
|
Director |
|
April 15, 2010 |
94
Table of Contents
EXHIBIT INDEX
TITAN MACHINERY INC.
FORM 10-K
|
|
|
|
| No. |
|
Description |
| |
3.1 |
|
Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant(b) |
|
3.2 |
|
Bylaws of the registrant, as amended(e) |
|
4.1 |
|
Specimen Certificate representing shares of common stock of Titan Machinery Inc.(c) |
|
4.2 |
|
Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated April 7, 2003, in favor of Cherry Tree Securities, LLC(b) |
|
4.3 |
|
Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated August 1, 2004, in favor of Cherry Tree Securities, LLC(b) |
|
4.4 |
|
Form of Director Warrant.**(f) |
|
10.1 |
|
2005 Equity Incentive Plan**(a) |
|
10.2 |
|
Employment Agreement, dated November 16, 2007, between David Meyer and the registrant**(b) |
|
10.3 |
|
Employment Agreement, dated November 16, 2007, between Peter Christianson and the registrant**(b) |
|
10.4 |
|
Non-employee Director Compensation Policy**(c) |
|
10.5 |
|
Agricultural Equipment Sales & Service Agreement, dated December 31, 2002, between Case, LLC and the registrant(a) |
|
10.6 |
|
Construction Equipment Sales & Service Agreement, dated effective April 8, 2003, between Case, LLC and the registrant(a) |
|
10.7 |
|
Dealer Agreement, dated April 14, 2003, between New Holland North America, Inc. and the registrant, as amended December 27, 2005 and December 9, 2006(a) |
|
10.8 |
|
Construction Equipment Sales & Service Agreement, dated effective June 15, 2006, between CNH America, LLC and the registrant(a) |
|
10.9 |
|
Dealer Agreement, effective February 20, 2007, between CNH America LLC and the registrant(a) |
|
10.10 |
|
Dealer Agreement, dated effective June 22, 2006, between CNH America LLC and the registrant(a) |
|
10.11 |
|
Dealer Agreements, dated effective April 1, 2006, between CNH America and the registrant(a) |
|
10.12 |
|
Dealer Agreement, dated April 1, 2005, between CNH America LLC and the registrant(a) |
|
10.13 |
|
Dealer Agreement, dated effective January 1, 2000 between New Holland North America, Inc. and the registrant(a) |
|
10.14 |
|
Dealer Security Agreements between New Holland North America, Inc. and the registrant(a) |
|
10.15 |
|
Dealer Security Agreements between CNH America LLC and the registrant(a) |
|
10.16 |
|
Lease by and between Rocking Horse Farm, LLC and the registrant, dated August 2, 2004, and Addendum No. 1 thereto dated September 13, 2005(a) |
95
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
| No. |
|
Description |
| |
10.17 |
|
Wholesale Floor Plan Credit Facility and Security Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2006, between CNH Capital America LLC and the registrant(a) |
|
10.18 |
|
Agreement for Wholesale Financing, dated June 29, 2004, between GE Commercial Distribution Finance Corporation and the registrant (and amendments dated January 24, 2007, November 7, 2005, June 29,
2004)(a) |
|
10.19 |
|
Loan Agreement, dated August 7, 2007, between Bremer Bank, N.A. and the registrant(a) |
|
10.20 |
|
Shareholder Rights Agreement, dated April 7, 2003, by and between the registrant and the individuals listed on Schedule A(a) |
|
10.21 |
|
Amendment No. 1 to Shareholder Rights Agreement, dated January 31, 2006, by and between the registrant and the individuals listed on Schedule A(a) |
|
10.22 |
|
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan**(a) |
|
10.23 |
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan**(a) |
|
10.24 |
|
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan**(a) |
|
10.25 |
|
Amended and Restated Wholesale Floorplan Credit Facility and Security Agreement, dated November 13, 2007, between CNH Capital America LLC and the registrant(b) |
|
10.26 |
|
Consent and Agreement, dated November 13, 2007, between CNH Capital America LLC and the registrant(b) |
|
10.27 |
|
Amendment to Case IH Agricultural Equipment Sales and Service Agreement, dated November 14, 2007, between CNH America LLC and Red Power International, Inc.(b) |
|
10.28 |
|
Amendment to Case IH Agricultural Equipment Sales and Service Agreements, dated November 14, 2007, between CNH America LLC and the registrant(b) |
|
10.29 |
|
Amendment to Case Construction Equipment Sales and Service Agreements, dated November 14, 2007, between CNH America LLC and the registrant(b) |
|
10.30 |
|
Amendment to Kobelco Construction Machinery America LLC Dealer Agreement, dated November 14, 2007, between Kobelco Construction Machinery America LLC and the registrant(b) |
|
10.31 |
|
Amendment to CNH America LLC Dealer Agreement for New Holland Construction Products, dated November 14, 2007, between CNH America LLC and the registrant(b) |
|
10.32 |
|
Amendment to CNH America LLC Dealer Agreement for New Holland Agricultural Equipment, dated November 14, 2007, between CNH America LLC and the registrant(b) |
|
10.33 |
|
Recapitalization Agreement, dated effective August 16, 2007, among the registrant, David J. Meyer, C.I. Farm Power, Inc., Peter Christianson, Adam Smith Growth Partners, L.P., Adam Smith Companies,
LLC, Tony J. Christianson, Adam Smith Activist Fund, LLC, David Christianson and Earl Christianson(b) |
|
10.34 |
|
Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement(b) |
|
10.35 |
|
Agreement, dated July 17, 2007, between Cherry Tree Securities, LLC and the registrant(b) |
|
10.36 |
|
Amendment to Loan Documents dated December 4, 2007 between the registrant and Bremer Bank, N.A.(d) |
96
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
| No. |
|
Description |
| |
10.37 |
|
Titan Machinery Inc. Fiscal 2009 Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended
October 31, 2007).** |
|
10.38 |
|
Titan Machinery Inc. Executive Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 31, 2007).** |
|
10.39 |
* |
Compensation Arrangements for Executive Officers** |
|
10.40 |
|
Loan Agreement, dated July 15, 2009, between Bremer Bank, N.A. and the registrant(g) |
|
10.41 |
|
Letter Agreement with CNH Capital America, LLC dated November 25, 2009(h) |
|
10.42 |
* |
Second Amended and Restated Agreement for Wholesale Financing, dated March 12, 2010, between GE Commercial Distribution Finance Corporation and the registrant |
|
10.43 |
* |
Letter Agreement with CNH Capital America, LLC dated February 19, 2010 |
|
21 |
|
Subsidiaries of the Registrant: Transportation Solutions, LLC, a North Dakota limited liability company |
|
23.1 |
* |
Consent of Eide Bailly, LLP |
|
24.1 |
|
Power of Attorney (Included on Signature Page) |
|
31.1 |
* |
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 |
|
31.2 |
* |
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 |
|
32.1 |
* |
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 |
|
32.2 |
* |
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 |
- *
- Filed
herewith
- **
- Indicates
management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
- (a)
- Incorporated
herein by reference to the cited exhibit in Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, Reg.
No. 333-145526, filed with the Commission on October 10, 2007.
- (b)
- Incorporated
herein by reference to the cited exhibit in Amendment No. 5 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, Reg.
No. 333-145526, filed with the Commission on November 27, 2007.
- (c)
- Incorporated
herein by reference to the cited exhibit in Amendment No. 6 to Registration Statement Form S-1, Reg.
No. 333-145526, filed with the Commission on December 3, 2007.
- (d)
- Incorporated
herein by reference to the cited exhibit in Amendment N0. 7 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, Reg.
No. 333-145526, filed with the Commission on December 5, 2007.
- (e)
- Incorporated
herein by reference to the cited exhibit in the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on
April 16, 2009.
- (f)
- Incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 in the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on
June 9, 2009.
97
Table of Contents
- (g)
- Incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 in the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on
September 9, 2009.
- (h)
- Incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 in the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on
December 10, 2009.
98
EXHIBIT
10.39
TITAN
MACHINERY INC.
COMPENSATION ARRANGEMENTS FOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
FOR FISCAL YEAR 2011
The Titan Machinery Inc.
Board of Directors approved the 2011 fiscal year base salaries for the
executive officers as set forth below.
|
|
|
2011 Annual
|
|
|
Executive Officer and Title
|
|
Base Salary
|
|
|
David
J. Meyer
|
|
$
|
275,000
|
|
|
Chairman
and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Peter
Christianson
|
|
$
|
275,000
|
|
|
President
and Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ted
Christianson
|
|
$
|
170,000
|
|
|
Vice
President, Finance and Treasurer
|
|
|
|
Exhibit 10.42
SECOND
AMENDED AND RESTATED
AGREEMENT
FOR WHOLESALE FINANCING
between
GE
COMMERCIAL DISTRIBUTION FINANCE CORPORATION
as Lender
and
TITAN
MACHINERY INC.
as Borrower
March 12,
2010
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.
|
Effective Date
|
|
1
|
|
2.
|
Amendment and Restatement; Reaffirmation
|
|
1
|
|
3.
|
Assignment
|
|
2
|
|
4.
|
Definitions; Rules of Construction; Borrowing Agent; Patriot Act
|
|
2
|
|
|
4.1.
|
Listed
Definitions
|
|
2
|
|
|
4.2.
|
Other
Definitions
|
|
2
|
|
|
4.3.
|
References to
Borrower
|
|
2
|
|
|
4.4.
|
References to
Covered Person
|
|
2
|
|
|
4.5.
|
Accounting Terms
|
|
2
|
|
|
4.6.
|
Meaning of
Satisfactory
|
|
2
|
|
|
4.7.
|
Computation of
Time Periods
|
|
2
|
|
|
4.8.
|
General
|
|
3
|
|
|
4.9.
|
Patriot Act
Notification
|
|
3
|
|
5.
|
Lenders Credit Facilities
|
|
3
|
|
|
5.1.
|
Floorplan Loan
Facility
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
5.1.1.
|
Floorplan Loan
Facility Generally
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
5.1.2.
|
Operation of
Floorplan Loan Facility
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
5.1.3.
|
Floorplan Loan
Approvals
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
5.1.4.
|
Inventory not
Available for Floorplan Loans
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
5.1.5.
|
New Inventory
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
5.1.6.
|
Used Inventory
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5.1.7.
|
Requirements for
Every Advance Request.
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5.1.8.
|
Termination of
Floorplan Loan Facility
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5.1.9.
|
Repurchase
Agreements
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
5.1.10.
|
Existing
Transaction Statements and Approvals
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
5.1.11.
|
LKE Inventory
|
|
6
|
|
|
5.2.
|
Increase in
Floorplan Loan Facility
|
|
6
|
|
|
5.3.
|
Termination
|
|
7
|
|
6.
|
Interest; Yield Protection
|
|
7
|
|
|
6.1.
|
Interest on the
Floorplan Loan
|
|
7
|
|
|
6.2.
|
Interest on
Floorplan Loans
|
|
9
|
|
|
6.3.
|
Adjusted LIBOR
Rate
|
|
9
|
|
|
6.4.
|
Time of Accrual
|
|
9
|
|
|
6.5.
|
Computation
|
|
9
|
|
|
6.6.
|
Rate After
Maturity and Rate After An Event of Default
|
|
9
|
|
|
6.7.
|
Taxes
|
|
9
|
|
|
6.8.
|
Compensation for
Increased Costs and Reduced Returns; Capital Adequacy
|
|
10
|
|
|
6.9.
|
Usury
|
|
11
|
|
7.
|
Payments
|
|
11
|
|
|
7.1.
|
Scheduled
Payments on Loans; Applications to Loans
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
7.1.1.
|
Interest
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
7.1.2.
|
Principal
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
7.1.3.
|
Maturity
|
|
11
|
|
|
7.2.
|
Prepayments
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
7.2.1.
|
Voluntary
Prepayments
|
|
12
|
i
|
|
|
7.2.2
|
Mandatory
Prepayments
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
7.2.3
|
Other Mandatory
Prepayments
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
7.2.3.1
|
Insurance
Proceeds
|
|
12
|
|
|
7.3.
|
Manner of
Payments and Timing of Application of Payments
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
7.3.1
|
Payment
Requirement
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
7.3.2
|
Application of
Payments and Proceeds
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
7.3.3
|
Interest
Calculation
|
|
13
|
|
|
7.4.
|
Returned
Instruments
|
|
13
|
|
|
7.5.
|
Compelled Return
of Payments or Proceeds
|
|
13
|
|
|
7.6.
|
Due Dates Not on
Business Days
|
|
13
|
|
8.
|
Procedure for Obtaining Advances
|
|
13
|
|
|
8.1.
|
Initial Advances
|
|
13
|
|
|
8.2.
|
Subsequent
Floorplan Loan Advances
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
8.2.1
|
Lenders Right
to Make Other Certain Advances
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
8.2.1.1
|
Payment of Loan
Obligations
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
8.2.1.2
|
Payments to
Other Creditors
|
|
14
|
|
|
8.3.
|
Disbursement
|
|
14
|
|
|
8.4.
|
Restrictions on
Advances
|
|
14
|
|
|
8.5.
|
Each Advance
Request a Certification
|
|
14
|
|
|
8.6.
|
Requirements for
Every Advance Request
|
|
14
|
|
|
8.7.
|
Exoneration of
Lender
|
|
14
|
|
9.
|
Security Interest in Personal Property Collateral; Security
|
|
15
|
|
|
9.1.
|
Grant of
Security Interest; Landlord Consents
|
|
15
|
|
10.
|
Power of Attorney
|
|
15
|
|
11.
|
Conditions of Lending
|
|
16
|
|
|
11.1.
|
Conditions to
Initial Advance
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
11.1.1
|
Listed Documents
and Other Items
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
11.1.2
|
Financial
Condition
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
11.1.3
|
Default
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
11.1.4
|
Perfection of
Security Interests
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
11.1.5
|
Representations
and Warranties
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
11.1.6
|
Material Adverse
Change
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
11.1.7
|
Pending Material
Proceedings
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
11.1.8
|
Payment of Fees
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
11.1.9
|
Other Items
|
|
17
|
|
|
11.2.
|
Conditions to
Subsequent Advances
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
11.2.1
|
General
Conditions
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
11.2.2
|
Representations
and Warranties
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
11.2.3
|
Approvals
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
11.2.4
|
Default
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
11.2.5
|
Releases or
Intercreditor Agreements
|
|
17
|
|
12.
|
Representations and Warranties
|
|
17
|
|
|
12.1.
|
Organization and
Existence
|
|
17
|
|
|
12.2.
|
Authorization
|
|
18
|
|
|
12.3.
|
Due Execution
|
|
18
|
|
|
12.4.
|
Enforceability
of Obligations
|
|
18
|
|
|
12.5.
|
Burdensome
Obligations
|
|
18
|
|
|
12.6.
|
Legal Restraints
|
|
18
|
|
|
12.7.
|
Labor Contracts
and Disputes
|
|
18
|
|
|
12.8.
|
No Material
Proceedings
|
|
18
|
|
|
12.9.
|
Material
Licenses
|
|
18
|
ii
|
|
12.10.
|
Compliance with
Material Laws
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
12.10.1
|
General
Compliance with Environmental Laws
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
12.10.2
|
Proceedings
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
12.10.3
|
Investigations
Regarding Hazardous Materials
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
12.10.4
|
Notices and
Reports Regarding Hazardous Materials
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
12.10.5
|
Hazardous
Materials on Real Property
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
12.10.6
|
Environmental
Property Transfer Acts
|
|
19
|
|
|
12.11.
|
Other Names
|
|
19
|
|
|
12.12.
|
Prior
Transactions
|
|
20
|
|
|
12.13.
|
Capitalization
|
|
20
|
|
|
12.14.
|
Solvency
|
|
20
|
|
|
12.15.
|
Projections
|
|
20
|
|
|
12.16.
|
Financial
Statements
|
|
20
|
|
|
12.17.
|
No Change in
Condition
|
|
20
|
|
|
12.18.
|
No Defaults
|
|
20
|
|
|
12.19.
|
Investments
|
|
20
|
|
|
12.20.
|
Indebtedness
|
|
20
|
|
|
12.21.
|
Indirect
Obligations
|
|
20
|
|
|
12.22.
|
[Intentionally
omitted]
|
|
20
|
|
|
12.23.
|
Capital Leases
|
|
20
|
|
|
12.24.
|
Tax Liabilities;
Governmental Charges
|
|
21
|
|
|
12.25.
|
Pension Benefit
Plans
|
|
21
|
|
|
12.26.
|
Welfare Benefit
Plans
|
|
21
|
|
|
12.27.
|
Retiree Benefits
|
|
21
|
|
|
12.28.
|
Real Property
|
|
21
|
|
|
12.29.
|
State of
Collateral and other Property
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
12.29.1
|
Inventory
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
12.29.2
|
Equipment
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
12.29.3
|
Documents,
Instruments and Chattel Paper
|
|
22
|
|
|
12.30.
|
Chief Place of
Business; Locations of Collateral
|
|
22
|
|
|
12.31.
|
Warranties and
Representations-Inventory
|
|
23
|
|
|
12.32.
|
No Negative
Pledges
|
|
23
|
|
|
12.33.
|
Security
Documents
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
12.33.1
|
Security
Agreements
|
|
23
|
|
|
12.34.
|
[Intentionally
omitted]
|
|
23
|
|
|
12.35.
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
23
|
|
|
12.36.
|
[Intentionally
omitted]
|
|
24
|
|
|
12.37.
|
Margin Stock
|
|
24
|
|
|
12.38.
|
Securities
Matters
|
|
24
|
|
|
12.39.
|
Investment
Company Act, Etc.
|
|
24
|
|
|
12.40.
|
No Material
Misstatements or Omissions
|
|
24
|
|
|
12.41.
|
Filings
|
|
24
|
|
|
12.42.
|
Brokers Fees
|
|
24
|
|
|
12.43.
|
Transportation
Solutions Assets
|
|
24
|
|
13.
|
Modification and Survival of Representations
|
|
24
|
|
14.
|
Affirmative Covenants
|
|
25
|
|
|
14.1.
|
Use of Proceeds
|
|
25
|
|
|
14.2.
|
Corporate
Existence
|
|
25
|
|
|
14.3.
|
Maintenance of
Property and Leases
|
|
25
|
|
|
14.4.
|
Inventory
|
|
25
|
|
|
14.5.
|
Insurance
|
|
26
|
iii
|
|
14.6.
|
Payment of Taxes
and Other Obligations
|
|
26
|
|
|
14.7.
|
Compliance With
Laws
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
14.7.1.
|
Environmental
Laws
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
14.7.2.
|
Pension Benefit
Plans
|
|
27
|
|
|
14.8.
|
Discovery and
Clean-Up of Hazardous Material
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
14.8.1.
|
In General
|
|
27
|
|
|
14.9.
|
Termination of
Pension Benefit Plan
|
|
27
|
|
|
14.10.
|
Notice to Lender
of Material Events
|
|
27
|
|
|
14.11.
|
Maintenance of
Security Interests of Security Documents
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
14.11.1.
|
Preservation and
Perfection of Security Interests
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
14.11.2.
|
Collateral Held
by Warehouseman, Bailee, etc.
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
14.11.3.
|
Compliance With
Terms of Security Documents
|
|
30
|
|
|
14.12.
|
Accounting
System
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
14.12.1.
|
Account Records
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
14.12.2.
|
Inventory
Records
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
14.12.3.
|
Tracing of
Proceeds
|
|
31
|
|
|
14.13.
|
Financial
Statements
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
14.13.1.
|
Annual Financial
Statements
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
14.13.2.
|
Quarterly
Financial Statements
|
|
31
|
|
|
14.14.
|
Other Financial
Information
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
14.14.1.
|
Reports or
Information Concerning Inventory
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
14.14.2.
|
Stockholder and
SEC Reports
|
|
32
|
|
|
14.15.
|
Inventory
|
|
32
|
|
|
14.16.
|
Annual
Projections; Operating Plan
|
|
32
|
|
|
14.17.
|
Rental
Agreements and System Reports
|
|
33
|
|
|
14.18.
|
Other
Information
|
|
33
|
|
|
14.19.
|
Examinations and
Site Visits by Lender
|
|
33
|
|
|
14.20.
|
Verification of
Accounts and Notices to Account Debtors
|
|
33
|
|
|
14.21.
|
Appraisals of
Collateral
|
|
33
|
|
|
14.22.
|
Access to
Officers and Auditors
|
|
33
|
|
|
14.23.
|
Movement of
Inventory
|
|
34
|
|
|
14.24.
|
Titled Assets
|
|
34
|
|
|
14.25.
|
Claims Act
|
|
34
|
|
|
14.26.
|
Further
Assurances
|
|
34
|
|
15.
|
Negative Covenants
|
|
34
|
|
|
15.1.
|
Investments
|
|
34
|
|
|
15.2.
|
Indebtedness
|
|
35
|
|
|
15.3.
|
Prepayments
|
|
35
|
|
|
15.4.
|
Indirect
Obligations
|
|
35
|
|
|
15.5.
|
Security
Interests
|
|
35
|
|
|
15.6.
|
Acquisitions
|
|
36
|
|
|
15.7.
|
Leases;
Bailments; Consignments; Warehousing
|
|
36
|
|
|
15.8.
|
Disposal of
Property
|
|
36
|
|
|
15.9.
|
Change of
Control
|
|
36
|
|
|
15.10.
|
Capital
Structure; Capital Securities
|
|
37
|
|
|
15.11.
|
Change of State
of Formation; Change of Name
|
|
37
|
|
|
15.12.
|
Change of
Business
|
|
37
|
|
|
15.13.
|
Transactions
With Affiliates
|
|
37
|
|
|
15.14.
|
Conflicting
Agreements
|
|
37
|
|
|
15.15.
|
Investment
Banking and Finders Fees
|
|
37
|
|
|
15.16.
|
Sale and
Leaseback Transactions
|
|
37
|
iv
|
|
15.17.
|
New Subsidiaries
|
|
37
|
|
|
15.18.
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
38
|
|
|
15.19.
|
[Intentionally
omitted]
|
|
38
|
|
|
15.20.
|
Depreciation
Methodology
|
|
38
|
|
|
15.21.
|
Tax
Consolidation
|
|
38
|
|
|
15.22.
|
Transactions
Having a Material Adverse Effect
|
|
38
|
|
|
15.23.
|
Storage
|
|
38
|
|
|
15.24.
|
Transportation
Solutions Assets
|
|
38
|
|
|
15.25.
|
Other
Indebtedness
|
|
38
|
|
|
15.26.
|
Rental Contracts
|
|
38
|
|
16.
|
Financial Covenants
|
|
39
|
|
|
16.1.
|
Special
Definitions
|
|
39
|
|
|
16.2.
|
Debt Service
Coverage
|
|
40
|
|
|
16.3.
|
Maximum Total
Funded Indebtedness to Tangible Net Worth
|
|
40
|
|
|
16.4.
|
Minimum
Inventory Turn
|
|
41
|
|
|
16.5.
|
Maximum Total
Whole Goods Inventory
|
|
41
|
|
17.
|
Default
|
|
41
|
|
|
17.1.
|
Events of
Default
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
17.1.1.
|
Failure to Pay
Principal or Interest
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
17.1.2.
|
Failure to Pay
Certain Other Amounts Owed to Lender
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
17.1.3.
|
Failure to Pay
Examination and Appraisal Costs
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
17.1.4.
|
Failure to Pay
Amounts Owed to Other Persons
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
17.1.5.
|
Representations
or Warranties
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
17.1.6.
|
Certain
Covenants with Cure Periods
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
17.1.7.
|
Certain
Covenants Without Cure Periods
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
17.1.8.
|
Other Covenants
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
17.1.9.
|
Acceleration of
Other Indebtedness
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
17.1.10.
|
Default Under
Other Agreements
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
17.1.11.
|
Bankruptcy;
Insolvency; Etc.
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
17.1.12.
|
Judgments;
Attachment; Settlement; Etc.
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
17.1.13.
|
Pension Benefit
Plan Termination, Etc.
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
17.1.14.
|
Liquidation or
Dissolution
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
17.1.15.
|
Seizure of
Assets
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
17.1.16.
|
Racketeering
Proceeding
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
17.1.17.
|
Loan Documents;
Security Interests
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
17.1.18.
|
Loss to
Collateral
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
17.1.19.
|
Change of
Control
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
17.1.20.
|
Material Adverse
Change
|
|
44
|
|
|
17.2.
|
Cross-Default
|
|
44
|
|
|
17.3.
|
Rights and
Remedies
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
17.3.1.
|
Termination of
Floorplan Loan Facility
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
17.3.2.
|
Acceleration;
Funding
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
17.3.3.
|
Right of Set-off
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
17.3.4.
|
Notice to
Account Debtors
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
17.3.5.
|
Entry Upon
Premises and Access to Information
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
17.3.6.
|
Completion of
Uncompleted Inventory Items
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
17.3.7.
|
Borrowers
Obligations
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
17.3.8.
|
Secured Party
Rights
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
17.3.9.
|
Joint and
Several
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
17.3.10.
|
Miscellaneous
|
|
48
|
|
|
17.4.
|
Application of
Funds
|
|
48
|
v
|
|
17.5.
|
Limitation of
Liability; Waiver
|
|
48
|
|
|
17.6.
|
Notice
|
|
49
|
|
|
17.7.
|
No Liability
|
|
49
|
|
18.
|
Intentionally Omitted
|
|
49
|
|
19.
|
General
|
|
49
|
|
|
19.1.
|
Lenders Right
to Cure
|
|
49
|
|
|
19.2.
|
Rights Not
Exclusive
|
|
49
|
|
|
19.3.
|
Survival of
Agreements
|
|
49
|
|
|
19.4.
|
Assignments;
Participations
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
19.4.1.
|
Assignments
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
19.4.2.
|
Sale of
Participations
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
19.4.3.
|
Information
|
|
50
|
|
|
19.5.
|
Payment of
Expenses
|
|
50
|
|
|
19.6.
|
General
Indemnity
|
|
51
|
|
|
19.7.
|
Changes in
Accounting Principles
|
|
52
|
|
|
19.8.
|
Loan Records
|
|
52
|
|
|
19.9.
|
Other Security
and Guaranties
|
|
53
|
|
|
19.10.
|
Loan Obligations
Payable in Dollars
|
|
53
|
|
|
19.11.
|
Disclosure
|
|
53
|
|
|
19.12.
|
Tax Treatment
Waiver
|
|
54
|
|
20.
|
Binding Arbitration
|
|
54
|
|
|
20.1.
|
Arbitrable
Claims
|
|
54
|
|
|
20.2.
|
Administrative
Body
|
|
55
|
|
|
20.3.
|
Hearings
|
|
55
|
|
|
20.4.
|
Discovery
|
|
55
|
|
|
20.5.
|
Exemplary or
Punitive Damages
|
|
56
|
|
|
20.6.
|
Confidentiality
of Awards
|
|
56
|
|
|
20.7.
|
Prejudgment and
Provisional Remedies
|
|
56
|
|
|
20.8.
|
Attorneys Fees
|
|
56
|
|
|
20.9.
|
Limitations
|
|
56
|
|
|
20.10.
|
Survival After
Termination
|
|
57
|
|
|
20.11.
|
Invalidity/Unenforceability
of Binding Arbitration; Jury Trial Waiver; Service of Process; Forum
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
20.11.1.
|
Jury Trial
Waiver
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
20.11.2.
|
Choice of Forum
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
20.11.3.
|
Service of
Process
|
|
57
|
|
21.
|
Miscellaneous
|
|
58
|
|
|
21.1.
|
Notices
|
|
58
|
|
|
21.2.
|
Amendments and
Modifications; Waivers and Consents
|
|
58
|
|
|
21.3.
|
Course of
Dealing
|
|
58
|
|
|
21.4.
|
Rights
Cumulative
|
|
58
|
|
|
21.5.
|
Successors and
Assigns
|
|
58
|
|
|
21.6.
|
Severability
|
|
59
|
|
|
21.7.
|
Counterparts
|
|
59
|
|
|
21.8.
|
Governing Law;
No Third Party Rights
|
|
59
|
|
|
21.9.
|
Counterpart
Facsimile Execution
|
|
59
|
|
|
21.10.
|
No Other
Agreements
|
|
59
|
|
|
21.11.
|
Negotiated
Transaction
|
|
59
|
|
|
21.12.
|
Waiver of
Punitive and Exemplary Damages
|
|
59
|
|
|
21.13.
|
Incorporation By
Reference
|
|
60
|
|
|
21.14.
|
Statutory
Notice-Insurance
|
|
60
|
vi
|
|
21.15.
|
Statutory
NoticeOral Commitments
|
|
60
|
vii
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
AGREEMENT FOR WHOLESALE FINANCING
In consideration of the
mutual agreements herein and other sufficient consideration, the receipt of
which is hereby acknowledged, TITAN MACHINERY INC., a Delaware corporation
(referred to as Borrower or the Borrower or Parent), and GE COMMERCIAL
DISTRIBUTION FINANCE CORPORATION (Lender) (and its successors and assigns),
agree as follows:
1. Effective Date. This Agreement is effective March 12,
2010.
2. Amendment and Restatement; Reaffirmation. This Agreement is an amendment and
restatement of that certain Agreement for Wholesale Financing, dated June 29,
2004, by and between Borrower and GE Commercial Distribution Finance
Corporation (the Initial AWF) which was amended and restated in its entirety
by that certain Amended and Restated Amendment to Agreement for Wholesale
Financing dated December 16, 2009 by and among Borrower, and GE Commercial
Distribution Finance Corporation as administrative agent and as sole lender
(together with all subsequent amendments and modifications, the Prior AWF),
which Prior AWF is hereby amended and restated in its entirety and replaced
with this Agreement in its entirety.
This Agreement is not a novation of the Prior AWF.
This Agreement does not extinguish
the obligations for the payment of money outstanding under the Initial AWF, the
Prior AWF, or the Existing Loan Documents, or discharge or release the Loan
Obligations under, and as defined in, the Prior AWF or the Security Interests
or priority of Lenders Security Interests in the Collateral (as defined in the
Prior AWF), including any Existing Loan Document. Nothing herein contained shall be construed
as a substitution or novation of the Loan Obligations outstanding under, and as
defined in, the Prior AWF or instruments securing the same, which shall remain
in full force and effect, except as modified hereby or by instruments executed
concurrently herewith. Nothing expressed
or implied in this Agreement shall be construed as a release or other discharge
of any Covered Person under the Initial AWF, the Prior AWF, any Existing Loan
Document or any other Loan Document.
Each Existing Loan Document, including to the extent amended hereby, to
which it is a party is, and shall continue to be, in full force and effect and
is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.
The Borrower hereby unconditionally reaffirms,
covenants, represents, warrants, acknowledges and confirms that (i) the
Borrower has no defenses to its obligations under the Initial AWF, the Prior
AWF, the Existing Loan Documents, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents
arising out of or relating to any facts or circumstances existing on or before
the date hereof, known or unknown, to the Borrower or any Covered Person, (ii) as
of the date hereof, the Borrower has no claim against Administrative Agent (as
defined in the Prior AWF), CDF (as defined in the Prior AWF), or Lender arising
from or in connection with the Prior AWF, the Existing Loan Documents, this
Agreement or the other Loan Documents and any AND
ALL SUCH CLAIMS ARE WAIVED, RELEASED AND
DISCHARGED FOREVER (the foregoing is not intended to waive any
manifest errors in the Administrative Agents or any Lenders records with
respect to the Loan Obligations), (iii) each of Existing Loan Documents
and each of the Loan Documents is hereby reaffirmed without qualification and
is and remains in full force and effect except that on and after the Effective
Date all references in any such Loan Document to the Loan Agreement, the
Credit Agreement, thereto, thereof, thereunder or words of like import
referring to the Prior AWF shall mean the Prior AWF as amended and restated by
and into this Agreement and therefore this Agreement, and constitutes the
legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower enforceable against the
Borrower in accordance with their terms, except to the extent that the
enforceability thereof against the Borrower may be limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency or other laws affecting the enforceability of creditors rights
generally or by equity
principles of general application, and (iv) the
Security Interests granted by the Borrower in favor of the Administrative Agent
(as defined in the Prior AWF), CDF (as defined in the Prior AWF) or Lender
under the Initial AWF, the Prior AWF and the Existing Loan Documents secure all
the Loan Obligations hereunder, are perfected, continue in full force and
effect, and have the same priority as before this Agreement.
3. Assignment. Simultaneously with the effectiveness hereof,
Administrative Agent (as such term is defined in the Prior AWF) hereby assigns
and transfers to Lender, and Lender hereby accepts, all of Administrative Agents
rights in and to the Collateral (as defined in the Prior AWF), and under and
with respect to any landlord consents, control agreements, pledge agreements
and security agreements.
4. Definitions; Rules of
Construction; Borrowing Agent; Patriot Act.
4.1. Listed Definitions. Capitalized words defined in the Glossary and Index of
Defined Terms attached hereto as Exhibit 4.1 shall have such defined
meanings wherever used in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
4.2. Other Definitions. If a capitalized word in this Agreement is not defined in the
Glossary and Index of Defined Terms, it shall have such meaning as defined
elsewhere herein, or if not defined elsewhere herein, the meaning defined in
the UCC.
4.3. References to Borrower. In the event that there is more than one Person who is a
Borrower hereunder, then the words a Borrower, any Borrower, each Borrower
and every Borrower refer to such Borrower, both separately and collectively,
as though each such entity were actually listed, and its Obligations and
liabilities (including, without limitation, the Loan Obligations) under the
Loan Documents are joint and several in all respects.
4.4. References to Covered Person. The words Covered Person, a Covered Person, any Covered
Person, each Covered Person and every Covered Person refer to Borrower and
each of their currently existing or later acquired, created or organized
Subsidiaries separately. The words Covered
Persons refers to Borrower and their currently existing or later acquired,
created or organized Subsidiaries collectively.
4.5. Accounting Terms. Unless the context otherwise requires, accounting terms
herein that are not defined herein shall be determined under GAAP. All financial measurements contemplated
hereunder respecting Borrower shall be made and calculated for Borrower and all
of their now existing or later acquired, created or organized Subsidiaries, if
any, on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP unless expressly provided
otherwise herein.
4.6. Meaning of Satisfactory. Whenever herein a document or matter is required to be
satisfactory to Lender, unless expressly stated otherwise such document must be
reasonably satisfactory to Lender in both form and substance, and unless
expressly stated otherwise Lender shall have the commercially reasonable
discretion to determine whether the document or matter is satisfactory.
4.7. Computation of Time Periods. In computing or defining periods of time from a specified
date to a later specified date, and in computing the accrual of interest or
fees, the word from shall mean from and including and the words to and until
shall each mean to but excluding.
Periods of days referred to in this Agreement shall be counted in
calendar days unless Business Days are expressly prescribed, and references in
this Agreement to months and years are to calendar months and calendar years
unless otherwise specified.
2
4.8. General. Unless the context of this Agreement clearly requires
otherwise: (i) references to the plural include the singular and vice versa;
(ii) references to any Person include such Persons successors and assigns
but, if applicable, only if such successors and assigns are permitted by this
Agreement; (iii) references to one
gender include all genders; (iv) including is not limiting; (v) or has the inclusive meaning
represented by the phrase and/or; (vi) the words hereof, herein, hereby,
hereunder and similar terms in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a
whole, including its Exhibits, and not to any particular provision of this
Agreement; (vii) the word Section
or section and Page or page refer to a section or page, respectively, of,
and the word Exhibit refers to an Exhibit to, this Agreement unless
it expressly refers to something else; (viii) reference to any agreement,
document, or instrument (including this Agreement and any other Loan Document
or other agreement, document or instrument defined herein), means such
agreement, document, or instrument as amended, modified, restated and/or
replaced and in effect from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof
and, if applicable, the terms hereof, and includes all attachments thereto and
documents incorporated therein, if any; (ix) general and specific
references to any Law means such Law as amended, modified, codified or
reenacted, in whole or in part, and in effect from time to time; and (x) unless
otherwise expressly modified, the word anniversary shall refer to the annual
observance of such an event on that date in following years. Section captions and the Table of
Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation or
construction of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.
4.9. Patriot Act Notification. Lender hereby notifies the Borrowers and each other Covered
Person that, pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, Title III of
Pub. L. 107-56, signed into law October 26, 2001 (as amended from time to
time (including any successor statute) and together with all rules promulgated
thereunder, collectively, the Act), it is required to obtain, verify and
record information that identifies the Borrowers and each other Covered Person,
which information includes the name and address of the Borrowers and each other
Covered Person and other information that will allow Lender to identify the
Borrowers and each other Covered Person in accordance with the Act.
5. Lenders Credit
Facilities. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, and in reliance upon the
Representations and Warranties:
5.1. Floorplan Loan Facility.
5.1.1. Floorplan Loan Facility
Generally. Lender
shall, subject to the terms and limitations in this Section 5.1, and
elsewhere herein, make available to Borrower a Floorplan Loan Facility that
is initially Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000) but which may increase from
time to time as provided herein. No
Floorplan Loan Advance will be made which would result in the sum of the
Floorplan Loan and all unfunded Approvals, exceeding the Floorplan Loan
Facility. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, payments and prepayments that
are applied to reduce the Floorplan Loan may be reborrowed through subsequent
Floorplan Loan Advances, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement
and the Loan Documents. The Floorplan Loan Facility is not a commitment to
lend or advance funds but is a discretionary facility. From and after the date on which Lender has
actual knowledge of an Event of Default under Section 17.1.1 or under Section 17.1.11
(whether or not any time periods referenced therein have expired), in Lenders
sole and absolute discretion, no further Approvals will be issued, and except,
in Lenders sole and absolute discretion, with respect to existing unfunded
Approvals, no further Floorplan Loan Advances shall be made. From and after the date on which Lender has
actual knowledge of any other Event of Default, no further Approvals will be
3
issued if Lender so chooses in its
sole and absolute discretion to no longer issue Approvals.
5.1.2. Operation of Floorplan Loan
Facility. Subject to
the terms of this Agreement, the Floorplan Loan Facility will be used by
Borrower from time to time to purchase new and used Inventory from vendors
approved by Lender in its sole and absolute discretion (Vendors) or to
refinance such Vendors original purchase financing with Borrower, to finance or
refinance new Inventory owned by Borrower, or to finance or refinance used
Inventory, in each case as approved by Lender in its sole and absolute
discretion.
5.1.3. Floorplan Loan Approvals. A request from a Vendor (with respect to a Borrower) to
Lender to fund Floorplan Inventory will be deemed to be a request from the
Borrower for a Floorplan Loan Advance.
5.1.4. Inventory not Available for Floorplan
Loans. Only Vendors
approved by Lender will be eligible to receive proceeds of the Floorplan Loan
Facility. Lender may, at any time and
without notice to Borrower, elect not to finance any Inventory sold by
particular Vendors, including any Vendors who are in default of their
obligations to Lender, or with respect to which Lender deems itself insecure,
or any Inventory or Proceeds thereof in which another Person has a Security
Interest other than a Permitted Security Interest. Except with respect to Approvals issued by
Lender on or before the Floorplan Loan Maturity Date or before termination as
set forth in Section 5.1.8 which such Approvals may be funded in Lenders
sole and absolute discretion, Lender shall not be obligated to fund any
Floorplan Loan Advances after the Floorplan Loan Maturity Date or after the
Floorplan Loan Facility has been terminated.
5.1.5. New Inventory. If Borrower provides to Lender a written
request to finance (Advance Request) an item or items of new Inventory (which
is or was equipment acquired from the original equipment manufacturer or its
distributor, and which has not been sold before), then Lender may approve some
or all such new Inventory for financing under the Floorplan Loan Facility,
subject to the following conditions or requirements: (i) Lender may, in its discretion,
advance up to 85% of Borrowers purchase price for such equipment if the
Advance is made within twelve months of the original invoice date for such
equipment and such equipment has been used less than 100 hours; (ii) Lender
may, in its discretion, for new equipment not satisfying the conditions in (i) above,
advance up to the lesser of 85% of (A) the Borrowers purchase price of
any such new equipment Inventory, or (B) the price for such equipment
listed in Green Guide Quick Sale, Farm Equipment Guide Quick Sale or other
similar guides as Lender may select in its sole discretion, as necessary, with
respect to such new equipment Inventory; and (iii) such other conditions
or requirements as Lender may impose in its sole discretion. Lender shall notify Borrower if it approves
or disapproves of financing any new Inventory under the Floorplan Loan
Facility. Any new Inventory financed
under the Floorplan Loan Facility shall be amortized by Borrower over 48 months
for light equipment Inventory (for example, attachments, compact equipment,
trailers and lift equipment Inventory) or over 54 months for heavy equipment
Inventory (for example, dozers, excavators, loaders, combines, and tractors);
provided, however that the 48/54 month principal amortization payments shall
commence, in each case, six months following the Advance with respect to such
equipment (unless such Inventory shall be leased by Borrower to another Person
in which case the amortization payments shall begin immediately) and shall be
level monthly principal payments.
4
5.1.6. Used Inventory. If Borrower provides to Lender an Advance
Request with respect to an item or items of used Inventory (which is equipment
not acquired from the original equipment manufacturer or its distributor, and
which has been sold before) together with a written report acceptable to Lender
and in such detail as requested by Lender describing the condition of each item
of such used Inventory, then Lender may approve some or all such used Inventory
for financing under the Floorplan Loan Facility, subject to the following
conditions or requirements: (i) Lender
may, in its discretion, advance up to the lesser of 85% of (A) the
Borrowers purchase price of any such used Inventory or (B) the price for
such used equipment listed in Green Guide Quick Sale, Farm Equipment Guide
Quick Sale or other similar guides as Lender may select in its sole discretion,
with respect to any such used Inventory, (ii) Lender or its designee shall
have had the opportunity to physically inspect each such item of used Inventory
and approved each such item of used Inventory for financing under the Floorplan
Loan Facility, and (iii) such other conditions or requirements as Lender
may impose in its sole discretion.
Lender shall notify Borrower if it approves or disapproves of financing
any used Inventory under the Floorplan Loan Facility. Any used Inventory financed under the
Floorplan Loan Facility shall be amortized by Borrower over 36 months for light
equipment Inventory (see Section 5.1.5 above) or over 48 months for heavy
equipment Inventory (see Section 5.1.5 above), provided, however, the age
of the used Inventory plus the amortization of such used Inventory cannot
exceed (i) eight years for light equipment Inventory; (ii) ten years
for heavy equipment Inventory; and (iii) three years for any equipment
Inventory considered forestry equipment Inventory.
5.1.7. Requirements for Every Advance
Request. Subject
to the terms of Section 11 and the other provisions of this Agreement,
with regards to Floorplan Loans requested by Borrower under Section 5.1.5
and Section 5.1.6, only an Advance Request (which shall be in writing in
the form specified by Lender from time to time and mailed, sent via email from
a Borrowing Officer with such email containing a signed PDF copy of such duly
signed request, personally delivered or telecopied as provided herein) from a
Borrowing Officer to Lender that specifies the amount of the Advance to be
made, the Advance Date, the new or used Inventory to be financed, the Vendor,
and such other information as Lender shall request from time to time, shall be
treated as a request for an Advance. No
Advance Date for any requested Advance may be other than a Business Day and a
request for an Advance must be given prior to 11:00 a.m., Local Time, two
Business Days prior to the Advance Date for such Advance. Subject to the terms of Section 11 and
the other provisions of this Agreement, Floorplan Loan Advances will be funded
in accordance with Lenders procedures.
5.1.8. Termination of Floorplan Loan
Facility. The
Floorplan Loan Facility is a discretionary facility and may be terminated by
Lender with respect to any future Floorplan Loans which have not been funded
(whether or not an Approval has been issued) at any time by Lender upon written
notice to the Borrower in accordance with this Section 5.1.8. In addition to any other rights and remedies
that Lender may have in this Agreement, including, without limitation, if there
is an Existing Default and all rights and remedies set forth in Section 17.3
and in this Section, Lender may, at any time, whether or not there is an
Existing Default, elect to terminate the Floorplan Loan Facility, and Borrower
agrees that if there is no Existing Default, sixty (60) days prior notice
of termination is reasonable and sufficient (although this provision shall not
be construed to mean that shorter periods may not, in particular circumstances,
also be reasonable and sufficient) and Lender will continue to fund Advances
for Approvals issued on or before the expiration of such sixty (60) day period
and repayment shall be in immediately
5
available funds in accordance with
the applicable Transaction Statement and billing statement. Borrower will not be relieved from any
obligation to Lender arising out of Floorplan Loans made before the effective
termination date of the Floorplan Loan Facility or made after the effective
termination date of the Floorplan Loan Facility in connection with Approvals
issued on or before such effective termination date. Notwithstanding a termination of the
Floorplan Loan Facility, Lender will retain all of its rights, interests and
remedies hereunder and in all Collateral until Borrower has made Payment in
Full. The effective date of the
termination of the Floorplan Loan Facility in accordance with this Section 5.1.8
shall be deemed the Floorplan Termination Date.
5.1.9. Repurchase Agreements. Lender may enter into agreements with the Vendors who will be
receiving proceeds of the Floorplan Loan Facility (each being a Vendor
Agreement and collectively, the Vendor Agreements). Lender makes no representation or warranty
regarding the Vendor Agreements, including, without limitation regarding the
enforceability thereof, whether any particular item of Inventory purchased by
Borrower is subject to repurchase rights, or any repurchase rights that may be
set forth therein. Borrower acknowledges
and agrees that Lender may take or refrain from taking any actions under or in
connection with the Vendor Agreements in Lenders commercially reasonable
judgment.
5.1.10. Existing Transaction Statements and
Approvals. Pursuant to
each of the Prior AWFs, Transaction Statements and Approvals may have been
issued by CDF (as such term is defined thereunder) or Administrative Agent (as
such term is defined thereunder) in
favor of Borrower which remain outstanding.
Simultaneously with the execution and delivery by Borrower of this
Agreement, all outstanding Transaction Statements and Approvals under the Prior
AWFs shall be deemed to have been ratified by and re-issued under this
Agreement. To the extent a Transaction
Statement represents an outstanding advance under the Prior AWFs, the same
shall be deemed the initial Floorplan Loan Advance under the Floorplan Loan
Facility, without further action on the part of Borrower, Lender or any Vendor.
5.1.11. LKE Inventory. No Inventory financed by a Floorplan Loan shall be subject to
a like-kind exchange, unless such Inventory is paid for in full prior to being
subject to any like-kind exchange.
5.2. Increase in Floorplan Loan Facility.
5.2.1. The Borrower may, at its option at any time and from time to
time before the Floorplan Loan Maturity Date, on no more than two occasions (or
more occasions at Lenders discretion) at anytime on or before the Termination
Date, seek to increase the Floorplan Loan Facility by up to an aggregate amount
not exceeding One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000.00) upon written notice
to Lender (which notice shall specify the amount of any such incremental
increase), and any such notice shall be delivered at a time when no Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing.
Lender may sell participations to such financial institutions as Lender
may choose in its sole discretion to fund any such incremental increase. There
is no commitment by Lender to provide any such incremental increase.
5.2.2. No increase in the Floorplan Loan Facility shall become
effective until: (1) Lender has, in its sole discretion agreed to such
increase stating the amount of the Floorplan Loan Facility increase and has
obtained credit approval for such increase, (2) the Borrower accepts in
writing such increased facility amount in writing, as the case
6
may be; (3) Borrower shall
have delivered to Lender such amendments, certificates and other agreement as
Lender may request in its sole discretion, (4) Borrower shall have
delivered to Lender an opinion of Borrowers outside counsel in form and
substance satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion, (5) if Lender
chooses to sell participations, Lender shall have entered into participations
agreements with third party financial institutions acceptable to it in its sole
discretion, and (6) Borrower has agreed in writing to pay any fee required
by Lender in connection with such increase.
Any such amendments to the Loan Documents and any such fees payable by Borrower
shall be agreed to in writing by Borrower.
5.3. Termination.
5.3.1. At any time an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, Lender may, without notice or demand to Borrowers or any other
Covered Person, terminate the Floorplan Loan Facility, accelerate the Loan
Obligations or take such other actions as they may have hereunder (including Section 17.3),
the other Loan Documents or at law or at equity.
5.3.2. Borrower may at any time terminate Floorplan Loan Facility by
giving written notice to Lender if and only if Borrower repays in full and in
cash all of the Loan Obligations within 60 days of Lenders receipt of such
notice, including Floorplan Loan Advances that may be made with respect to any
Approval issued during such 60 day period, and such termination shall be
effective on or before the end of such 60 day period. Notwithstanding a termination, Lender will
retain all of its rights, interests and remedies hereunder and in all
Collateral until Payment in Full.
5.3.3. Subject to the terms hereof, within five business days of
Borrowers request (which Borrower may request at any time), Lender shall
provide a written payoff letter in form and content acceptable to Lender
setting forth the amount required to be paid (or cash collateralized in the
case of Approvals) for Payment in Full (subject to per diem amounts, additional
Advances made or Approvals given or payments received after the date thereof,
together with all fees, costs and expenses owing to Lender hereunder and the
other Loan Documents), which letter shall provide that Lender agrees to release
the Security Interest granted hereunder upon Payment in Full in same day funds
of such amount.
6. Interest; Yield Protection.
6.1. Interest on the Floorplan Loan.
6.1.1. The term Three Month LIBOR with respect to any Transaction
Statement, shall have the following meaning, regardless of any other definition
that may appear in a Transaction Statement from time to time: the term Three
Month LIBOR in such Transaction Statement shall mean, for any calendar month
the Three Month LIBOR Rate published in the Money Rates column of the Wall
Street Journal on the first Business Day of such month. After Maturity or
upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, and if
Lender so determines in its absolute discretion, Indebtedness under each
Transaction Statement shall bear interest at the default or post-maturity rate
described therein (but not greater than at the rate which would otherwise apply
under such Transaction Statement plus 2.0%).
In the event no default or post-maturity rate is specified in any
Transaction Statement, then after Maturity or upon the occurrence and during
the continuance of an Event of Default, and if Lender so determines in its
absolute
7
discretion, the Indebtedness under
such Transaction Statement shall bear interest at the rate which would
otherwise apply under such Transaction Statement plus 2.0%.
6.1.2. Borrower and Lender agrees that certain financial terms of
any Floorplan Loan Advance made under this Agreement, whether regarding finance
charges, other fees, maturities, curtailments or other financial terms, are not
set forth herein because such terms depend, in part, upon the availability of
Vendor discounts, payment terms or other incentives, prevailing economic
conditions, Lenders floorplanning volume with Borrower and with Borrowers
Vendors, and other economic factors which may vary over time. Borrower, and Lender further agree that it is
therefore in their mutual best interest to set forth in this Agreement only the
general terms of the Floorplan Loan Facility. Upon agreeing to finance a
particular item of Inventory for Borrower, Lender will send Borrower a
transaction statement identifying such Inventory and the applicable financial
terms (each being a Transaction Statement).
Lender may change any aspect or portion of any Transaction
Statement. Unless Borrower notifies
Lender in writing of any objection within thirty (30) days after the earlier to
occur of the date a Transaction Statement is made available to Borrower or the
date a Transaction Statement is sent to Borrower: (a) the amount shown on such Transaction
Statement will be an account stated; (b) Borrower will have agreed to all
rates, charges and other terms shown on such Transaction Statement; (c) Borrower
will have agreed that Lender is financing the items of Inventory referenced in
such Transaction Statement at Borrowers request; and (d) such Transaction
Statement will be incorporated herein by reference, will be made a part hereof
as if originally set forth herein, and will constitute an addendum hereto. If Borrower objects to the terms of any
Transaction Statement, Borrower agrees to pay Lender for such Inventory in
accordance with the most recent terms for similar Inventory to which Borrower
has not objected (or, if there are no prior terms, at the lesser of the then
agreed upon rate between Lender and Borrower as set forth in any Interest Rate
and Fee Letter and 16.00% per annum or at the maximum lawful contract rate of
interest permitted under applicable law).
6.1.3. Borrower will pay the interest, fees, and finance charges to
Lender on the outstanding principal amount of the Floorplan Loans,
respectively, at the rate(s) and in the amount(s) shown on the
applicable Transaction Statement, unless Borrower objects thereto as provided
in Section 6.1.2. All such amounts
(whether interest, fees or late charges, but excluding principal) due and owing
as set forth in each Transaction Statements shall be retained by Lender. The finance charges attributable to the rate
shown on each Transaction Statement will:
(a) be computed based on a 360 day year; (b) be calculated by
multiplying the Daily Charge (as defined below) by the actual number of days in
the applicable billing period; and (c) accrue at the applicable interest
rate set forth in the applicable Transaction Statement (which such rate may be
zero percent for a period of time) from the invoice date of the Collateral identified
on such Transaction Statement until Lender receives full payment as provided in
this Agreement for each item of such Collateral. The Daily Charge is the product of the
Daily Rate (as defined below) multiplied by the Average Daily Balance (as defined
below). The Daily Rate is the quotient
of the annual rate shown on each Transaction Statement divided by 360, or the
monthly rate shown on each Transaction Statement divided by 30. The Average Daily Balance is the quotient
of (i) the sum of the outstanding principal under the Floor Plan Facility
on each day of a billing period for each item of Collateral identified on a
Transaction Statement, divided by (ii) the actual number of days in such
billing period. With respect to the
Floorplan Loans, the annual percentage rate of the finance charges relating to
any item of Collateral financed thereby will be calculated from the invoice
8
date of such Collateral (which rate
may be zero percent for a period of time), regardless of any period during
which any finance charge subsidy shall be paid or payable by any third party.
6.1.4. Lender will send Borrower a monthly billing statement
identifying all charges, including any late fees assessed, due to Lender. The charges specified on each billing
statement will be (1) due and payable in full immediately on receipt, and (2) an
account stated, unless Lender receives Borrowers written objection thereto
within fifteen (15) days after it is transmitted or otherwise sent to Borrower.
If Lender does not receive, by the 25th day of any given month, payment of all
charges accrued to Borrowers account with Lender during the immediately
preceding month, Borrower will (to the extent allowed by law) pay Lender a late
fee equal to the greater of $5 or 5% of the amount of such charges (payment of
such fee does not waive the default caused by the late payment). Lender may
adjust the billing statement at any time to conform to applicable law and this
Agreement.
6.2. Interest on Floorplan Loans. Borrower and Lender acknowledges and agrees that the rate of
return paid on any Floorplan Loan is dependent on numerous factors, including
discounts and subsidies offered by the Vendors.
6.3. Adjusted LIBOR Rate. The Adjusted LIBOR Rate for any LIBOR Loan is the
Three-Month LIBOR Rate plus the LIBOR Increment. The LIBOR Increment shall be the amount set
forth in the Interest Rate and Fee Letter and defined therein as the LIBOR
Increment. The interest rate paid by
Borrower on the Floorplan Loan is the interest rate described in each
Transaction Statement, as provided in Section 6.1.
6.4. Time of Accrual. Interest shall accrue on all principal amounts outstanding
from the date when first outstanding to the date when no longer
outstanding. Amounts shall be deemed
outstanding until payments are applied thereto as provided herein.
6.5. Computation. Interest shall be computed for the actual days elapsed over a
year deemed to consist of 360 days for all LIBOR Loans. The Three-Month LIBOR Rate will be determined
by Lender before the initial Advance on the Effective Date and with respect to
LIBOR Loans, and on the first Business Day of each calendar month
thereafter. Interest rates that are
based on the Three-Month LIBOR Rate shall be effective for the entire calendar
month for which such rate is determined.
6.6. Rate After Maturity and Rate After An Event
of Default. The default
rate on the Floorplan Loans is described in Section 6.1.1.
6.7. Taxes.
6.7.1. Any and all payments by the Borrower to or for the account of
Lender hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear
of and without deduction for any and all present or future Taxes, excluding,
in the case of Lender, Taxes imposed on its income, and franchise Taxes imposed
on it, by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the
laws of which Lender (or its Applicable Lending Office) is organized or any
political subdivision thereof. If the Borrower
shall be required by Law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum
payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to Lender, (i) the
sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required
deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under
this Section) Lender receives an amount equal to the
9
sum it would have received had no
such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions, (iii) the
Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority
or other authority in accordance with applicable Law, and (iv) the
Borrower shall furnish to Lender , at its address referred to herein, the
original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof or other
evidence satisfactory to Lender .
6.7.2. In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay any and all present
or future stamp or documentary taxes and any other excise or property taxes or
charges or similar levies which arise from any payment made under this
Agreement or any other Loan Document or from the execution or delivery of, or
otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document
(hereinafter referred to as Impositions), except income Taxes and franchise
Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction referred to in Section 6.7.1.
6.7.3. The Borrower agrees to indemnify Lender for the full amount
of Taxes and Impositions (including, without limitation, any Taxes or
Impositions imposed or asserted by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under
this Section) that are required to be paid by the Borrower hereunder but are
paid by Lender and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses)
arising therefrom or with respect thereto; provided, however, that Lender shall
not have any obligation to pay any such Taxes, Impositions or other liability.
6.7.4. Within thirty (30) days after the date of any payment of
Taxes described in this Section 6.7, the Borrower shall furnish to Lender
the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing such payment or other
evidence of payment satisfactory to v.
6.7.5. Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of
the Borrower hereunder, the agreements and obligations of the Borrower
contained in this Section shall survive the termination of the Floorplan
Loan Facility and the payment in full in cash of the Loan Obligations.
6.8. Compensation for Increased Costs and
Reduced Returns; Capital Adequacy.
6.8.1. If, after the date hereof, Lender shall have reasonably
determined that the adoption of any applicable Law regarding capital adequacy
or any change therein or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any
Governmental Authority, central bank, or comparable agency charged with the
interpretation or administration thereof, or any request or directive regarding
capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such
Governmental Authority, central bank, or comparable agency, has or would have
the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of Lender or any
corporation controlling Lender as a consequence of Lenders obligations
hereunder to a level below that which Lender or such corporation could have
achieved but for such adoption, change, request, or directive (taking into
consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to
time upon demand the Borrower shall pay to Lender such additional amount or
amounts as will reasonably compensate Lender for such reduction.
6.8.2. Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower of any event of
which it has knowledge, occurring after the date hereof, which will entitle
Lender to compensation pursuant to this Section and will designate a
different Applicable Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need
for, or reduce the amount of, such compensation and will not, in the judgment
of Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to it.
If Lender is claiming compensation under this Section it shall
furnish to the Borrower a statement setting forth the additional amount or
amounts to be paid to it hereunder which shall be conclusive in
10
the absence of manifest error. In determining such amount, Lender may use
any reasonable averaging and attribution methods. Lender agrees, with respect to the provisions
of this Section, to treat Borrower in a manner substantially similar to that of
its other similarly situated customers.
6.9. Usury. Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary in Section 6
or elsewhere in any of the Loan Documents, Borrower shall not be obligated to
pay interest at a rate which exceeds the maximum rate permitted by Law. If, but for this Section 6.9, Borrower
would be deemed obligated to pay interest at a rate which exceeds the maximum
rate permitted by Law, or if any of the Loan Obligations is paid or becomes
payable before its originally scheduled Maturity and as a result Borrower has
paid or would be obligated to pay interest at such an excessive rate, then (i) Borrower
shall not be obligated to pay interest to the extent it exceeds the interest
that would be payable at the maximum rate permitted by Law; (ii) if the
outstanding Loan Obligations have not been accelerated as provided in Section 17.3.2,
any such excess interest that has been paid by Borrower shall be refunded; (iii) if
the outstanding Loan Obligations have been accelerated as provided in Section 17.3.2,
any such excess that has been paid by Borrower shall be applied to the Loan
Obligations as provided in Section 17.4; and (iv) the effective rate
of interest shall be deemed automatically reduced to the maximum rate permitted
by Law.
7. Payments.
7.1. Scheduled Payments on Loans; Applications
to Loans.
7.1.1. Interest. Borrower shall pay to Lender , all interest, fees and charges
accrued on the Floorplan Loan in accordance with the Transaction Statements.
7.1.2. Principal. Borrower will immediately pay Lender the principal
indebtedness owed Lender on each item of Collateral financed by Lender (as
shown on the Transaction Statement identifying such Collateral) under the
Floorplan Loan Facility on the earliest occurrence of any of the following
events: (a) when such Collateral is
(i) lost, (ii) stolen, or (iii) damaged and no longer
merchantable; (b) in strict accordance with any curtailment schedule for such
Collateral (as shown on the Transaction Statement identifying such Collateral);
(c) for Collateral financed under Scheduled Payment Program (SPP) terms
(as shown on the Transaction Statement identifying such Collateral), or in
accordance with Sections 5.1.5 or 5.1.6, in strict accordance with the
installment payment schedule; and (d) when otherwise required under the
terms of any financing program agreed to in writing by the Borrower
Lender. Any third party discount,
rebate, subsidy, bonus or credit granted to Borrower for any Collateral will
not reduce the Loan Obligations until Lender has received payment as provided
in this Agreement. The Floorplan
Shortfall, if any, will remain in effect, until the next determination of the
Floorplan Shortfall by Lender. Lender
may determine the Floorplan Shortfall as often as it chooses in its sole
discretion. Borrower shall pay all
amounts owing to Lender under the Floorplan Loan Facility as set forth herein
and in the Transaction Statement.
7.1.3. Maturity. Borrower shall repay the entire amount of the Floorplan Loan
on the Floorplan Termination Date or as specified elsewhere in this Agreement
(such date being, the Floorplan Loan Maturity Date), plus cash collateral
equal to 100% of any unfunded Approvals, in which case such Approvals shall be
otherwise paid in accordance with the applicable Transaction Statements.
11
7.2. Prepayments.
7.2.1. Voluntary
Prepayments. Subject to
the limitations in the following sentences, except for mandatory prepayments
and funds received by Lender as contemplated by Section 7.1, Borrower may
wholly prepay any Floorplan Loan at any time and may make a partial prepayment
thereon from time to time, without penalty or premium if Borrower pays any
amount that is due as a consequence of the prepayment of any LIBOR Loan and as
otherwise provided for in this Agreement.
All such prepayments, unless otherwise expressly stated in writing by
Borrower to Lender prior to the making of such prepayment, will be deemed made
on the Floorplan Loan until it is reduced to zero (with, in each case, the
payment of any and all penalties and premiums due hereunder in connection
therewith), and will be applied by Lender to reduce the Floorplan Loans.
7.2.2. Mandatory
Prepayments. On any date
that the sum of the Floorplan Loans plus unfunded Approvals exceeds the
Floorplan Loan Facility, then the Borrower shall, on such date, pay such excess
to Lender and failure to pay such excess on such date shall be an immediate
Event of Default. In addition, on any
date that the sum of the Floorplan Loans, the unfunded Approvals, and the
Floorplan Shortfall exceeds the Floorplan Inventory Value, then the Borrower
shall immediately make a payment of the amount of such excess to Lender and
failure to pay such excess on such date shall be an immediate Event of Default.
7.2.3. Other Mandatory Prepayments.
7.2.3.1. Insurance Proceeds. All Insurance Proceeds relative to the Personal Property
Collateral shall be deposited with Lender and shall be applied by Lender to the
Loan Obligations. Lender is hereby
authorized to participate in any proceeding for the condemnation or other
taking of any of Borrowers Personal Property Collateral and Borrower from time
to time will deliver to Lender all instruments reasonably requested by Lender
to permit such participation.
Every prepayment under this Section shall be applied to
reduce the Floorplan Loans to zero.
7.3. Manner of Payments and Timing of Application of
Payments.
7.3.1. Payment
Requirement. Unless
expressly provided to the contrary elsewhere herein, Borrower shall make each
payment on the Loan Obligations to Lender as required under the Loan Documents
at the Applicable Lending Office of Lender on the date when due, without
deduction, set-off or counterclaim (provided, however, the making of such
payment shall not constitute a waiver by Borrower of counterclaims arising from
the willful misconduct or gross negligence of Lender). All such payments will be applied to the Loan
Obligations as provided herein.
7.3.2. Application
of Payments and Proceeds. All
immediately available funds collected at or before 12:00 noon (Local Time)
on a Business Day, will be applied to the Loan Obligations as provided
herein. Such funds received on a day
that is not a Business Day, or if on a Business Day, after 12:00 noon
(Local Time), will be deemed received on the immediately following Business
Day, and applied to the Loan Obligations as provided herein. The amount so received Lender will be applied
by Lender to the relevant Loan Obligation on the Business Day when received. Borrower will also pay to
12
Lender , such fees as Lender generally charges its customers
for each check returned unpaid for insufficient funds (an NSF check) (such
payment repays Lenders estimated administrative costs; it does not waive any
Default or Event of Default caused by the NSF check).
7.3.3. Interest
Calculation. Interest
shall begin accruing, and be owing and payable on an Advance on the day such
Advance is made by Lender (provided, however, that interest on the Floorplan
Loan shall begin accruing on the date of the applicable invoice, as provided in
the applicable Transaction Statement at the applicable rate set forth therein
(which rate may be zero percent for a period of time)). Section 7.3.2 notwithstanding, for
purposes of interest calculation only, (i) a payment by check, draft or
other instrument received on a Business Day shall be deemed to have been
applied to the relevant Loan Obligation on the third following Business Day, (ii) a
payment received by ACH (Automatic Clearing House) received on a Business Day
shall be deemed to have been applied to the relevant Loan Obligation on the
same Business Day, and (iii) a payment received by wire transfer received
on a Business Day shall be deemed to have been applied to the relevant Loan
Obligation on the Business Day when it is received. Borrower acknowledges that payments in cash
on the Loan Obligations will not be accepted by Lender.
7.4. Returned
Instruments. If a
payment is made by check, draft or other instrument and the check, draft or
other instrument is returned unpaid, any application of the payment to the Loan
Obligations will be reversed and will be treated as never having been made.
7.5. Compelled Return
of Payments or Proceeds. If Lender
is for any reason compelled to surrender any payment or any proceeds of the
Collateral because such payment or the application of such proceeds is for any
reason invalidated, declared fraudulent, set aside, or determined to be void or
voidable as a preference, an impermissible set-off, or a diversion of trust
funds, then this Agreement and the Loan Obligations to which such payment or
proceeds was applied or intended to be applied shall be revived as if such
application was never made; and Borrower shall be liable to pay to Lender, and
shall indemnify Lender for and hold Lender harmless from any loss with respect
to, the amount of such payment or proceeds surrendered. This Section shall be effective
notwithstanding any contrary action that Lender may take in reliance upon its
receipt of any such payment or proceeds.
Any such contrary action so taken by Lender shall be without prejudice
to Lenders rights under this Agreement and shall be deemed to have been
conditioned upon the application of such payment or proceeds having become
final and indefeasible. The provisions
of this Section shall survive termination of the Floorplan Loan Facility
and the indefeasible payment and satisfaction of all of the Loan Obligations.
7.6. Due Dates Not on
Business Days. If any
payment required hereunder becomes due on a date that is not a Business Day,
then such due date shall be deemed automatically due on the preceding Business
Day.
8. Procedure for Obtaining Advances.
8.1. Initial
Advances. The manner
of disbursement shall be subject to Lenders approval. Lender will fund the initial Floorplan Loan
in accordance with its policies and procedures.
8.2. Subsequent
Floorplan Loan Advances. Lender will
fund subsequent Floorplan Loan in accordance with its policies and procedures
and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. No requested Floorplan Loan Advance shall
violate any provision of this Agreement, including, without limitation, 7.2.2.
13
8.2.1. Lenders Right to Make Other Certain Advances.
8.2.1.1. Payment of Loan Obligations. Lender shall have the right to make Advances at any time and
from time to time to cause timely payment of any of the Loan Obligations,
including without limitation, to pay any fees, interest or principal on the
Floorplan Loan, and to pay any other fees owing to Lender; provided, however,
with respect to third party fees, if there is no Existing Default, Lender shall
use its reasonable efforts to give prior notice to the Borrower of the payment
of any such fees from an Advance (but shall have no liability for its failure
to notify Borrower, and any such failure shall not give rise to a claim or
cause of action by Borrower against Lender).
If there is no Existing Default, Lender shall use reasonable efforts to
notify Borrower (but shall have no liability for its failure to notify Borrower
and such failure shall not give rise to a claim or cause of action by Borrower
Lender) on the day it makes an Advance to pay any interest owing
hereunder. Lender may select the Advance
Date for any such Advance, but such Advance Date may only be a Business
Day. Lender will give notice to Borrower
after any such Advance is made.
8.2.1.2. Payments to Other Creditors. If Lender becomes obligated to reimburse or pay to any
creditor of Borrower any amount in order to (i) obtain a release of such
creditors Security Interest in any of the Collateral, other than Permitted
Security Interests, or (ii) otherwise satisfy an Obligation of Borrower to
such creditor to the extent not indefeasibly satisfied by the initial Advances,
then Lender shall have the right (but shall have no obligation) to make
Advances for that purpose. Lender may
select the Advance Date for any such Advance, but such Advance Date may only be
a Business Day. Lender will give notice
to Borrower after any such Advance is made.
8.3. Disbursement. Provided that all conditions precedent herein to a requested
Advance have been satisfied, Lender will make the amount of such requested
Advance available to the appropriate Vendor or to Borrower, on the applicable
Advance Date in immediately available funds in Dollars at the Applicable
Lending Office.
8.4. Restrictions on
Advances. Advances
will only be made for the purposes permitted in Section 14.1.
8.5. Each Advance
Request a Certification. Each
submittal of a request for an Advance by a Borrowing Officer shall constitute a
certification by Borrower that (i) there is no Existing Default, (ii) all
conditions precedent hereunder to the making of the requested Advance have been
satisfied, and (iii) the Representations and Warranties are then true,
with such exceptions as have been disclosed to Lender in writing by the Covered
Person making such Representations and Warranties from time to time and are
satisfactory to Lender, and will be true on the Advance Date, as applicable, as
if then made with such exceptions.
8.6. Requirements for
Every Advance Request. Subject to
the terms of Section 11 and the other provisions of this Agreement,
Floorplan Loan Advances will be funded in accordance with Lenders procedures.
8.7. Exoneration of
Lender. Lender
shall not incur any liability to Borrower for treating a request that meets the
express requirements of Sections 8.6, as a request for an Advance Lender
believes in good faith that the Person making the request is a Borrowing
Officer of Borrowing
14
Agent. Lender shall
not incur any liability to Borrower for failing to treat any such request as a
request for an Advance Lender believes in good faith that the Person making the
request is not a Borrowing Officer of Borrowing Agent.
9. Security Interest in Personal Property
Collateral; Security.
9.1. Grant of Security Interest; Landlord Consents.
As security for the payment and performance of the Loan
Obligations, Borrower hereby grants to Lender, a first priority security
interest in all of the Personal Property Collateral. Borrower shall on the Execution Date and from
time to time thereafter execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered,
to Lender such additional security agreements and other security documents as
they relate to the Collateral as reasonably requested by Lender from time to
time, including, without limitation, the following documents, each in form and
substance satisfactory to Lender: with respect to any real property leased
(whether pursuant to a lease, bailment or otherwise) by Borrower or any other
Covered Person on which Collateral valued in excess of $50,000 is located,
whether on, prior to or after the Effective Date, Borrower shall cause to be
delivered to Lender such landlord consents and/or warehousemens letters as
Lender shall reasonably request.
10. Power of Attorney. Each Borrower hereby authorizes (and shall cause each other
Covered Person to do the same) Lender and irrevocably appoints Lender (acting
by any of its officers) as such Borrowers agent and attorney-in-fact (which
appointment is coupled with an interest and is therefore irrevocable) to do any
of the following until Payment in Full:
10.1. At any time while there is
an Existing Default, (i) demand payment of any Account that is Collateral;
(ii) enforce payment of any such Account by legal proceedings or
otherwise; (iii) exercise all of such Borrowers rights and remedies in
proceedings brought to collect any such Account; (iv) sell or assign any
such Account upon such terms, for such amount and at such time or times as
Lender deems advisable; (v) settle, adjust, compromise, extend or renew
any such Account; (vi) discharge and release any such Account; (vii) prepare,
file and sign such Borrowers name on any proof of claim in bankruptcy or other
similar documents against an Account Debtor with respect to such an Account; (viii) notify
the postal authorities of any change of the address for delivery of such
Borrowers mail to any address designated by Lender and open and process all
mail addressed to such Borrower; (ix) endorse such Borrowers name on any
verification of such Accounts and notices thereof to Account Debtors; (x) make
one or more Floorplan Loan Advances to pay the costs and expenses of any of the
foregoing; and (xi) do anything that Lender deems necessary in its
reasonable discretion to assure that the Loan Obligations are fully and
indefeasibly paid and satisfied in cash and that Borrower complies with each
covenant and agreement contained herein and in the other Loan Documents.
10.2. At any time while there is
an Existing Default, (i) take control in any manner of any item of payment
or proceeds of any Account that is Collateral; (ii) have access to any
lockbox or postal box into which such Borrowers mail is deposited; (iii) endorse
such Borrowers name upon any items of payment with respect to such Accounts
and deposit the same in the Cash Collateral Account and apply the proceeds thereof
to the Loan Obligations as provided herein; (iv) endorse such Borrowers
name upon any chattel paper, document, instrument, invoice, or similar document
or agreement relating to any Account that is Collateral or other item of the
Collateral; and (v) execute in such Borrowers name and on such Borrowers
behalf any financing statement or amendments thereto, or such mortgages, deeds
of trust or other security documents deemed necessary or appropriate by Lender
to assure the perfection or continued perfection of Lenders Security Interests
in the Collateral. If Lender by
exercising its rights in this Section
15
receives mail not containing Collateral, Lender will use its
reasonable efforts to return such mail to the Parent within three (3) Business
Days of its receipt thereof, provided however, Lender shall have no liability
for the failure to so return such mail unless such failure was willful.
The foregoing power of attorney and authorization shall be deemed
irrevocable, but shall be automatically revoked only upon Payment in Full.
11. Conditions of Lending.
11.1. Conditions to
Initial Advance. Lender will
have no obligation to fund the initial Floorplan Loan Advance or any subsequent
Floorplan Loan Advance unless the following conditions are satisfied or waived
by Lender:
11.1.1. Listed
Documents and Other Items. Lender
shall have received on or before the Effective Date all of the documents and
other items listed or described in Exhibit 11.1.1 hereto, with each being
satisfactory to Lender and (as applicable) duly executed and (also as
applicable) sealed, attested, acknowledged, certified, or authenticated.
11.1.2. Financial
Condition. Lender
shall have determined to its satisfaction that the Financial Statements of
Borrower for the period ended April 30, 2009 (the Initial Financial
Statements), and the projections of Borrowers financial condition, results of
operations, and cash flow statements of Borrower for the period ending as of January 31,
2010 (the Proforma Financial Statements, as furnished to Lender and other
information furnished to Lender by Borrower (i) for the periods ended on
or before the Effective Date, fairly and accurately reflect the business and
financial condition of Borrower, its cash flows and the results of its
operations for such periods in accordance with GAAP, and (ii) for the
periods that will end after the Effective Date, fairly forecast on a reasonable
basis and in Borrowers good faith the business and financial condition of
Borrower, its cash flows, and the results of its operations for such periods in
accordance with GAAP.
11.1.3. Default. There shall be no Existing Default and no Default or Event of
Default will occur as a result of such Advance being requested or made or the
application of the proceeds thereof.
11.1.4. Perfection
of Security Interests. Every
Security Interest required to be granted by Borrower to Lender under Section 9
shall have been perfected and shall be, except for Permitted Security Interests,
as otherwise satisfactory to Lender, a first priority Security Interest.
11.1.5. Representations
and Warranties. The
Representations and Warranties shall be true and correct, with such exceptions
as are set forth in the Disclosure Schedule.
11.1.6. Material
Adverse Change. Since the
date of the last audited Financial Statements delivered to Lender for the
period ending January 31, 2009, there shall not have been any change which
has had or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
11.1.7. Pending
Material Proceedings. There shall
be no pending Material Proceedings.
16
11.1.8. Payment
of Fees. Borrower
shall have paid and reimbursed to Lender all fees, costs and expenses that are
payable or reimbursable to Lender hereunder on or before the Effective Date.
11.1.9. Other
Items. Lender
shall have received such other consents, approvals, opinions, certificates,
documents or information as it reasonably deems necessary to issue an Approval
as necessary, including releases or intercreditor agreements acceptable to
Lender from any Person holding or purporting to hold a Security Interest in any
of the Collateral.
11.2. Conditions to
Subsequent Advances. Lender will
have no obligation to fund any Advance and after the initial Floorplan Loan
Advance, unless the following conditions are satisfied or waived by Lender:
11.2.1. General
Conditions. All of the
conditions to the initial Advances in Section 11.1 (except the condition
in Section 11.1.5) shall have been and shall remain satisfied.
11.2.2. Representations
and Warranties. The
Representations and Warranties are then true, with such exceptions as have been
disclosed to Lender in writing by Borrower or each Guarantor from time to time and
are satisfactory to Lender, and will be true as of the time of such Advance, as
if then made with such exceptions.
11.2.3. Approvals. With regards to a Floorplan Loan Advance, an Approval has
been issued by Lender.
11.2.4. Default. There shall be no Existing Default and no Default or Event of
Default will occur as a result of such Advance being requested or made or the
application of the proceeds thereof.
11.2.5. Releases
or Intercreditor Agreements. Releases
or intercreditor agreements acceptable to Lender from any Person holding or
purporting to hold a Security Interest in any of the Collateral.
12. Representations and Warranties. Except as otherwise described in the Disclosure Schedule
attached hereto as Exhibit 12 as updated from time to time pursuant to the
provisions hereof, Borrower represents and warrants to Lender, as follows:
12.1. Organization and
Existence. Each
Covered Person is duly organized and existing in good standing under the Laws
of the state of its organization and is duly qualified to do business and is in
good standing in every state where the nature or extent of its business or
properties require it to be qualified to do business, except where the failure
to so qualify will not have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Covered Person has the power and
authority to own its properties and carry on its business as now being
conducted. Section 12.1 of the
Disclosure Schedule, as updated from time to time as permitted herein, set
forth (a) the Borrowers and each other Covered Persons jurisdiction of
organization, (b) the location of the Borrowers and each other Covered
Persons chief executive office, (c) the Borrowers and each other Covered
Persons exact legal name as it appears on its organizational documents, (d) all
prior legal names and trade names of each Borrower and each other Covered
Person since January 1, 2001, (e) the Borrowers and each other
Covered Persons organizational identification number (to the extent the
Borrowers and each other Loan Partys is organized in a jurisdiction which
assigns such
17
numbers), and (f) the Borrowers and each other Covered
Persons federal employer identification number.
12.2. Authorization. Each Covered Person is duly authorized to execute and perform
every Loan Document to which such Covered Person is a party, and Borrower is
duly authorized to borrow hereunder, and this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action (or in the
case of Covered Persons which are not corporations, other organizational
action) of each Covered Person. No
consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration or filing with, any
Governmental Authority, and no consent of any other Person, is required in
connection with any Covered Persons execution, delivery or performance of this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, except for those
already duly obtained.
12.3. Due
Execution. Every Loan
Document to which a Covered Person is a party has been executed on behalf of
such Covered Person by a Person duly authorized to do so.
12.4. Enforceability
of Obligations. Each of the
Loan Documents to which a Covered Person is a party constitutes the legal,
valid and binding obligation of such Covered Person, enforceable against such
Covered Person in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that the
enforceability thereof against such Covered Person may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar Laws affecting
creditors rights generally or by equitable principles of general application.
12.5. Burdensome
Obligations. No Covered
Person is a party to or bound by any Contract or is subject to any provision in
the Charter Documents of such Covered Person which, if performed by such
Covered Person, could reasonably be likely to result in a Default or Event of
Default.
12.6. Legal
Restraints. The
execution and performance of any Loan Document by a Covered Person does not and
will not violate or constitute a default under the Charter Documents of such
Covered Person, any Material Agreement of such Covered Person, or any Material
Law applicable to such Covered Person, and does not and will not, except as
expressly contemplated or permitted in this Agreement, result in any Security
Interest being imposed on any of such Covered Persons property.
12.7. Labor Contracts
and Disputes. There is no
collective bargaining agreement or other labor contract covering employees of a
Covered Person. To Borrowers Knowledge,
no union or other labor organization is seeking to organize, or to be
recognized as, a collective bargaining unit of employees of a Covered
Person. There is no pending or, to
Borrowers knowledge, threatened, strike, work stoppage or other material
labor dispute against or affecting any Covered Person or its employees, which
has had or could reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
12.8. No Material
Proceedings. There are
no Material Proceedings pending or, to the Borrowers Knowledge, threatened.
12.9. Material
Licenses. All
Material Licenses have been obtained or exist for each Covered Person.
12.10. Compliance
with Material Laws. Each
Covered Person is in compliance with all Material Laws. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing:
18
12.10.1. General
Compliance with Environmental Laws. The
operations of every Covered Person comply with all applicable Environmental
Laws except where the failure to be in compliance would not reasonably be
likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
12.10.2. Proceedings. None of the operations of any Covered Person are the subject
of any written judicial or administrative complaint, order or proceeding
alleging the violation of any applicable Environmental Laws which could
reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
12.10.3. Investigations
Regarding Hazardous Materials. To
Borrowers Knowledge, none of the operations of any Covered Person are the
subject of investigation by any Governmental Authority regarding the improper
transportation, storage, disposal, generation or release into the environment
of any Hazardous Material, the results of which have or could reasonably be
likely to have a Material Adverse Effect or reduce materially the value of the
Collateral.
12.10.4. Notices
and Reports Regarding Hazardous Materials. No written notice or report under any Environmental Law
indicating a past or present spill or release into the environment of any
Hazardous Material has been filed within the four years ending on the Execution
Date, or is required to be filed, by any Covered Person with any Governmental
Authority.
12.10.5. Hazardous
Materials on Real Property. No
Covered Person has at any time, and to Borrowers Knowledge, no other Person
has at any time during any Covered Persons occupancy of such real property,
transported, stored, disposed of, generated or released any Hazardous Material
on the surface, below the surface, or within the boundaries of any real
property owned or operated by such Covered Person or any improvements thereon
in violation of applicable Law except where such violation is not reasonably
likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
No property of any Covered Person is subject to a Security Interest in
favor of any Governmental Authority for any liability under any Environmental
Law or damages arising from or costs incurred by such Governmental Authority in
response to a spill or release of Hazardous Material into the environment.
12.10.6. Environmental
Property Transfer Acts. No
environmental property transfer acts are applicable to the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and each Covered Person has provided all notices
and obtained all necessary environmental permit transfers and consents, if any,
required in order to consummate the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement, to perfect Lenders Security Interests and to operate such Covered
Persons business as presently or proposed to be operated, except in any case
where the failure to provide such notices, obtain such permits or consents
could not reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
12.11. Other
Names. Except as
disclosed in the Disclosure Schedules or in writing to Lender from time to time
with no less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lender (unless
Lender agrees in writing to a shorter period) (i) no Covered Person has
used any name other than the full name which identifies such Covered Person in
this Agreement, and (ii) the only trade name or style under which a
Covered Person sells Inventory or creates Accounts, or to which instruments in
payment of Accounts are made payable, is the name which identifies such Covered
Person in this Agreement.
19
12.12. Prior
Transactions. Except as
described in section 12.12 of the Disclosure Schedule except for Permitted
Acquisitions (including, transactions contemplated by the last proviso in Section 15.17),
since the Effective Date, no Covered Person has been a party to any merger or
consolidation, or acquired all or substantially all of the assets of any
Person, or acquired any of its property outside of the ordinary course of
business.
12.13. Capitalization. Other than with respect to Parent, each Covered Persons authorized
capital stock, partnership interests and membership interests and issued and
outstanding capital stock, partnership interests and membership interests is as
described in section 12.13 of the Disclosure Schedule; provided, however,
Borrower shall update the Disclosure Schedule with respect to any newly-created
Subsidiary (in each case, with obtaining the prior written consent of Lender,
and Borrower shall comply with the terms of Section 15.17 hereof); and all
issued and outstanding shares, partnership interests and membership interests
of each Covered Person are validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and
non-assessable, and are owned beneficially and of record by the Persons listed.
12.14. Solvency. Each Borrower is Solvent prior to and after giving effect to,
the making of each Advance and after giving effect to the contribution
provisions of Section 17.3.9.
12.15. Projections. The projections of Borrowers financial condition, results of
operations, and cash flow for the period through January 31, 2010, a copy
of which have been delivered to Lender, represent Borrowers good faith
estimate of Borrowers future financial performance for the periods set forth
therein. Such projections have been
prepared on the basis of the assumptions set forth therein reasonably believed
by Borrower in good faith to be fair and reasonable.
12.16. Financial
Statements. The
Financial Statements are complete and correct in all material respects, have
been prepared in accordance with GAAP, and fairly reflect the financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Persons covered thereby
as of the dates and for the periods stated therein.
12.17. No Change
in Condition. Since the
date of the initial Financial Statements and the Financial Statements delivered
to Lender as required herein, there has been no change which has had or could
reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
12.18. No
Defaults. No Covered
Person is in breach or violation under any Material Agreement or any Material
Obligation of such Covered Person. No
Default has occurred which is continuing and no Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing.
12.19. Investments. No Covered Person has any Investments in other Persons except
Permitted Investments.
12.20. Indebtedness. No Covered Person has any Indebtedness except Permitted
Indebtedness.
12.21. Indirect
Obligations. No Covered
Person has any Indirect Obligations except existing Permitted Indirect
Obligations.
12.22. [Intentionally omitted].
12.23. Capital Leases. No Covered Person has an interest as a lessee under any
Capital Leases other than Capital Leases that are Permitted Indebtedness.
20
12.24. Tax
Liabilities; Governmental Charges. Each
Covered Person has filed or caused to be filed all tax reports and returns
required to be filed by it with any Governmental Authority, except where
extensions have been properly obtained.
Each Covered Person has paid or made adequate provision for payment of
all Taxes of such Covered Person, except Taxes which are being diligently
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and as to which such Covered
Person has established adequate reserves in conformity with GAAP. No Security Interest for any such Taxes has
been filed and no claims are being asserted in writing with respect to any such
Taxes which, if adversely determined, have or could reasonably be likely to
have a Material Adverse Effect. There
are no material unresolved issues concerning any liability of a Covered Person
for any Taxes which, if adversely determined, has or could reasonably be likely
to have a Material Adverse Effect.
12.25. Pension
Benefit Plans. All Pension
Benefit Plans that Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has maintained, sponsored, or
contributed to in the past 5 years comply with all Material Laws applicable
thereto and will continue to so comply.
12.26. Welfare
Benefit Plans. No Covered
Person or ERISA Affiliate of any Covered Person maintains a Welfare Benefit
Plan that has a liability which, if enforced or collected, has had or could
reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Covered Person and each ERISA Affiliate
of any Covered Person has complied in all respects with the applicable
requirements of Section 4980B of the Code pertaining to continuation
coverage as mandated by COBRA, except any failure that does not have or could
be reasonably likely not to have a Material Adverse Effect.
12.27. Retiree
Benefits. No Covered
Person or ERISA Affiliate of such Covered Person has an obligation to provide
any Person with any medical, life insurance, or similar benefit following such
Persons retirement or termination of employment (or to such Persons
beneficiary subsequent to such Persons death) which, if enforced or collected,
has had or could reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, other
than (i) such benefits provided to Persons at such Persons sole expense
and (ii) obligations under COBRA.
12.28. Real
Property. Section 12.28
of the Disclosure Schedule contains a correct and complete list of (i) the
street addresses of all real property owned by each Covered Person, and (ii) a
list of all leases, subleases, and licenses of real property by each Covered
Person, with such Covered Person identified for each as the lessee, sublessee,
licensee, lessor, sublessor, or licensor, as is the case, together with the
street addresses of the real property involved and the names and addresses of
the other parties to such leases, subleases, and licenses. Each of such leases, subleases, and licenses
is valid and enforceable against the Covered Person party thereto and to
Borrowers Knowledge, each other party thereto, in accordance with its terms
and is in full force and effect, and no default by such Covered Person, or to
Borrowers Knowledge, any other party to any such lease, sublease, or license
exists which could reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
12.29. State of
Collateral and other Property. Each
Covered Person has good and marketable or merchantable title to all real and
personal property purported to be owned by it or reflected in the Financial
Statements, except for personal property sold or leased in the ordinary course
of business after the date of the Initial Financial Statements as permitted by
and in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and subject to Permitted
Security Interests. There are no
Security Interests on any of the property purported to be owned by any Covered
Person, including the Collateral, except Permitted Security Interests. All of the Inventory purported to be owned or
leased by a Covered Person is in good operating condition and repair taken as a
whole and is,
21
taken as a whole, suitable for the use to which it is
customarily put by its owner, ordinary wear and tear and damage by acts of God
excepted. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing:
12.29.1. Inventory. With respect to Inventory of each Borrower: (i) such Inventory (except for Inventory
in transit or in the possession of such Covered Persons customers) that is
Collateral is located at one or another of the premises listed in
section 12.29.1 of the Disclosure Schedule as being a location of such
Borrowers Inventory; (ii) the applicable Covered Person has good and
merchantable title to such Inventory or a good and valid leasehold interest as
lessee to such Inventory, subject to no Security Interest whatsoever except for
the perfected Security Interest granted to Lender and except for Permitted
Security Interests; (iii) such is of good and merchantable quality, free
from any material defects; (iv) such Inventory that is Collateral is not
subject to any licensing, patent, royalty, trademark, trade name or copyright
agreements with any third parties; and (v) the completion of manufacture
and sale, lease, or other disposition of such Inventory that is Collateral by
Lender following an Event of Default shall not require the consent of any
Person and shall not constitute a breach or default under any contract or
agreement to which any Covered Person is a party or to which the Inventory is
subject.
12.29.2. Equipment. With respect to each Covered Persons equipment: (i) such
Covered Person has good and marketable title thereto subject to Permitted
Security Interests; (ii) none of such equipment is subject to any Security
Interests except for the perfected Security Interest granted to Lender pursuant
hereto and except for Permitted Security Interests; (iii) such equipment
that is Collateral (except for equipment in transit) is located at one or
another of the premises listed in section 12.29.1 of the Disclosure
Schedule as a location of such Covered Persons equipment; and (iv) such
equipment is of good and merchantable quality, free from any material defects,
ordinary wear and tear and damage by acts of God excepted.
12.29.3. Documents,
Instruments and Chattel Paper. All
documents, instruments and chattel paper describing, evidencing or constituting
Collateral, and all signatures and endorsements thereon by a Covered Person are
complete, valid, and genuine as to Borrower and, to Borrowers Knowledge, as to
third parties, and all goods evidenced by such documents, instruments and
chattel paper are owned by a Covered Person free and clear of all Security
Interests other than Permitted Security Interests.
12.30. Chief
Place of Business; Locations of Collateral. As of the Execution Date,
12.30.1. the chief
executive office and principal place of business of each Covered Person is
identified in section 12.30.1 of the Disclosure Schedule and the location
of the books and records of each Covered Person, and all of such Covered Persons
chattel paper and all records of Accounts, are located only at the places listed
and so identified in section 12.30.1 of the Disclosure Schedule;
12.30.2. the States
in which any Covered Person is qualified to conduct its business and other
foreign jurisdictions if any in which any Covered Person conducts its business
are listed and so identified in section 12.30.2 of the Disclosure
Schedule; and
12.30.3. all of the
Collateral is located within one or more of the locations listed in
section 12.29.1 of the Disclosure Schedule or is in transit to, or located
at, one of the Borrowers customers, provided, however, if any Collateral will
remain outside of any location listed on section 12.29.1 of the Disclosure
schedule for longer than
22
30 consecutive days, Borrower shall, prior to the
expiration of such 30-day period, give written notice to Lender of such event
as required under Section 14.23.
12.31. Warranties
and Representations-Inventory. For
each item of Inventory, Borrower represents and warrants to Lender that at all
times: (a) all such Inventory that
is Collateral, except as otherwise provided in Section 12.30.3, will be
kept only at the locations indicated on section 12.29.1 of the Disclosure
Schedule; (b) Borrower now keeps and will keep correct and accurate
records itemizing and describing the kind, type, quality and quantity of such
Inventory, Borrowers cost therefor and the selling price thereof and/or the
rental/lease rate thereof, the daily withdrawals therefrom and the additions
thereto; (c) Inventory that is Collateral not on rent is not and will not
be stored with a bailee, repairman, warehouseman or similar party without
Lenders prior written consent, and if Lender consents, Borrower will,
concurrently with delivery to such party, cause any such party to issue and
deliver to Lender, in form acceptable to Lender, warehouse receipts, in Lenders
name evidencing the storage of such Inventory, and waivers of warehousemans
liens in favor of Lender, if required by this Agreement; (d) Borrower will
timely pay or cause to be timely paid all taxes, rents, business taxes, and
other charges relating to the premises where such Inventory is located which
Borrower is contractually or legally obligated to pay; and (e) a landlord
consent of the type described in Section 9.1, satisfactory to Lender, has
been obtained for each location in which Borrower keeps Inventory that is
Collateral with a value in excess of $50,000 or any of its material books and
records.
12.32. No
Negative Pledges. No Covered
Person is a party to or bound by any Contract which prohibits the creation or
existence of any Security Interest upon or assignment or conveyance of any of
the Collateral (regardless of type or nature) of any Covered Person, except as
expressly set forth on Section 12.32 of the Disclosure Schedule.
12.33. Security Documents.
12.33.1. Security
Agreements. Section 9
of this Agreement is effective to grant to Lender for itself and for the
benefit of its participants (and each of their respective successors and
assigns) an enforceable Security Interest in the Personal Property Collateral
described therein. Upon appropriate
filing (as to all Personal Property Collateral in which a Security Interest may be perfected under the
applicable states UCC by filing a financing statement or statements) or Lenders
taking possession (as to items of the Personal Property Collateral of which a
secured party must take possession in order to perfect a Security Interest
under the applicable states UCC), Lender for itself and for the benefit of its
participants (and each of their respective successors and assigns) a fully
perfected Security Interest in the Personal Property Collateral described,
subject only to Permitted Security Interests affecting such Personal Property
Collateral.
12.34. [Intentionally omitted].
12.35. Subsidiaries. Borrower has no Subsidiaries except those Persons listed in
section 12.35 of the Disclosure Schedule; provided, however, Borrower shall
update the Disclosure Schedule with respect to a new Subsidiary created any newly-created
Subsidiary (in each case, with obtaining the prior written consent of Lender)
and Borrower shall comply with the terms of Section 15.17 hereof;
provided, however, if Borrower acquires a Subsidiary in connection with a
Permitted Acquisition, no prior consent of Lender shall be required and the
foregoing shall be inapplicable to any such acquired Subsidiary if such
acquired Subsidiary is merged into a Borrower within ten (10) days
following its acquisition. As of the
Execution Date, except as set forth in section 12.35 of the Disclosure Schedule
and except for employee or director stock option programs, employee stock
purchase plans, benefit plans, and restricted stock programs, there are
23
no pre-emptive or other outstanding rights, options,
warrants, conversion rights or other similar agreements or understandings for
the purchase or acquisition of any Capital Securities of any Borrower other
than Parent or other Covered Person other than Parent to which a Borrower or
other Covered Person is a party.
12.36. [Intentionally omitted].
12.37. Margin
Stock. No Covered
Person is engaged or will engage, principally or as one of its important
activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing
or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U), and no part of
the proceeds of any Advance will be used to purchase or carry any such margin
stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying
any such margin stock or for any purpose which violates, or which would be
inconsistent with, the provisions of Regulation U. None of the transactions contemplated by any
of the Loan Documents will violate Regulations T, U or X of the FRB.
12.38. Securities
Matters. No proceeds
of any Advance will be used to acquire any security in any transaction which is
subject to Sections 13 and 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
12.39. Investment
Company Act, Etc. No Covered
Person is an investment company registered
or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or a
company controlled (within the meaning of such Investment Company Act) by such
an investment company or an affiliated person of, or promoter or principal
underwriter for, an investment company, as such terms are defined in the
Investment Company Act of 1940. No
Covered Person is subject to regulation under the Public Utility Holding
Company Act of 2005, the Federal Power Act, the Interstate Commerce Act or any
other Law limiting or regulating its ability to incur Indebtedness for money
borrowed.
12.40. No
Material Misstatements or Omissions. Neither
the Loan Documents, any of the Financial Statements nor any statement, list,
certificate or other information furnished or to be furnished by Borrower or
any other Covered Person to Lender in connection with the Loan Documents or any
of the transactions contemplated thereby contains any untrue statement of a
material fact, or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements
therein, in light of the circumstances in which it was made, not
misleading. To Borrowers knowledge,
Borrower has disclosed to Lender everything regarding the business, operations,
property, financial condition, or business prospects of itself and every
Covered Person that has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse
Effect on any Covered Person.
12.41. Filings. Since December 11, 2007, all registration statements,
reports and proxy statements, if any, required to be filed by Borrower with the
Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, and
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, have been filed, and such filings are
complete and accurate in all material respects and contain no untrue statements
of material fact or omit to state any material facts required to be stated
therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading.
12.42. Brokers
Fees. No broker
or finder is entitled to compensation for services rendered with respect to the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
12.43. Transportation
Solutions Assets. The sole
asset of Borrowers Subsidiary, Transportation Solutions, LLC, is its interest
in aircraft.
13. Modification and Survival of
Representations. Borrower
may at any time after the initial Advances are made propose to Lender in
writing to modify the Representations and Warranties in
24
Section 12, and any other representation or warranty
made in any certificate, report, opinion or other document delivered by
Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents.
If the proposed modifications are satisfactory to Lender as evidenced by
its written assent thereto, then such representations and warranties shall be
deemed and treated as so modified, but only as of the date of Borrowers
written modification proposal. If such
proposed modifications are not satisfactory to Lender, then such proposed
modifications shall not be deemed or treated as modifying such Representations
and Warranties. All such representations
and warranties, as made or deemed made as of a particular time, shall survive
execution of each of the Loan Documents and the making of every Advance, and
may be relied upon by Lender as being true and correct as of the date when made
or deemed made until Payment in Full.
14. Affirmative Covenants. Each Borrower covenants and agrees that, while the Floorplan
Loan Facility remains in effect and until Payment in Full, each Borrower shall
do, and each Borrower shall cause each other Borrower and each other Covered
Person to do, the following:
14.1. Use of
Proceeds. The
proceeds of and the initial and subsequent Floorplan Loan Advances, shall be
used for purposes permitted by Section 5.1.2.
14.2. Corporate
Existence. Each Covered
Person shall maintain its existence in good standing and shall maintain in good
standing under its jurisdiction of incorporation/formation/organization and its
right to transact business in those states in which it is now or hereafter
doing business, except where the failure to so qualify will not have and will
not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect on any Covered
Person (provided, however, notwithstanding anything contained herein to the
contrary, Borrower may, in its discretion, eliminate any Subsidiary by merging
such Subsidiary with and into Borrower with Borrower as the surviving
entity). Each Covered Person shall
obtain and maintain all Material Licenses for such Covered Person.
14.3. Maintenance of
Property and Leases. Each
Covered Person shall maintain in good condition and working order (ordinary
wear and tear and damage by acts of God excepted and taken as a whole), and
repair and replace as required, all buildings, equipment, machinery, fixtures,
Inventory, and other real and personal property owned or leased by such Covered
Person whose useful economic life has not elapsed and which is necessary for
the ordinary conduct of the business of such Covered Person, except where
failure to do so does not have or reasonably will likely not have a Material
Adverse Effect. Each Covered Person
shall maintain in good standing and free of defaults all of its leases of
buildings, equipment, machinery, fixtures, Inventory, and other real and personal
property, taken as a whole, whose useful economic life has not elapsed and
which is necessary for the ordinary conduct of the business of such Covered
Person, except where the failure to be in good standing or free of default
would not reasonably be likely to give rise to a Material Adverse Effect. No Covered Person shall permit any of its
equipment, Inventory, or other property that is Collateral to become a fixture
to real property or an accession to other personal property unless Lender has a
valid, perfected and first priority Security Interest in such Collateral. No Covered Person shall, without Lenders
prior written consent, alter or remove any identifying symbol or number on its
equipment or any Inventory that is Collateral.
14.4. Inventory. Each Covered Person shall keep its Inventory and Equipment,
taken as a whole, in good and merchantable condition (subject to ordinary wear
and tear) at its own expense and shall hold such Inventory and Equipment for
lease, or to be furnished in connection with the rendition of services, in the
ordinary course of such Covered Persons business, on terms which do not
include consignment or similar terms with respect to any Inventory and
Equipment that is Collateral.
25
14.5. Insurance. Each Covered Person shall at all times keep insured or cause
to be kept insured, in insurance companies having a rating of at least A- by
Bests Rating Service, all property owned by it of a character usually insured
by others carrying on businesses similar to that of such Covered Person in such
manner and to such extent and covering such risks as such properties are
usually insured. At all times, all
Inventory that is Collateral shall be insured for full replacement value. Each Covered Person shall timely pay all
premiums for such insurance. Each
Covered Person shall at all times carry insurance, in insurance companies
having a rating of at least A- by Bests Rating Service, against liability on
account of damage to persons or property (including product liability insurance
and insurance required under all Laws pertaining to workers compensation) and
covering all other liabilities common to such Covered Persons business, in
such manner and to such extent as such coverage is usually carried by others
conducting businesses similar to that of such Covered Person. At all times, Borrower shall maintain
replacement value insurance for all Collateral on any ocean, waterway,
interstate, highway, or other public way.
All policies of liability insurance maintained hereunder shall name
Lender as named as an additional insured; all policies of property insurance
maintained hereunder with respect to the Collateral shall reflect Lenders
interest therein as a loss payee on a form reasonably acceptable to
Lender. Lender is authorized, but not
obligated, as the attorney-in-fact for Borrower, and every other Covered Person
and, (i) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, with Borrowers
consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), and upon the
occurrence of an Event of Default, without Borrowers or any other Covered
Persons consent, to adjust and compromise proceeds payable under such policies
of insurance, (ii) to collect, receive and give receipts for such proceeds
in the name of Borrower or any other Covered Person and Lender, and (iii) to
endorse Borrower or any other Covered Persons name upon any instrument in
payment thereof. Such power granted to
Lender shall be deemed coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable (until
Payment in Full) as set forth in Section 10. All policies of insurance maintained
hereunder shall contain a clause providing that such policies under which
Lender is the loss payee or additional insured may not be canceled, reduced in
coverage or otherwise modified without 30 days prior written notice to
Lender. Borrower shall or shall cause
any other Covered Person upon the reasonable request of Lender at any time to
furnish to Lender updated evidence of insurance (in the form required as a
condition to Lenders lending hereunder) for such insurance.
14.6. Payment of Taxes
and Other Obligations. Each
Covered Person shall promptly pay and discharge or cause to be paid and
discharged, as and when due, any and all income taxes, federal or otherwise,
lawfully assessed and imposed upon it, and any and all lawful taxes, rates,
levies, and assessments whatsoever upon its properties and every part thereof,
or upon the income or profits therefrom and all claims of materialmen,
mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, landlords and other like Persons for labor,
materials, supplies, storage or other items or services which if unpaid might
be or become a Security Interest or charge upon any of its property; provided,
however, that a Covered Person may diligently contest in good faith by appropriate
proceedings the validity of any such taxes, rates, levies, or assessments and
claims, provided such Covered Person has established adequate reserves therefor
in conformity with GAAP on the books of such Covered Person, and no Security
Interest, other than a Permitted Security Interest, results from such
non-payment.
14.7. Compliance With
Laws. Each
Covered Person shall comply with all Material Laws. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing:
14.7.1. Environmental
Laws. Each
Covered Person shall comply and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to
ensure compliance by all of its tenants, subtenants and other occupants, if
any, with all Environmental Laws, any of which if not so complied
26
with will or could be reasonably likely to have a Material
Adverse Effect on any Covered Person.
14.7.2. Pension
Benefit Plans. Each
Covered Person and each ERISA Affiliate of such Covered Person shall at all
times make prompt payments or contributions to meet the minimum funding
standards under ERISA and the Code with respect to any Pension Benefit Plan
maintained by such Covered Person or such ERISA Affiliate, and shall comply
with all reporting and disclosure requirements and all provisions of the Code
and ERISA applicable to any Pension Benefit Plan maintained by such Covered
Person or such ERISA Affiliate except to the extent that any such failure could
not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
14.8. Discovery and Clean-Up of Hazardous Material.
14.8.1. In
General. Upon any
Covered Person receiving written notice of any violation of Environmental Laws
or any similar notice described in Section 14.10.4, or upon any Covered
Person otherwise discovering Hazardous Material on any property owned or leased
by such Covered Person which is in violation of, or which would result in
liability under, any Environmental Law, the violation of which or which
liability will or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower shall: (i) promptly take such
acts as Borrower determines may be necessary to prevent material danger or
material harm to the property or any Person therein as a result of such
Hazardous Material; (ii) at the request of Lender during the continuance
of an Event of Default, and at Borrowers sole cost and expense, obtain and
deliver to Lender promptly, but in no event later than 90 days after such
request, a then currently dated environmental assessment of the property
certified to Lender and any future holder of the Loan Obligations, a proposed
plan for responding to any environmental problems described in such assessment,
and an estimate of the costs thereof; and (iii) take all necessary steps
that Borrower determines may be appropriate to comply with its obligations
under Environmental Laws in connection therewith, and keep Lender informed of
such actions and the results thereof as it may reasonably request.
14.9. Termination of
Pension Benefit Plan. No Covered
Person or ERISA Affiliate of such Covered Person shall terminate or amend any
Pension Benefit Plan maintained by such Covered Person or such ERISA Affiliate
if such termination or amendment would result in any liability to such Covered
Person or such ERISA Affiliate under ERISA or any increase in current liability
for the plan year for which such Covered Person or such ERISA Affiliate is
required to provide security to such Pension Benefit Plan under the Code except
to the extent any such termination or amendment could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
14.10. Notice to
Lender of Material Events. Borrower
shall, promptly upon any Responsible Officer of Borrower obtaining Knowledge or
notice thereof, give notice to Lender of (i) any breach of any of the
covenants in Sections 14, 15, or 16; (ii) any Default or Event of
Default; (iii) the commencement of any Material Proceeding; and (iv) any
loss of or damage to any assets of a Covered Person or the commencement of any
proceeding for the condemnation or other taking of any of the assets of a
Covered Person, if such loss, damage or proceeding has or is reasonably likely
to have a Material Adverse Effect on such Covered Person, whether or not
Insurance Proceeds are likely to be payable as a consequence of such loss,
damage or proceeding. In addition,
14.10.1. Borrower
shall furnish to Lender from time to time all information which Lender
reasonably requests with respect to the status of any Material Proceeding,
which
27
Borrower is not prohibited to provide to Lender under any
applicable Law or without loss of attorney-client privilege.
14.10.2. Borrower
shall furnish to Lender from time to time all information which Lender
reasonably requests with respect to any Pension Benefit Plan established by a
Covered Person or an ERISA Affiliate of any Covered Person.
14.10.3. Borrower
shall deliver to Lender a copy of any notice from any Governmental Authority
that any violation of applicable Material Law may have occurred with respect to
any Pension Benefit Plan by a Covered Person or an ERISA Affiliate of such
Covered Person.
14.10.4. Borrower
shall promptly inform Lender of its receipt of, and deliver to Lender a copy
of, any (i) notice that any violation of any Environmental Law or Employment
Law may have been committed or is about to be committed by any Covered Person
that has had or which could reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse
Effect, (ii) notice that any administrative or judicial complaint or order
has been filed or is about to be filed against any Covered Person alleging
violations of any Environmental Law or Employment Law or requiring such Covered
Person to take any action in connection with the release of any Hazardous
Material into the environment, which has had or could reasonably be likely to
have a Material Adverse Effect, (iii) notice from a Governmental Authority
or private party alleging that a Covered Person may be liable or responsible
for costs associated with a response to or cleanup of a release of Hazardous
Material into the environment or any damages caused thereby, which has had or
could reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, (iv) notice
that a Covered Person is subject to federal, state or local investigation
regarding the improper transportation, storage, disposal, generation or release
into the environment of any Hazardous Material which has had or could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (v) notice
that any properties or assets of a Covered Person are subject to a Security
Interest in favor of any Governmental Authority for any liability under any
Environmental Law or damages arising from or costs incurred by such
Governmental Authority in response to a release of Hazardous Material into the
environment.
14.10.5. Borrower
shall deliver to Lender notice of each of the following events promptly after
they occur: (i) the failure of any
Covered Person or ERISA Affiliate of such Covered Person to make any required
installment or any other required payment to any Pension Benefit Plan in
sufficient amount to comply with ERISA and the Code on or before the due date
for such installment or payment and any applicable grace period; (ii) the
occurrence of any Reportable Event, or a prohibited transaction or accumulated
funding deficiency (as those terms are defined in ERISA), with respect to any
Pension Benefit Plan maintained or contributed to by a Covered Person or an
ERISA Affiliate of such Covered Person; (iii) receipt by a Covered Person
or ERISA Affiliate of such Covered Person of any notice from a Multi-employer
Plan regarding the imposition of withdrawal liability; and (iv) receipt by
a Covered Person or ERISA Affiliate of such Covered Person of any notice of the
institution, or a Covered Persons expectancy of the institution, of any
proceeding or receipt by such Covered Person or such ERISA Affiliate of any
notice of the taking, or such Covered Persons or such ERISA Affiliates
expectancy of the taking, of any other action which may be reasonably expected
to result in the termination of any Pension Benefit Plan maintained or
contributed to by such Covered Person or such ERISA Affiliate, or the
withdrawal or partial withdrawal by a Covered Person or ERISA Affiliate of such
Covered Person from any Pension Benefit
28
Plan, and the filing or receipt by a Covered Person or ERISA
Affiliate of such Covered Person of any such notice and filing or receipt of
all subsequent reports or notices under ERISA with or from the IRS, the PBGC,
or the DOL relating to the same; and, in addition to such notice, deliver to
Lender a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Borrower, setting forth
details as to such events and the action that the affected Covered Person or
ERISA Affiliate of such Covered Person proposes to take with respect
thereto. For purposes of this Section,
each Covered Person and any ERISA Affiliate of such Covered Person shall be
deemed to know all facts known by the administrator of any Plan of which such
Covered Person or such ERISA Affiliate is the plan sponsor.
14.10.6. Borrower
shall promptly deliver to Lender notice of any default or event of default, or
the occurrence of any event which would with the passage of time, giving of
notice or otherwise, constitute a default or event of default with respect to
any of the Permitted Indebtedness in excess of $250,000.
14.10.7. To the
extent not filed by the Borrower with the SEC, Borrower shall promptly deliver
notice to Lender of the assertion by the holder of any Capital Securities in a
Covered Person or any other Indebtedness of a Covered Person in the outstanding
principal amount in the aggregate in excess of $250,000 that a default exists
with respect thereto or that such Covered Person is not in compliance with the
terms thereof, or of the threat or commencement by such holder of any
enforcement action because of such asserted default or noncompliance.
14.10.8. Borrower
shall, promptly upon Borrowers Knowledge thereof, deliver notice to Lender of
any pending or threatened strike, work stoppage, or other material labor
dispute affecting a Covered Person which could reasonably be likely to have a
Material Adverse Effect.
14.10.9. Borrower
shall promptly deliver notice to Lender of any change in the name, state of
incorporation or organization or form of any Covered Person, or the trade names
or styles under which a Covered Person will sell Inventory or create Accounts,
or to which instruments in payment of Accounts may be made payable, at least 30
days prior to such change unless Lender agrees in writing to a shorter period.
14.10.10. Borrower
shall, promptly after Borrower having Knowledge thereof, deliver notice to
Lender of any event that has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse
Effect on any Covered Person.
14.10.11. Borrower
shall, promptly after Borrower having Knowledge thereof, deliver notice to
Lender of an actual, alleged, or potential violation of any Material Law
applicable to a Covered Person or the property of a Covered Person.
14.10.12. Borrower
shall notify Lender promptly in writing of any fact or condition of which
Borrower is aware which adversely affects the value of the Collateral taken as
a whole, including disclosing the amount of such loss or depreciation and
disclosing any adverse fact or condition or the occurrence of any event which
causes loss or depreciation in the value of the Collateral, of more than
$250,000 taken as a whole. Borrower
shall provide such additional information to Lender regarding the amount of any
loss or depreciation in value of the Collateral as Lender may request from time
to time.
14.10.13. Borrower
shall keep on file with Lender at all times an appropriate instrument naming
each Borrowing Officer.
29
14.11. Maintenance of Security Interests of Security
Documents.
14.11.1. Preservation
and Perfection of Security Interests. Borrower shall promptly, upon the reasonable request of
Lender and at Borrowers expense, execute, acknowledge and deliver, or cause
the execution, acknowledgment and delivery of, and thereafter file or record in
the appropriate governmental office, any document or instrument supplementing
or confirming the Security Documents or otherwise reasonably deemed necessary
by Lender to create, preserve or perfect any Security Interest purported to be
created by the Security Documents in the Collateral or to fully consummate the
transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents. The foregoing actions by Borrower shall
include, without limitation, (i) filing financing or continuation
statements, and amendments thereof, and executing such assignments or security
agreements, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender; (ii) delivering
to Lender the original certificates of title for motor vehicles, or
applications therefor duly executed, with Lenders Security Interest properly
shown thereon; (iii) delivering to Lender the originals of all
instruments, documents and chattel paper, and all other Collateral of which
Lender determines it should have physical possession in order to perfect and
protect Lender s Security Interest, duly endorsed or assigned to Lender without
restriction; (iv) delivering to Lender warehouse receipts covering any
portion of the Collateral located in warehouses and for which warehouse
receipts are issued; (v) during an Event of Default, transferring
Inventory that is Collateral to warehouses designated by Lender; (vi) during
an Event of Default, delivering to Lender all letters of credit on which
Borrower is named beneficiary if it is Collateral or relates to Collateral; (vii) placing
a durable notice of the existence of Lenders Security Interest, acceptable to
Lender, upon such items of the Collateral as are designated by Lender; and (viii) placing
a notice of the existence of Lenders Security Interest, acceptable to Lender,
upon those writings evidencing the Collateral and the books and records of
Borrower pertaining to the Collateral, as designated by Lender.
14.11.2. Collateral
Held by Warehouseman, Bailee, etc. If
any Collateral with a value greater than $50,000 or if any of its material
books and records are at any time in the possession or control of a
warehouseman, bailee or any of Borrowers agents or processors (not including
any lessee or other person to whom Inventory is leased or rented in the
ordinary course of such Covered Persons business), or with respect to any
national or regional headquarters location, then Borrower shall notify Lender
thereof and shall notify such Person of Lenders Security Interest in such
Collateral and, upon Lenders request during an Event of Default, instruct such
Person to hold all such Collateral for Lenders account subject to Lenders
instructions. If at any time any
Collateral with a value greater than $50,000 or any of its material books and
records are located on any premises that are not owned by Borrower (not
including any lessee or other person to whom Inventory is leased or rented in
the ordinary course of such Covered Persons business, or other locations where
Borrower is not obligated to pay rent for up to 30 consecutive days or in
transit thereto), or with respect to any national or regional headquarters
location, then Borrower shall obtain or cause to be obtained written waivers or
consents, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, of all present and
future Security Interests to which the owner or lessor or any mortgagee of such
premises may be entitled to assert against the Collateral.
14.11.3. Compliance
With Terms of Security Documents. Each
Covered Person shall comply with all of the terms, conditions and covenants in
the Security Documents to which such Covered Person is a party.
30
14.12. Accounting
System. Each
Covered Person shall maintain a system of accounting established and
administered in accordance with GAAP.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:
14.12.1. Account
Records. Each
Covered Person shall maintain a record of Accounts at its principal place of
business that itemizes each Account of such Covered Person and describe the
names and addresses of the Account Debtors on such Accounts, all relevant
invoice numbers, invoice dates, and shipping dates, and the due dates,
collection histories, and aging of such Accounts.
14.12.2. Inventory
Records. Each
Covered Person shall maintain an Inventory system satisfactory to Lender.
14.12.3. Tracing
of Proceeds. Each
Borrower shall maintain detailed and accurate accounting and records of
proceeds of the Loans and transfers of proceeds of the Loans (i) received
by it from Lender, (ii) transferred from it to any other Covered Person,
and (iii) received by it from another Borrower. Each Borrower acknowledges that its ability
to obtain the Loans hereunder is made possible by the fact that the Borrowers
are co-borrowers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and are
engaged in a common enterprise. Each
Borrower agrees that (i) the business operations of each Borrower and each
other Covered Person are interrelated and complement one another, and such
entities have a common business purpose and common management, and (ii) the
proceeds of Advances hereunder will benefit each Borrower, severally and
jointly, regardless of which Borrower requests or receives part or all of any
Advance. Not in any way in limitation of
any other provisions set forth herein, such books and records may be reviewed
and copied by Lender at Borrowers expense at reasonable intervals and upon
reasonable notice given by Lender to Borrower.
14.13. Financial
Statements. Borrower
shall deliver to Lender:
14.13.1. Annual
Financial Statements. Within 120
days after the close of each fiscal year of Borrower, year-end audited
consolidated Financial Statements of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries,
containing a balance sheet, income statement, statement of cash flows and a
report by a regionally or nationally recognized independent certified public
accounting firm selected by Borrower certified by such public accounting firm
without qualification, including without adverse reference to going concern
value and without reference to material weakness (as defined by Regulation S-X)
in any respect of the Borrowers or any other Covered Persons internal
controls, together with all related income tax returns and filings (except for
income tax returns for which the required filing date has been extended, in
which case Borrower shall deliver such tax returns to Lender simultaneously
with the filing thereof in accordance with such extension) and accompanied by a
Compliance Certificate of Borrower. The
independent certified public account firm of Borrower on the Effective Date is
acceptable.
14.13.2. Quarterly
Financial Statements. Within
45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of Borrower
management-prepared unaudited Financial Statements of each Borrower and every
Subsidiary of a Borrower for the fiscal quarters not covered by the latest
year-end Financial Statements, in each case containing a balance sheet, income
statement, statement of cash flows, and unaudited consolidated Financial
Statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, in each case accompanied by (i) for
the third month of each fiscal quarter, a statement comparing such Financial
Statements with budgeted projections for such fiscal quarter and for the
elapsed portion of the fiscal year of
31
Borrower as
contained in the annual budget prepared for such fiscal year, and (ii) a
Compliance Certificate.
Each Compliance Certificate shall be in the form of Exhibit 14.13,
shall contain detailed calculations of the financial measurements referred to in
Section 16 for the relevant periods, and shall contain statements by the
signing authorized officer on behalf of Borrower (either the chief executive
officer, president, any vice president, the chief financial officer or other
mutually agreed to representative) to the effect that, except as explained in
reasonable detail in such Compliance Certificate, (i) the attached
Financial Statements are complete and correct in all material respects
(subject, in the case of Financial Statements other than annual, to normal
year-end audit adjustments and with respect to Financial Statements other than
annual, without footnote disclosures) and have been prepared in accordance with
GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods covered thereby and with prior
periods (except as disclosed therein), (ii) all of the Representations and
Warranties are true and correct as of the date such certification is given as
if made on such date (with such exceptions as have been disclosed to Lender in
writing by Borrower or any Guarantor and are satisfactory to Lender), and (iii) there
is no Existing Default. If any
Compliance Certificate delivered to Lender discloses that a representation or
warranty is not true and correct, or that there is an Existing Default that has
not been waived in writing by Lender, such Compliance Certificate shall state
what action Borrower has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.
14.14. Other
Financial Information. Borrower
shall also deliver the following to Lender each in a form satisfactory to
Lender:
14.14.1. Reports or Information Concerning
Inventory. Such other
reports and information, in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to Lender,
and documents as Lender may reasonably request from time to time concerning
Inventory that constitutes Collateral including, to the extent requested by
Lender, copies of all invoices, leases, rental agreements, bills of lading,
shipping receipts, purchase orders, and warehouse receipts.
14.14.2. Stockholder and SEC Reports. Contemporaneously with their filing by or on behalf of
Borrower or any other Covered Person, copies of the following to the extent
that they are not otherwise publicly available:
(i) proxy statements, financial statements and reports which
Borrower makes available to its stockholders, and (ii) reports,
registration statements and prospectuses with any securities exchange or the
Securities and Exchange Commission or any Governmental Authority succeeding to
any of its functions.
14.15. Inventory. Borrower shall, at least once per fiscal year, conduct a
physical count of the Inventory that constitutes Collateral at each location
and promptly following the completion of such count provide Lender with a
report thereof in form and detail satisfactory to Lender, including the value
of such Inventory in accordance with GAAP, provided, however, during an
Existing Default, Lender may request a physical count at any time.
14.16. Annual
Projections; Operating Plan. No
more than 60 days after the first day of each fiscal year of all Borrowers,
projected balance sheets, statements of income and expense, and statements of
cash flows for such fiscal year and the fiscal year immediately thereafter, on
a consolidated basis, and with such other detail as Lender may require,
together with managements operating plan, and, if the board of directors of
Parent approves such operating plan, projections and/or budget, promptly after
such approval, provide such approved operating plan, projections and budget, if
modified, to Lender.
32
14.17. Rental Agreements and System Reports. At all times, Borrower shall cause its
Account Debtors on Accounts that are Collateral to sign separate rental
agreements relating to the Collateral from the rental agreements relating to
assets securing Indebtedness to other Persons.
At all times, Borrower shall cause the reports delivered to Lender to
show separately the Collateral from its and each other Covered Persons assets
securing the Indebtedness to other Persons.
14.18. Other
Information. Upon the
request of Lender, Borrower shall promptly deliver to Lender such other
information about the business, operations, revenues, financial condition,
property, or business prospects of Borrower and every other Covered Person as
Lender may, from time to time, reasonably request.
14.19. Examinations
and Site Visits by Lender. Lender
or Persons authorized by and acting on behalf of Lender may at any time (upon
reasonable prior notice, except if there is an Existing Default, no prior
notice shall be required) during normal business hours examine the books,
records, and assets of, and inspect any of the property, locations or
operations of, each Covered Person from time to time, and in the course thereof
may make copies or abstracts of such books and records and discuss the affairs,
finances and books and records of such Covered Person with its accountants,
officers and employees, and make such inspections as it deems necessary. Lender may undertake examinations up to
twelve (12) times in each calendar year.
Each Covered Person shall cooperate with Lender and such Persons in the
conduct of such exams, site visits and inspections and shall deliver to Lender
any instrument necessary for Lender to obtain records from any service bureau
maintaining records for such Covered Person.
Lender may, while there is an Existing Default, perform as many as
examinations as it may choose. Borrower
is required to reimburse Lender for all reasonable fees, costs and expenses
incurred in connection with any such examinations, provided however, if any
such examination is performed while there is no Existing Default, then the
Borrower shall not be obligated to reimburse Lender for an amount in excess of
$5,500 per such examination or $11,000 per year in total.
14.20. Verification
of Accounts and Notices to Account Debtors. Lender shall have the right at any time and from time to
time, to verify the validity and amount of any Account that is Collateral and
any other matter relating to an Account that is Collateral, by communicating in
writing or orally directly with the Account Debtor or any Person who represents
or Lender reasonably believes represents the Account Debtor.
14.21. Appraisals
of Collateral. Lender or
Persons authorized by and acting on behalf of Lender may, as often as Lender
deems desirable, perform or have performed on its behalf an appraisal of
Borrowers Collateral by an appraiser reasonably acceptable to Lender and
prepared on a basis reasonably satisfactory to Lender. Each Covered Person shall cooperate with
Lender and such Persons in the conduct of such appraisals and shall deliver to
Lender or such Persons any documents or instruments necessary for Lender or
such Persons to perform such appraisals.
If there is an Existing Default at the time of any such appraisal, then
Borrower shall reimburse Lender for all reasonable costs and expenses actually
incurred by it in conducting or having conducted such appraisal plus Lenders
other actual out-of-pocket costs and expenses, and if there is no Existing
Default at the time of any such appraisal, Borrower shall not be obligated to
reimburse Lender for its costs and expenses actually incurred by it in
conducting or having conducted such appraisal including Lenders other actual
out-of-pocket costs and expenses.
14.22. Access to
Officers and Auditors. Each
Covered Person shall permit Lender and Persons authorized by Lender to discuss
the business, operations, revenues, financial condition, property, or business
prospects of such Covered Person with its officers, employees, accountants and
33
independent
auditors as often as Lender may request in its reasonable discretion, and such
Covered Person shall direct such officers and employees, and shall request such
accountants and independent auditors to cooperate with Lender.
14.23. Movement
of Inventory. Borrower
shall notify Lender in writing if Borrower has Knowledge that any Inventory
that constitutes Collateral will be located for more than thirty
(30) consecutive days outside any of the locations listed in
section 12.29.1 of the Disclosure Schedule (except for Inventory in
transit or at Borrowers customers).
14.24. Titled
Assets. While an
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, upon Lenders request,
Borrower shall promptly cause the respective titles of all Collateral which are
titled in the name of any Covered Person to reflect thereon that Lender, as the
first and only lienholder thereon, and shall deliver, at Lenders request,
originals of all such titles to Lender.
14.25. Claims
Act. At any
time, Borrower shall, at Lenders request, promptly make such filings and
obtain such acknowledgements in accordance with the Claims Act and take any
other steps necessary to perfect Lenders Security Interest to Lenders
satisfaction in any Account that is Collateral with respect to which the
Account Debtor is the United States of America, any state, or any department,
agency, public corporation or other instrumentality thereof.
14.26. Further
Assurances. Borrower
shall execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, to Lender
such documents and agreements, and shall take or cause to be taken such
actions, as Lender may from time to time reasonably request to carry out the terms
and conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Borrower further covenants to promptly
execute and deliver at its expense (including, without limitation, the
reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for Lender) an amendment to this Agreement
in form and substance satisfactory to Lender evidencing the amendment of this
Agreement to include Additional and Amended Financial Covenants as provided in Section 15.25,
provided, however, that the execution and delivery of such amendment shall not
be a precondition to the effectiveness of such amendment as provided for in Section 15.25,
but shall merely be for the convenience of the parties hereto, and provided
further, however, with respect to any Indebtedness in existence on the date
hereof, the provisions of this sentence shall apply only to amendments after
the date hereof. Borrower shall provide
Lender prior written notice of any proposed Additional and Amended Financial
Covenants promptly upon Borrower becoming aware of any such proposed Additional
and Amended Financial Covenants.
15. Negative
Covenants. Borrower
covenants and agrees that, while the Floorplan Loan Facility remains in effect
and until Payment in Full, Borrower shall not, directly or indirectly, do any
of the following, or permit any other Borrower or any other Covered Person to
do any of the following, without the prior written consent of Lender:
15.1. Investments. Make any Investments in any other Person except the
following:
15.1.1. Investments arising in the ordinary course of business and
consistent with past practice, or otherwise incurred in the ordinary course of
business and substantially related to the Parents business as of the Effective
Date, including Permitted Acquisitions, cash and cash equivalents, marketable
securities and short-term Investments, Investments in Subsidiaries to the
extent permitted hereunder, travel and other expense advances to employees,
deposit accounts, and currency or interest rate hedging arrangements, or any
other Investment approved by Lender in writing prior to its incurrence.
34
15.2. Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, or allow to exist any Indebtedness of
any kind or description, except the following:
15.2.1. Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Capital Lease
and purchase money Indebtedness) incurred in the ordinary course of business
which is not reasonably anticipated to cause a Default hereunder.
15.2.2. The Loan Obligations.
15.2.3. Any Indebtedness that would not result in a violation of the
financial covenant set forth in Section 16.
15.3. Prepayments. During any Existing Default prepay, whether voluntarily or
otherwise, any Indebtedness, other than (a) the Loan Obligations in
accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, (b) Obligations to other
lenders constituting Permitted Indebtedness, and (c) trade payables in the
ordinary course of business consistent with past practices.
15.4. Indirect
Obligations. Create,
incur, assume or allow to exist any Indirect Obligations except (i) Indirect
Obligations existing on the Execution Date and disclosed on section 12.21 of
the Disclosure Schedule, and (ii) Indirect Obligations with respect to
Permitted Indebtedness, or in connection with the Obligations of another Covered
Person incurred in such Covered Persons ordinary course of business consistent
with past practices.
15.5. Security
Interests. Create,
incur, assume or allow to exist any Security Interest upon all or any part of
its property, real or personal (including, without limitation, intangible
property), now owned, leased or hereafter acquired or leased, except the
following:
15.5.1. Security Interests for taxes, assessments or governmental
charges not delinquent or being diligently contested in good faith and by
appropriate proceedings and for which adequate book reserves in accordance with
GAAP are maintained.
15.5.2. Security Interests arising out of deposits in connection with
workers compensation insurance, unemployment insurance, old age pensions, or other
social security or retirement benefits legislation.
15.5.3. Deposits to secure bids, tenders, contracts (other than
contracts for the payment of money), leases, statutory obligations, and appeal
bonds, and other obligations of like nature arising in the ordinary course of
business.
15.5.4. Security Interests imposed by any Law, such as mechanics,
workmens, materialmens, landlords, carriers, or other like Security
Interests arising in the ordinary course of business which secure payment of
obligations which are not past due or which are being diligently contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in
accordance with GAAP are maintained on such Covered Persons books.
15.5.5. Subject to the limitations in Section 15.2, Security
Interests in favor of the holders of any asset leased under a Capital Lease to
Borrower.
15.5.6. Subject to the limitations in Section 15.2, Purchase
money Security Interests securing payment of the purchase price of equipment
acquired by Borrower after the Execution Date if such Security Interests attach
within 20 days of the Borrowers receipt
35
of such
equipment and if the holder of such Security Interest holds or purports to hold
a Security Interest in any of the Collateral then such Security Interest must
be subject to an intercreditor agreement acceptable to Lender.
15.5.7. Security Interests securing the Loan Obligations in favor of
Lender.
15.5.8. Without duplication of any other Security Interests permitted
by this Section 15.5, Security Interests existing on the Execution Date
that are disclosed in section 12.29 of the Disclosure Schedule
15.5.9. Security Interests in assets that are not Collateral.
15.5.10. Security Interests in Collateral that are subordinated to the
Security Interest granted hereunder pursuant to an intercreditor agreement
acceptable to Lender.
15.6. Acquisitions. Acquire any Capital Securities in a Person, or acquire all or
substantially all of the assets of a Person (including without limitation
assets comprising all or substantially all of an unincorporated business unit
or division of any Person) for consideration in excess of ten percent (10%) of
the Parents Total Assets in any single Acquisition or series of related
Acquisitions and twenty percent (20%) of the Parents Total Assets for all
acquisitions in a fiscal year, except if approved by Lender (any such approved
acquisition or acquisitions, being a Permitted Acquisition).
15.7. Leases;
Bailments; Consignments; Warehousing. Store any Inventory that is Collateral with a value in excess
of $50,000 for each location or any of its material books and records that is
at any time (i) in the possession or control of a warehouseman, bailee,
consignee including pursuant to an express or implied agreement establishing a
bailment or consignment, or similar arrangement, (ii) at any of Borrowers
agents or processors (not including any Person to whom Inventory is leased or
rented in the ordinary course of such Covered Persons business), or (iii) at
any location or premises that are not owned by Borrower, unless, at its
customers locations, in transit or in each case, Lender has received written
waivers or consents, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender,
which such written waivers or consents shall include, without limitation, a
waiver of all present and future Security Interests to which the owner, bailor,
or lessor of such premises may be entitled to assert against the Collateral. Occupy any national or regional headquarters
location, unless, in each case, Lender has received written waivers or
consents, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, which such written
waivers or consents shall include, without limitation, a waiver of all present
and future Security Interests to which the owner, bailor, or lessor of such
premises may be entitled to assert.
15.8. Disposal
of Property. Sell,
transfer, exchange, or otherwise dispose of the Personal Property
Collateral. Notwithstanding the foregoing
unless an Event of Default then exists (in which case any of the following
shall be prohibited if directed by Lender), Borrower may sell, transfer or
otherwise dispose of Personal Property Collateral in the ordinary course of
business consistent with past practice, provided that all proceeds of such
sales, transfers or other dispositions shall be paid to Lender for application
to the Loan Obligations.
15.9. Change of
Control. Unless
consented to in writing by Lender, authorize or approve, or consent to, a
Change in Control.
36
15.10. Capital
Structure; Capital Securities.
15.10.1. (i) Except as permitted by clause (iii) of this Section 15.10
hereof, make any change in the capital structure of any Covered Person which is
reasonably likely to cause a Default or Event of Default or which is reasonably
likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; or (ii) change any Charter
Documents of any Covered Person which is reasonably likely to have a Material
Adverse Effect or which will or is reasonably likely to cause a Default or
Event of Default.
15.10.2. Be a party to any merger or consolidation, except as
permitted by Section 14.2 or Section 15.6.
15.11. Change of
State of Formation; Change of Name. Make
any change in the state of incorporation or formation of organization of any
Covered Person, change its type of legal entity, or change its legal name as it
appears on any certificates or articles of organization or formation. Make any change in the trade names or styles
under which a Covered Person will sell Inventory or create Accounts, or to
which instruments in payment of Accounts may be made payable, except in
accordance with the terms of Section 14.10.9 with at least 30 days prior
written notice to Lender of such change (unless Lender agrees in writing to a
shorter period).
15.12. Change of
Business. Engage in
any business other than substantially as conducted by the Parent on the
Effective Date.
15.13. Transactions
With Affiliates. Enter into
or be a party to any transaction or arrangement, including the purchase, sale
or exchange of property of any kind or the rendering of any service, with any
Affiliate, or make any loans or advances to any Affiliate, except each Covered
Person may engage in such transactions with an Affiliate in the ordinary course
of business or, if not in the ordinary course of business but not material, and in each case pursuant
to the reasonable requirements of its business and on fair and reasonable terms
substantially as favorable to it as those which it could obtain in a comparable
arms-length transaction with a non-Affiliate.
Pay any management or similar fees to any Affiliate or other Person
other than another Borrower except each Covered Person may pay management fees
to an Affiliate or any other Person in the ordinary course of business or, if
not in the ordinary course of business but not material, and in each case
pursuant to the reasonable requirements of its business and on fair and
reasonable terms substantially as favorable to it as those which it could
obtain in a comparable arms-length transaction with a non-Affiliate.
15.14. Conflicting
Agreements. Enter into
any agreement that would, if fully complied with by it, result in a Default or
Event of Default.
15.15. Investment
Banking and Finders Fees. Pay
or agree to pay, or reimburse any other party with respect to, any investment
banking or similar or related fee, underwriters fee, finders fee, or brokers
fee to any Person in connection with this Agreement.
15.16. Sale and
Leaseback Transactions. Enter into
any agreement or arrangement with any Person providing for any Covered Person
to lease or rent property that Borrower has or will sell or otherwise transfer
to such Person.
15.17. New
Subsidiaries. Organize,
create or acquire any Subsidiary unless Borrower has obtained the prior written
consent of Lender thereto (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld)
and within five Business Days (unless Lender consents, in its sole discretion
to a longer period of time up to but not exceeding thirty days) following the
organization, creation or acquisition of such Subsidiary, the applicable
Covered Person and such Subsidiary executes and delivers to Lender the
following additional documents: all Charter Documents of such new
37
Subsidiary,
an unlimited Guaranty of the Loan Obligations by such Subsidiary or a joinder
agreement to this Agreement and the Loan Documents, and other Security
Documents requested by Lender so as to grant Lender, a perfected, first
priority security interest in the Collateral of such Subsidiary; provided,
however, if Borrower acquires a Subsidiary in connection with a Permitted
Acquisition, no prior consent of Lender shall be required and the foregoing
shall be inapplicable to any such acquired Subsidiary if such acquired
Subsidiary is merged into a Borrower within ten (10) days following its
acquisition.
15.18. Fiscal
Year. Change its
fiscal year from a fiscal year ending on January 31 of each calendar year.
15.19. [Intentionally
omitted].
15.20. Depreciation
Methodology. Change the
depreciation schedule or depreciation methodology for any Inventory that is
Collateral except as required by GAAP or applicable tax laws or upon 30 days
prior written notice to Lender.
15.21. Tax
Consolidation. File or
consent to the filing of any consolidated income tax return with any Person
other than another Borrower or Subsidiary.
15.22. Transactions
Having a Material Adverse Effect. Enter
into any transaction which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material
Adverse Effect; or enter into any transaction, or take or contemplate taking
any other action, or omit or contemplate omitting to take any action, which any
Responsible Officer has Knowledge that it is reasonably likely to cause a
Default or Event of Default hereunder.
15.23. Storage. Store any Inventory that is Collateral at any location other
than as set forth on section 12.29.1 of the Disclosure Schedule; maintain
its chief executive office at any location other than as set forth on
section 12.30.1 of the Disclosure Schedule.
15.24. Transportation
Solutions Assets. Borrowers
Subsidiary, Transportation Solutions, LLC, shall not own any material asset
other than interests in aircraft.
15.25. Other
Indebtedness. Enter into,
assume or otherwise be bound or obligated under any agreement creating or
evidencing Indebtedness containing one or more Additional and Amended Financial
Covenants, without providing prior written notice to Lender, provided, however,
in the event the Borrower or any other Covered Person shall enter into, assume
or otherwise become bound by or obligated under any such agreement, whether or
not prior written notice is given to Lender, the terms of this Agreement shall,
without any further action on the part of the Borrower and each other Covered
Person or Lender, be deemed to be amended automatically to include each
Additional and Amended Financial Covenant contained in such agreement, and
provided further, however, with respect to any Indebtedness in existence on the
date hereof, the provisions of this sentence shall apply only to amendments
after the date hereof.
15.26. Rental
Contracts. Borrower may rent the Inventory financed by Lender or against which Lender
has advanced funds and is Collateral pursuant to
the terms of Borrowers rental contracts (Rental Contracts). Financing for such Inventory will thereafter
be subject to the rates and terms of Lenders financing program in effect for rented goods, as
reflected in the applicable Transaction Statement for such Inventory. All of Borrowers Rental Contracts,
agreements and rental transactions will be in a form satisfactory to Lender
and conform with all applicable laws. Borrower will indemnify Lender against any loss or damage Lender suffer, whether direct or indirect, resulting in any
way from the Rental Contracts, agreements or rental
38
transactions that fail to so comply with such
laws. All Rental Contracts will be
transferable to Lender. Borrower will
indemnify Lender against any claims by
its customers regarding Borrowers obligations under the Rental Contacts. Borrower will immediately, upon Lenders oral or written request, deliver to Lender all Rental Contracts and all related documents. This assignment is a transfer for security
only and, until Lender has foreclosed its
interest in the Rental Contracts, will not be deemed to delegate any of
Borrowers duties under the Rental Contracts to Lender; nor is it intended to alter or impair performance by
either party to the Rental Contracts. Lender
may, from time to time, verify the accuracy of
the Rental Contracts. Borrower will
immediately, upon Lenders written
request, provide Lender with the following
information regarding Rental Contracts which are in effect on the date of such
request: (a) the name, address and
telephone number of each customer who has executed a Rental Contract; (b) the
location of the Inventory; (c) the date of each Rental Contract; (d) the
date when the Inventory is to be returned under each Rental Contract; and, (e) any
other information which Lender may
reasonably request. Other than to Lender
and other than Permitted Security Interests,
Borrower will not assign, sell, pledge, convey or by any other means transfer
any Rental Contracts or chattel paper covering inventory financed by Lender
that are for a term of thirty-two (32) days or
more, without Lenders prior written
consent. Borrower will not enter into
any Rental Contracts for Inventory financed by Lender or against which Lender has advanced funds pursuant to which: (i) the original term of the Rental
Contract is greater than ninety (90) days; (ii) the original term of the
Rental Contract is equal to or greater than the remaining economic life of such
Inventory; (iii) the customer is bound to renew the Rental Contract for
the economic life of such Inventory or is bound to become the owner of such
Inventory; or, (iv) the customer has an option to renew the Rental Contract
for the remaining economic life of such Inventory, or to become the owner of
such Inventory, for nominal consideration, or for consideration which is less
than the unpaid balance owed to Lender
for such inventory. If any such Rental
Contracts are issued, Borrower will take any action which Lender may reasonably require to perfect and/or protect Lenders security interest in such Rental Contracts and/or
the inventory subject thereto.
16. Financial Covenants.
16.1. Special
Definitions. As used in
this Section 16 and elsewhere herein, the following capitalized terms have
the following meanings:
Capital Expenditure means an expenditure for an asset that
must be depreciated or amortized under GAAP, or for any asset that under GAAP
must be treated as a capital asset. An
expenditure for purposes of this definition includes any deferred or seller
financed portion of the purchase price of an asset and includes the Capital
Expenditure Equivalent of a Capital Lease.
Capital Expenditures do not include any expenditure made with insurance
proceeds to the extent used to replace or repair damaged fixed assets and plant
equipment.
EBITDA means, for any period of calculation, an amount
equal to (A) the sum of (i) Net Income, (ii) Interest Expense, (iii) income
tax expense, (iv) depreciation expense, (v) amortization expense, and
(vi) non-cash charges relating to any share-based compensation awards, to
the extent such non-cash charges were expensed during such period in accordance
with SFAS 123R or are required to be shown as an expense in any Financial
Statements for periods prior to the effective date of SFAS 123R, plus (B), the
sum of (i) all nonrecurring losses under GAAP, and (ii) all
extraordinary losses not otherwise related to the continuing operations of the
Borrower in such period, minus (C) the sum of (i) all nonrecurring
gains under GAAP, and (ii) all extraordinary gains and income not
otherwise related to the continuing operations of the Borrower in such period.
39
Intangibles means and includes, at any date, general
intangibles; software (purchased or developed in-house); accounts receivable
and advances due from officers, directors, employees, stockholders, members,
owners and Affiliates; leasehold improvements net of depreciation; licenses;
good will; prepaid expenses; escrow deposits; covenants not to compete; the
excess of cost over book value of acquired assets; franchise fees;
organizational costs; finance reserves held for recourse obligations; capitalized
research and development costs; the capitalized cost of patents, trademarks,
service marks and copyrights net of amortization; and such other similar items
as Lender may from time to time determine in Lenders sole discretion.
Interest Expense means for any period of calculation, all
interest, whether paid in cash or accrued as a liability, but without
duplication, on Total Funded Indebtedness during such period.
Net Income means, for any period of calculation, net
income as determined in accordance with GAAP.
Tangible Net Worth means, at any date, (a) Total
Assets minus (b) the sum of (i) Intangibles plus (ii) Total
Liabilities.
Total Assets means the sum of all assets as presented in
the balance sheet in Borrowers most recent consolidated Financial Statements
delivered to Lender as required hereunder.
Total Funded Indebtedness means the sum of the following,
without duplication (i) the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all
other Indebtedness for borrowed money, (ii) the principal outstanding
under the Floorplan Loan Facility and
unfunded Approvals, and (iii) the maximum amount payable under any
guaranty executed by a Borrower.
Total Liabilities means the sum of all liabilities as
presented in the balance sheet in Borrowers most recent consolidated Financial
Statements delivered to Lender as required hereunder (including as liabilities,
all reserves required under GAAP for contingencies and other potential
liabilities) plus all Indebtedness of Borrower not otherwise reported thereon.
Total Whole Goods Inventory means the aggregate acquisition
cost of all whole good items of Inventory owned by the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, whether or not such Inventory is subject to a Security Interest
or subject to any Indebtedness (interest bearing or otherwise).
All other
capitalized terms used in this Section 16 shall have their meanings and
shall be determined under GAAP. All
calculations shall be for the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis. For the purposes of
calculating the amount of Total Funded Indebtedness in this Section 16,
each scheduled payment of interest and principal on any of the Loans made on
the first of a month shall be deemed to have been made on the immediately
preceding day.
16.2. Debt
Service Coverage. Borrower
covenants that it will maintain, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter
ending on or after January 31, 2010, a ratio of EBITDA to Interest
Expense, for the four preceding quarters then ended, of not less than 1.20 to
1.00.
16.3. Maximum
Total Funded Indebtedness to Tangible Net Worth. Borrower covenants that it will maintain, as of the last day
of each fiscal quarter ending on or after January 31, 2010, a ratio of
Total Funded Indebtedness to Tangible Net Worth not in excess of 3.00 to 1.00,
40
calculated
as of the last day of each fiscal quarter ending for the preceding four (4) fiscal
quarters then ended.
16.4. Minimum
Inventory Turn. Borrower
covenants that it will maintain as of the last day of each fiscal quarter
ending on or after January 31, 2010, a ratio of:
(I) Borrowers
cost of goods sold with respect to new Inventory, to (b) average new
Inventory, for the four (4) fiscal quarters then ended, of not less than (y) for
the fiscal quarters ending January 31, 2010, April 30, 2010 and July 31,
2010, 1.80 to 1.00 and (z) for the fiscal quarter ending October 31,
2010 and each January 31, April 30, July 31 and October 31
thereafter, 2.00 to 1.00;
(II) (a) Borrowers
cost of goods sold with respect to used inventory, to (b) average used
Inventory for the (4) fiscal quarters then ended, of not less than (y) for
the fiscal quarters ending January 31, 2010, April 30, 2010 and July 31,
2010, 1.80 to 1.00 and (z) for the fiscal quarter ending October 31,
2010 and each January 31, April 30, July 31 and October 31
thereafter, 2.00 to 1.00; and
(III) (a) Borrowers
cost of goods sold with respect to parts inventory, to (b) average parts
inventory, for the four (4) fiscal quarters then ended, of not less than
1.50 to 1.00.
16.5. Maximum
Total Whole Goods Inventory. Borrower
covenants that as of October 31, 2009, January 31, 2010, April 30,
2010 and July 31, 2010, Borrowers Total Inventory shall not exceed
$380,000,000 plus an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the Dollar amount
of all assets purchased by Borrower in connection with any Permitted
Acquisition after the Effective Date.
For clarity, this covenant shall not be applicable after July 31,
2010.
17. Default.
17.1. Events of
Default. Any one or
more of the following shall constitute an event of default (an Event of
Default) under this Agreement:
17.1.1. Failure to Pay Principal or
Interest. Failure of
Borrower to pay (i) any interest accrued on any of the Loans within three (3) Business
Days after the date when due, or (ii) any principal of the Loans when due;
provided, however, it shall not be an Event of Default with respect to the
payment of any principal or interest on any Floorplan Loan until the occurrence
of a Floorplan Payment Default. Floorplan
Payment Default means any failure by Borrower to make any payment, under a
Transaction Statement by the last day of the no interest period set forth in
a Transaction Statement. Floorplan Payment
Default shall not mean or include, and shall exclude, any deductions, offsets
or other disputes made or asserted by Borrower which are accepted by or under
good faith negotiation with Lender.
17.1.2. Failure to Pay Certain Other Amounts Owed to
Lender. Failure of
Borrower to pay any of the Loan Obligations (other than principal of the Loans
or interest accrued thereon and other than Lenders costs and expenses Borrower
is required to pay pursuant to the terms of Section 14.19 and Section 14.21)
within 10 days after the date when due.
17.1.3. Failure to Pay Examination and Appraisal
Costs. Failure of
Borrower to pay any of Lenders reasonable costs and expenses required to be
paid by Borrower pursuant to the terms of Section 14.19 and Section 14.21
within 10 days after the date when due.
41
17.1.4. Failure to Pay Amounts Owed to Other
Persons. Failure of
any Covered Person to make any payment due on Indebtedness of such Covered
Person which such Indebtedness is over $250,000 in the aggregate to Persons
(other than Indebtedness owed to Lender under the Loan Documents and other than
Indebtedness owed to any Covered Persons trade creditors in connection with
the purchase of such Covered Persons Inventory from such trade creditors) and
which failure continues unwaived beyond any applicable grace period specified
in the documents evidencing such Indebtedness.
17.1.5. Representations or Warranties. Any of the Representations and Warranties is discovered to
have been false in any material respect when made and is not cured within ten (10) days
of the date such Representation and Warranty was made (provided such breach can
be cured within such period and provided that Borrower works diligently and in
good faith to cure any such breach during such period), provided, however, with
respect to Representations and Warranties regarding Accounts, any such breach
or falsity could reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
17.1.6. Certain Covenants with Cure
Periods. Failure of
any Covered Person to comply with any covenant in Section 14 (other than
the covenants set forth in Section 14.13, Section 14.14, Section 14.16,
Section 14.19, Section 14.20, Section 14.21, Section 14.22,
and Section 14.23) which is not cured within 20 days after the
initial occurrence of such failure, provided noncompliance with such covenant
can be cured within such 20 day period and provided that Borrower works
diligently and in good faith to cure any such noncompliance during such period.
17.1.7. Certain Covenants Without Cure
Periods. Failure of
any Covered Person to comply with the covenants in Section 14 (unless
specified in Section 17.1.6 above ), Section 15, or Section 16.
17.1.8. Other Covenants. Failure of any Covered Person to comply with of any of the
terms or provisions of any of the Loan Documents applicable to it (other than a
failure which constitutes an Event of Default under any of Sections 17.1.1
through 17.1.7).
17.1.9. Acceleration of Other
Indebtedness. Any
Obligation (other than a Loan Obligation) of a Covered Person for the repayment
of $250,000 in the aggregate or more of borrowed money is accelerated, or
becomes or is declared to be due and payable or required to be prepaid (other
than by an originally scheduled or required (not by acceleration) prepayment)
prior to the original maturity thereof.
17.1.10. Default Under Other Agreements. The occurrence of any default or event of default under any
agreement to which a Covered Person is a party (other than the Loan Documents),
which default or event of default continues unwaived beyond any applicable
grace period provided therein and has had or could reasonably likely to have a
Material Adverse Effect. Lender or any
Covered Person receives notice of a breach that is not cured within any
applicable grace period from any landlord under a landlord consent/waiver
concerning a leased regional or national headquarters or a leased location at
which $500,000 or more of Inventory that is Collateral is located or any of its
material books and records are located stating that Borrower is in default of its
obligations under such lease. Borrower
loses any franchise, permission, license or right to sell or deal in any
Collateral which Lender or Lender finance which has had or could reasonably be
likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
42
17.1.11. Bankruptcy; Insolvency; Etc. A Covered Person (i) fails to pay, or admits in writing
its inability to pay, its debts generally as they become due, or otherwise
becomes insolvent (however evidenced); (ii) makes an assignment for the
benefit of creditors; (iii) files a petition in bankruptcy, is adjudicated
insolvent or bankrupt, petitions or applies to any tribunal for any receiver or
any trustee of such Covered Person or any substantial part of its property; (iv) commences
any proceeding relating to such Covered Person under any reorganization,
arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation Law of any
jurisdiction, whether now or hereafter in effect; (v) has commenced
against it any such proceeding which remains undismissed for a period of
60 days, or by any act indicates its consent to, approval of, or
acquiescence in any such proceeding or the appointment of any receiver of or
any trustee for it or of any substantial part of its property, or allows any
such receivership or trusteeship to continue undischarged for a period of
60 days; or (vi) takes any action to authorize any of the foregoing.
17.1.12. Judgments; Attachment; Settlement;
Etc. Any one or
more judgments or orders is entered against a Covered Person or any attachment
or other levy is made against the property of a Covered Person with respect to
a claim or claims involving in the aggregate liabilities (not paid or fully
covered by insurance, less the amount of reasonable deductibles in effect on
the Execution Date) in an aggregate amount in excess of $250,000, and such
judgment becomes final and non-appealable or if timely appealed is not fully
bonded and collection thereof stayed pending the appeal; or any Covered Person
agrees to a settlement obligating any Covered Person to make a payment with
respect to a claim or claims involving in the aggregate liabilities (not paid
or fully covered by insurance, less the amount of reasonable deductibles in
effect on the Execution Date) in an aggregate amount in excess of $250,000.
17.1.13. Pension Benefit Plan Termination,
Etc. Any Pension
Benefit Plan termination by the PBGC or the appointment by the appropriate
United States District Court of a trustee to administer any Pension Benefit
Plan or to liquidate any Pension Benefit Plan, which has had or reasonably
could be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; or any event which
constitutes grounds either for the voluntary termination of any Pension Benefit
Plan by the PBGC or for the appointment by the appropriate United States
District Court of a trustee to administer or liquidate any Pension Benefit Plan
shall have occurred and be continuing for thirty (30) days after Borrower
has notice of any such event, which has had or reasonably could be likely to
have a Material Adverse Effect; or any voluntary termination of any Pension
Benefit Plan which is a defined benefit pension plan as defined in Section 3(35)
of ERISA while such defined benefit pension plan has an accumulated funding
deficiency in an amount exceeding $500,000 in the aggregate unless Lender has
been notified of such intent to voluntarily terminate such plan and Lender has
given its consent and agreed that such event shall not constitute an Event of
Default; or the plan administrator of any Pension Benefit Plan applies under Section 412(d) of
the Code for a waiver of the minimum funding standards of Section 412(1) of
the Code and Lender determines that the substantial business hardship upon
which the application for such waiver is based could subject any Covered Person
or ERISA Affiliate of any Covered Person to a liability in excess of $500,000
in the aggregate.
17.1.14. Liquidation or Dissolution. A Covered Person files a certificate of dissolution under
applicable state Law or is liquidated or dissolved or suspends or terminates
the operation of its business, or has commenced against it any action or
43
proceeding
for its liquidation or dissolution or the winding up of its business, or takes
any action in furtherance thereof, except in connection with the consolidation
of such a Covered Person and its assets with another Covered Person and its
assets except as permitted by this Agreement.
17.1.15. Seizure of Assets. All or any material part of the property of all Covered
Persons is nationalized, expropriated, seized or otherwise appropriated, or
custody or control of such property or of all Covered Persons is assumed by any
Governmental Authority or any court of competent jurisdiction at the instance
of any Governmental Authority, unless the same is being contested in good faith
by proper proceedings diligently pursued and a stay of enforcement is in
effect.
17.1.16. Racketeering Proceeding. There is filed against any Covered Person any civil or
criminal action, suit or proceeding under any federal or state racketeering
statute (including, without limitation, the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt
Organization Act of 1970), which action, suit or proceeding is not dismissed
within 120 days and could result in the confiscation or forfeiture of any
of the Collateral.
17.1.17. Loan Documents; Security
Interests. For any
reason other than the failure of Lender to take any action available to it to
maintain perfection of the Security Interests created in favor of Lender
pursuant to the Loan Documents, any Loan Document ceases to be in full force
and effect or any Security Interest with respect to any portion of the
Collateral intended to be secured thereby ceases to be, or is not, valid, perfected
and prior to all other Security Interests (other than the Permitted Security
Interests, and other than sales of Collateral expressly permitted hereunder
made in the ordinary course of business, to a bona fide purchaser, for fair
market value, if all of the proceeds thereof are delivered to Lender as set
forth herein) or is terminated, revoked or declared void or invalid, or
Borrower or any Covered Person contests or denies that it has any liability or
obligation under any agreement, term, or condition contained in any Loan
Document to which Borrower or such Covered Person is a party.
17.1.18. Loss to Collateral. Any abandonment, loss, theft, damage or destruction of any
item or items of Collateral occurs which is not covered by insurance as required
herein and has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
17.1.19. Change of Control. Unless consented to in writing by Lender, a Change of Control
shall occur, or the Borrowers shall take any action in support of a Change in
Control, or any Person states, publicly, privately, or otherwise, its intention
to take any action, or fail to take any action, that may reasonably be likely,
as determined by Lender, to result in a Change of Control.
17.1.20. Material Adverse Change. There occurs any action or event or there is a nonoccurrence
of any action or event, which has or reasonably could be likely to have a
Material Adverse Effect.
17.2. Cross-Default. An Event of Default under this Agreement will automatically
and immediately constitute a default under every other Loan Document without
regard to any requirement therein for the giving of notice or the passing of
time.
44
17.3. Rights and Remedies.
17.3.1. Termination of Floorplan Loan Facility. Upon an Event of Default described in Section 17.1.11
(regardless of whether any time periods specified therein have expired), the
Floorplan Loan Facility shall be deemed canceled without any action or notice
by Lender shall have no obligation to make any further or subsequent Advances
and no further advances or Approvals shall be made without the consent of
Lender. Upon the occurrence and during
the continuance of any other Event of Default, Lender in its sole and absolute
discretion may cancel the Floorplan Loan Facility. Such cancellation may be, in any case,
without presentment, demand or notice of any kind, which Borrower expressly
waives. Borrower hereby waives any
requirement for notice of acceleration.
17.3.2. Acceleration; Funding. Upon an Event of Default described in Section 17.1.11
(regardless of whether any time periods specified therein have expired), all of
the outstanding Loan Obligations shall automatically become immediately due and
payable. From and after the date Lender
has knowledge of an Event of Default under Section 17.1.1, no further
Advances shall be made or issued Lender approves in writing any further
Advances or unless Lender waives in writing such Event of Default. Upon the occurrence and during the
continuance of any other Event of Default, and at any time thereafter, (i) Lender
may cease making Advances, and (ii) Lender in its sole and absolute
discretion may declare all of the outstanding Loan Obligations immediately due
and payable. Any such acceleration may
be, in either case, without presentment, demand or notice of any kind, which
Borrower expressly waives.
17.3.3. Right of Set-off. During an Existing Default, Lender and each participant of
Lender in the Loan Obligations is hereby authorized, without notice to Borrower
(any such notice being expressly waived by Borrower), to the fullest extent
permitted by law, to set off and apply against the Loan Obligations any and all
deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) or any
other assets at any time held by or at Lender or such participant or under the
control of or otherwise pledged to Lender or such participant, or any other
Indebtedness at any time owing by Lender (or its Affiliate) or such participant
(or its Affiliate) to or for the credit or the account of Borrower,
irrespective of whether or not Lender shall have made any demand under this
Agreement or the notes or any guaranty and although such Loan Obligations may
be unmatured. The rights of Lender or
such participant under this Section are in addition to other rights and
remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of set-off) which Lender
or such participant may otherwise have.
Any such amounts shall be applied by Lender to the Loan Obligations as
set forth in this Agreement. During an
Existing Default, Lender or such participant is hereby authorized, without
notice to Borrower (any such notice being expressly waived by Borrower), to set
off and apply against the Loan Obligations any and all deposits (general or
special, time or demand, provisional or final) or other assets at any time held
by or at Lender or such participant, or under the control of or otherwise
pledged to Lender or such participant, or any other Indebtedness at any time
owing by Lender (or its Affiliates) or such participant (or its Affiliates) to
or for the credit or the account of Borrower, irrespective of whether or not
Lender (or its Affiliates) thereof or such participant (or its Affiliates)
shall have made any demand under this Agreement or the Loan Obligations and
although such Loan Obligations may be unmatured.
17.3.4. Notice to Account Debtors. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of
Default, Lender may, without prior notice to Borrower, notify any or all
Account Debtors that the Accounts have been assigned to Lender and that Lender
has a Security Interest therein, and Lender may direct, or Borrower, at Lenders
request, shall
45
direct, any
or all Account Debtors to make all payments upon the Accounts directly to
Lender.
17.3.5. Entry Upon Premises and Access to
Information. Upon the
occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender may (i) enter
upon the premises leased or owned by Borrower where Collateral is located (or
is believed to be located) without any obligation to pay rent to Borrower, or
any other place or places where Collateral is believed to be located, (ii) render
Collateral usable or saleable, (iii) remove Collateral therefrom to the premises
of Lender or any agent of Lender for such time as Lender may desire in order
effectively to collect or liquidate Collateral; (iv) take possession of,
and make copies and abstracts of, Borrowers original books and records, obtain
access to Borrowers data processing equipment, computer hardware and software
relating to any of the Collateral and use all of the foregoing and the
information contained therein in any manner deems appropriate in connection
with the exercise of Lenders rights; and (v) notify postal authorities to
change the address for delivery of Borrowers mail to an address designated by
Lender and to receive, open and process all mail addressed to Borrower.
17.3.6. Completion of Uncompleted Inventory
Items. Upon the
occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender may
request that Borrower, and Borrower shall upon such request, use Borrowers
best efforts to obtain the consent of its and any other Covered Persons
customers to the completion (before or after foreclosure by Lender of its
security interest therein) of the manufacture of all uncompleted Inventory
items that Borrower or any other Covered Person was manufacturing for such
customers pursuant to contracts or accepted purchase orders, and the commitment
by such customers to purchase such items upon their completion as provided in
the relevant contracts or accepted purchase orders. Borrower shall, as an uncompensated agent for
Lender, complete or cause to be completed the manufacture and shipment of all
such items as provided in the relevant contracts or accepted purchase orders if
Lender so directs.
17.3.7. Borrowers Obligations. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of
Default, Borrower shall, if Lender so requests, assemble all the movable
tangible Collateral and make it available to Lender at a place or places to be
designated by Lender in its discretion.
17.3.8. Secured Party Rights. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of
Default:
17.3.8.1. Lender may exercise any or all of its rights under the
Security Documents as a secured party under the UCC and any other applicable
Law; and
17.3.8.2. Lender may sell or otherwise dispose of any or all of the
Collateral at public or private sale in a commercially reasonable manner, which
sale Lender may postpone from time to time by announcement at the time and
place of sale stated in the notice of sale or by announcement at any adjourned
sale without being required to give a new notice of sale, all as Lender deems
advisable, for cash or credit. Lender
may become the purchaser at any such sale if permissible under applicable Law,
and Borrower agrees that Lender has no obligation to preserve rights to
Collateral against prior parties or to marshal any Collateral for the benefit
of any Person. Borrower agrees that if
Lender
46
conducts a private sale of any
Collateral by requesting bids from 5 or more dealers, distributors, or lessors
in that type of Collateral, any sale by Lender of such Collateral, in bulk or
in parcels, to the bidder submitting the highest cash bid therefor, which
occurs within 120 days of the later to occur of (a) Lender taking
possession and control of such Collateral, or (b) Lender being otherwise
authorized or permitted to sell such Collateral, is a commercially reasonable
sale of such Collateral under the UCC.
Borrower further agrees that 10 (ten) or more days prior written notice
will be commercially reasonable notice of any public or private sale. Borrower agrees that the purchase of any
Collateral by a Vendor, as provided in any agreement between Lender and the
Vendor, is a commercially reasonable disposition and private sale of such
Collateral under the UCC, and no request for bids shall be required. Borrower irrevocably waives any requirement
that Lender retain possession and not dispose of any Collateral until after an
arbitration hearing, arbitration award, confirmation, trial or final judgment. If Lender disposes of any such Collateral other
than as herein contemplated, the commercial reasonableness of such disposition
will be determined in accordance with the laws of the state governing this
Agreement.
17.3.9. Joint and Several. Each Obligation and liability of Borrower to Lender, including
the Loan Obligations, are the joint and several obligations of Borrower, and
Lender may proceed directly against any Borrower, or all Borrowers, or any
Guarantor, or any Collateral, or all of the foregoing, or any one of the
foregoing or any combination of the foregoing, without first proceeding against
Borrower or any Collateral, or without joining all Persons liable or
potentially liable for any portion of the Loan Obligations in one action. Each Borrower shall be jointly and severally
liable as primary obligor and not merely as surety for repayment of all Loan
Obligations arising under the Loan Documents.
Such joint and several liability shall apply to Borrower regardless of
whether any Advance was only requested by or on behalf of or made to any other
Borrower or the proceeds of any Advance were used only by or on behalf of any
other Borrower or any indemnification Obligation or any other Obligation arose
only as a result of the action of any other Borrower. If any Borrower makes a payment in respect of
the Loan Obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, it shall
have the rights of contribution described in this Section below against
the other Borrower or Borrowers; provided that such Borrower shall not exercise
its right of contribution until Payment in Full; provided, however, that Lender
is hereby granted, a Security Interest in such right of contribution and may
enforce such right during an Existing Default.
It is the intent of Borrower and Lender, that Borrowers maximum
obligation to repay the Loan Obligations hereunder and under the other Loan
Documents (the Loan Obligation Limit) shall not exceed the greater of (i) the
amount actually borrowed or received directly or indirectly by such Borrower
with respect thereto and (ii) the amount which is $1.00 less than the
amount which, if recorded by such Borrower as a liability, would render such
Borrower not Solvent. To the extent that
any Borrower makes a payment on any of the Loan Obligations (a Loan Obligation
Payment), such Borrower (the Entitled Borrower) is entitled to contribution
and indemnification from, and reimbursement by, each other Borrower (a Contributing
Borrower) in the amount of the Contribution Obligation of such Contributing
Borrower hereunder. The Contribution
Obligation of a Contributing Borrower with respect to the Loan Obligation
Payment of an Entitled Borrower is an amount equal to the greater of (1) the
lesser of (x) such Contributing Borrowers Loan Obligation Limit at the
time the Loan Obligation Payment is made and (y) such Contributing
Borrowers Allocable Share of the Loan Obligation
47
Payment,
and (2) the amount of all proceeds from the Loan Obligations actually
received by such Contributing Borrower or applied by the recipient thereof
directly or indirectly for the benefit of such Contributing Borrower, less the
sum of any repayments thereof and any Loan Obligation Payments made by such
Contributing Borrower prior to the time the applicable Loan Obligation Payment
is made. The Allocable Share of a
Contributing Borrower is a fraction, the numerator of which is such
Contributing Borrowers Loan Obligation Limit at the time the applicable Loan
Obligation Payment is made and the denominator of which is the sum of the Loan
Obligation Limits of all of the Contributing Borrowers (plus a similarly
computed amount for any Guarantor which has a similar obligation to make a
contribution) as of such time.
17.3.10. Miscellaneous. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and at any time
thereafter, Lender may exercise any other rights and remedies available to
Lender under the Loan Documents or otherwise available to Lender at law or in
equity.
17.4. Application
of Funds. Any funds
received by Lender with respect to any Loan Obligation after its Maturity,
including proceeds of Collateral, shall be applied as follows: (i) first, to reimburse Lender all
unreimbursed costs and expenses paid or incurred by Lender that are payable or
reimbursable by Borrower hereunder; (ii) second, to the payment of accrued
and unpaid fees due hereunder and all other amounts due hereunder; (iii) third,
to the payment of interest accrued on the Loans to Lender; and to the payment (pari passu with the foregoing) of any Interest/Currency
Hedge Obligations; (iv) fourth, to the payment of the Loans, in such order
as Lender determines in its absolute discretion; and (v) fifth, to the
payment of the other Loan Obligations.
Any further remaining amounts shall be paid to Borrower or such other
Persons as shall be legally entitled thereto.
Except as expressly provided otherwise herein, Lender may apply, and
reverse and reapply, payments and proceeds of the Collateral to the Loan
Obligations in such order and manner as Lender determines in its absolute
discretion. Borrower hereby irrevocably
waives the right to direct the application of payments and proceeds of the
Collateral. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Lender may, with respect to the Floorplan Loan Facility apply: (i) at
any time, payments to reduce finance charges first and then principal,
regardless of Borrowers instructions; and (ii) principal payments to the
oldest (earliest) invoice for Collateral financed by Lender under the Floorplan
Loan Facility, but, in any event, all principal payments will first be applied
to such Collateral financed by Lender under the Floorplan Loan Facility which is sold, lost, stolen, damaged, rented,
leased, or otherwise disposed of or unaccounted for.
17.5. Limitation
of Liability; Waiver. Lender
shall not be liable to Borrower as a result of any commercially reasonable
possession, repossession, collection or sale by Lender of Collateral; and
Borrower hereby waives all rights of redemption from any such sale and the
benefit of all valuation, appraisal and exemption Laws. If Lender seeks to take possession of any of
the Collateral by replevin or other court process, Borrower hereby irrevocably
waives (i) the posting of any bonds, surety and security relating thereto
required by any statute, court rule or otherwise as an incident to such
possession, (ii) any demand for possession of the Collateral prior to the
commencement of any suit or action to recover possession thereof, (iii) any
requirement that Lender retain possession and not dispose of any Collateral
until after trial or final judgment, and (iv) to the extent permitted by
applicable Law, all rights to notice and hearing prior to the exercise by
Lender of Lenders right to repossess the Collateral without judicial process
or to replevy, attach or levy upon the Collateral without notice or
hearing. Lender shall have no obligation
to preserve rights to the Collateral or to marshal any Collateral for the
benefit of any Person.
48
17.6. Notice. Any notice of intended action required to be given by Lender
(including notice of a public or private sale of Collateral), if given as
provided in Section 21.1 at least 10 days prior to such proposed action,
shall be effective and constitute reasonable and fair notice to Borrower.
17.7. No
Liability. Lender
shall not be responsible for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it
under or in connection with any Loan Document, except for its own gross
negligence or willful misconduct. Lender
may execute any of its duties hereunder through its officers, directors,
employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact, and Lender may employ agents and
attorneys in fact and shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct
of any such agents or attorneys in fact selected by it with reasonable
care. Lender shall be entitled to rely
upon any certification, notice, instrument, writing, or other communication
(including, without limitation, any thereof by telephone or telecopy) believed
by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by or on
behalf of the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal
counsel (including counsel for any Covered Person), independent accountants,
and other experts selected by Lender.
Lender shall be entitled to seek and rely upon the advice of counsel
concerning all matters hereunder and shall not be liable to Borrower for acting
or failing to act as advised by such counsel.
18. Intentionally Omitted.
19. General.
19.1. Lenders
Right to Cure. Lender may
(but shall not be obligated to), from time to time, in its absolute discretion,
for Borrowers account and at Borrowers expense, pay (or, make a Floorplan
Loan Advance to pay) any amount or do any act required of Borrower hereunder or
requested by Lender to preserve, protect, maintain or enforce the Loan
Obligations, the Collateral or Lenders Security Interests therein, and which
Borrower fails to pay or do, including payment of any judgment against
Borrower, insurance premium, Taxes, warehouse charge, finishing or processing
charge, landlords claim, and any other Security Interest upon or with respect
to the Collateral. All payments that
Lender make pursuant to this Section and all reasonable out-of-pocket
costs and expenses that Lender pay or incur in connection with any action taken
by it hereunder shall be a part of the Loan Obligations, the repayment of which
shall be secured by the Collateral. Any
payment made or other action taken by Lender pursuant to this Section shall
be without prejudice to any right to assert an Event of Default hereunder and
to pursue Lenders other rights and remedies with respect thereto.
19.2. Rights
Not Exclusive. Every right
granted to Lender hereunder or under any other Loan Document or allowed to it
at law or in equity shall be deemed cumulative and may be exercised from time
to time.
19.3. Survival
of Agreements. All
covenants and agreements made herein and in the other Loan Documents shall
survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and other Loan Documents
and the making of every Advance. All
agreements, obligations and liabilities of Borrower under this Agreement
concerning the payment of money to Lender, including Borrowers obligations
under Sections 19.5 and 19.6, but excluding the obligation to repay the
Loans and interest accrued thereon, shall survive the repayment in full of the
Loans and interest accrued thereon, whether or not indefeasible and the
termination of the Floorplan Loan Facility.
19.4. Assignments; Participations.
19.4.1. Assignments. At any time after the Execution Date, Lender may assign all
of its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the consent or
approval of
49
Borrower. Upon execution, delivery, and acceptance of
an assignment and acceptance in form and substance acceptable to Lender, the
assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, have the obligations, rights,
and benefits of Lender hereunder and the assigning Lender shall, to the extent
of such assignment, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations
under this Agreement. Upon the
consummation of any assignment pursuant to this Section, the assignor and the
Borrower shall make appropriate arrangements so that, if required, new notes
are issued to the assignee. If the
assignee is not incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or
a State thereof, it shall deliver to the Borrower and the Lender certification
as to the exemption from deduction or withholding of Taxes in accordance with
applicable laws and as otherwise required by Lender. Lender shall give prompt notice thereof to
Borrower and Borrower shall be obligated to assignee to the same extent
Borrower was obligated to such assignor.
Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Agreement, Lender
may at any time assign and pledge all or any portion of its Loans to any
Federal Reserve Bank as collateral security pursuant. No such assignment shall release Lender from
its obligations hereunder.
19.4.2. Sale of Participations. Lender may sell one or more participations from time to time
in its Loans to any other Person without the consent or approval of Borrower.
19.4.3. Information. Lender may furnish any information concerning the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries in the possession of Lender from time to time to
assignees, affiliates or participants (including prospective assignees and
participants) Lender will use reasonable
efforts to provide notice to Borrower prior to disclosing any such information,
but shall have no liability for failure to provide such notice unless failure
was willful.
19.5. Payment
of Expenses. Borrower
agrees to pay or reimburse to Lender all of Lenders reasonable out-of-pocket
costs incurred in connection with Lenders due diligence review before
execution of the Loan Documents; the negotiation and preparation of proposals,
a commitment letter and the Loan Documents; the assignment of the Loans; any
participation of the Loans; the administration of this Agreement, the Loan
Documents and the Loans; the perfection of Lenders Security Interests in the
Collateral; the interpretation of any of the Loan Documents; the enforcement of
Lenders rights and remedies under the Loan Documents after a Default or Event
of Default; any amendment of or supplementation to any of the Loan Documents;
and any waiver, consent or forbearance with respect to any Default or Event of
Default. Lenders reasonable
out-of-pocket costs may include but are not limited to the following, to the
extent they are actually paid or incurred by Lender: title insurance fees and
premiums; the cost of searches for Security Interests existing against Covered
Persons or Guarantors; recording and filing fees and taxes; appraisal fees;
travel expenses; environmental consultant fees; litigation costs; reasonable
attorneys and paralegals expenses and reasonable fees; and costs and expenses
(for both internal and external examiners) for any field examinations. Attorneys and paralegals expenses may
include but are not limited to filing charges; telephone, data transmission,
facsimile and other communication costs; courier and other delivery charges;
and photocopying charges. Litigation
costs may include but are not limited to filing fees, deposition costs, expert
witness fees, expenses of service of process, and other such costs paid or
incurred in any administrative, arbitration, or court proceedings involving
Lender and any Covered Person, including proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code. All costs which Borrower is obligated to pay
or reimburse Lender are Loan Obligations payable to Lender and are payable on
demand by Lender.
50
19.6. General Indemnity.
19.6.1. Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Lender, and
each of its affiliates and its respective officers, directors, employees,
attorneys, representatives, agents, and advisors (each, an Indemnified
Party) from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities,
costs, and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees)
that may be incurred by or asserted or awarded against any Indemnified Party,
in each case arising out of or in connection with or by reason of (including,
without limitation, in connection with any investigation, litigation, or
proceeding or preparation of defense in connection therewith) the Loan
Documents, any of the transactions contemplated herein or the actual or
proposed use of the proceeds of the Loans (including, without limitation, any
payments made by Lender to any Person (other than Borrower) who is a party to
any blocked account and/or lockbox agreement, including, without limitation,
any indemnity payments by Lender thereunder), or the manufacture, storage,
transportation, release or disposal of any Hazardous Material on, from, over or
affecting any of the Collateral or any of the assets, properties, or operations
of any Covered Person or any predecessor in interest, directly or indirectly,
except to the extent such claim, damage, loss, liability, cost, or expense is
found in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction
to have resulted from such Indemnified Partys gross negligence or willful
misconduct. In the case of an
investigation, litigation or other proceeding to which the indemnity in this Section applies,
such indemnity shall be effective whether or not such investigation, litigation
or proceeding is brought by the Borrower, its directors, shareholders or
creditors or an Indemnified Party or any other Person or any Indemnified Party
is otherwise a party thereto and whether or not the transactions contemplated
hereby are consummated. The Borrower
agrees not to assert and agrees that it will not direct any other Covered Person
to assert, any claim against any Indemnified Party, on any theory of liability,
for special, indirect, consequential, exemplary or punitive damages arising out
of or otherwise relating to the Loan Documents, any of the transactions
contemplated herein or the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the
Loans. Borrower also agrees to pay,
indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties for, from and against, and
shall promptly reimburse the Indemnified Parties for, any and all claims,
damages, liabilities, losses, costs and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys fees and expenses and amounts paid in settlement) incurred, paid or
sustained by the Indemnified Parties, or enforcement by Lender of any of its
rights with respect thereto, except to the extent such claim, damage, loss,
liability, cost, or expense is found in a final, non-appealable judgment by a
court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Indemnified Partys
gross negligence or willful misconduct.
Each Borrower covenants and agrees to assume liability for and to
protect, indemnify and hold harmless Lender, from any and all liabilities,
obligations, damages, penalties, claims, causes of action, costs, charges and
expenses (including without limitation, attorneys fees), which may be incurred
by, imposed or asserted against Lender, howsoever arising or incurred because
of. out of or in connection with the disbursements of Floorplan Loans;
provided, however, the liability of the Borrowers pursuant to this indemnity
shall not extend to any liability, obligation, damage, penalty, claim, cause of
action, cost, charge or expense caused by or arising out of the gross
negligence or willful misconduct of Lender.
Borrower: (i) is obligated
to pay any Loan Obligation even if any Collateral is defective or fails to
conform to any warranties extended by any third party; (ii) shall not
assert against Lender, or any other Indemnified Party any claim or defense
Borrower has against any third party; and (iii) indemnify and hold Lender
and any other Indemnified Party harmless against all claims and defenses
asserted by any buyer of the Collateral relating to the condition of, or any
representations regarding, any of the Collateral. Borrower irrevocably waives all rights of
offset and counterclaims Borrower
51
may have against Lender, except counterclaims arising in
cases of Lenders gross negligence or willful misconduct.
19.6.2. The obligations of Borrower under this Section 19.6
shall survive the termination of the Floorplan Loan Facility, the full payment in
cash and satisfaction of all of the Loan Obligations, and the release of the
Collateral. All amounts, obligations and
liabilities referred to in Section 19.6.1 shall be deemed to be a part of
the Loan Obligations and shall be paid to Lender on demand.
19.6.3. To the extent that any of the
indemnities required from Borrower under this Section are unenforceable
because they violate any Law or public policy, Borrower shall pay the maximum
amount which it is permitted to pay under applicable Law.
19.6.4. The
foregoing indemnification shall not apply to the extent such liabilities and
costs are determined to have resulted or been caused, in whole or in part, by
the gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of such Indemnified
Party. THE FOREGOING INDEMNIFICATION
SHALL APPLY WHETHER OR NOT SUCH LIABILITIES AND COSTS ARE IN ANY WAY OR TO ANY
EXTENT CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OF ANY
KIND EXCEPT AS PROVIDED BY THE IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING SENTENCE.
19.6.5. In exchange for, among other things, Lenders agreement to
make any payments to any Person (other than Borrower or a Covered Person) who
is a party to any blocked account, lockbox agreement, bailee letter, landlord
waiver or other similar agreement entered into in connection herewith
(including any indemnity payments by Lender thereunder, collectively, Third
Person Reimbursement Agreements), Borrower hereby indemnifies, releases,
discharges and acquits forever Lender and any of its respective officers,
directors, servants, agents, employees and attorneys, past, present and future,
from any and all claims, demands and causes of action, of whatever nature,
whether in contract or tort, accrued or to accrue, contingent or vested, known
or unknown, running in favor of Borrower or any Covered Person arising out of
or relating to such Third Person Reimbursement Agreements, except those arising
from Lenders gross negligence or willful misconduct.
19.7. Changes in Accounting Principles. If
any Covered Person, at the end of its fiscal year and with the concurrence of
its independent certified public accountants, changes the method of valuing the
Inventory of such Covered Person, or if any other changes in accounting
principles from those used in the preparation of any of the Financial
Statements are required by or result from the promulgation of principles,
rules, regulations, guidelines, pronouncements or opinions by the Financial
Accounting Standards Board or the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants (or successors thereto or bodies with similar functions), and any
of such changes result in a change in the method of calculation of, or affect
the results of such calculation of, any of the financial covenants, standards
or terms found herein, then the parties hereto agree to enter into and
diligently pursue negotiations in order to amend such financial covenants,
standards or terms so as to equitably reflect such changes, with the desired
result that the criteria for evaluating the financial condition and results of
operations of such Covered Person shall be the same after such changes as if
such changes had not been made; provided, however, that until such amendments
are made, all financial covenants herein and all the provisions hereof which
contemplate financial calculation hereunder shall remain in full force and
effect.
19.8. Loan Records. The date
and amount of all Advances to Borrower and payments of amounts due from
Borrower under the Loan Documents will be recorded in the records that
52
Lender normally maintains for such types of
transactions. The failure to record, or
any error in recording, any of the foregoing shall not, however, affect the
obligation of Borrower to repay the Loans and other amounts payable under the
Loan Documents. Borrower shall have the
burden of proving that such records are not correct. Borrower agrees that Lenders books and
records showing the Loan Obligations and the transactions pursuant to this
Agreement shall be admissible in any action or proceeding arising therefrom,
and shall constitute prima facie proof thereof, irrespective of whether any
Loan Obligation is also evidenced by a promissory note or other
instrument. Any statement sent by Lender
to a Covered Person shall be deemed correct, accurate and binding on Borrower
and an account stated (except for reversals and reapplications of payments as
provided in Section 7.5 and corrections of errors discovered by Lender),
unless Borrower notifies Lender in writing to the contrary within 60 days
after such statement is rendered (regardless of whether a shorter period is
provided for in any Transaction Statement).
In the event a timely written notice of objections is given by Borrower,
only the items to which exception is expressly made will be considered to be
disputed by Borrower.
19.9. Other Security and Guaranties. Lender
may, without notice or demand and without affecting Borrowers obligations
hereunder, from time to time,: (a) take from any Person and hold
collateral (other than the Collateral) for the payment of all or any part of
the Loan Obligations and exchange, enforce and release such collateral or any
part thereof; and (b) accept and hold any endorsement or Guaranty of
payment of all or any part of the Loan Obligations and release or substitute
any such endorser or Guarantor, or any Person who has given any Security
Interest in any other collateral as security for the payment of all or any part
of the Loan Obligations, or any other Person in any way obligated to pay all or
any part of the Loan Obligations.
19.10. Loan Obligations Payable
in Dollars. All Loan Obligations shall be payable only in
Dollars. If, however, to obtain a
judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a Loan Obligation payable in
Dollars into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which
Lender, using its customary procedures, could purchase Dollars with such other
currency in New York, New York on the Business Day immediately preceding the
day on which such judgment is rendered.
If any sum in another currency is paid to Lender or received by Lender
and applied to a Loan Obligation payable in Dollars, such Loan Obligation shall
be deemed paid and discharged only to the extent of the amount of Dollars that
Lender, using its customary procedures, is able to purchase in New York, New
York with such sum on the Business Day immediately following receipt
thereof. Borrower agrees to indemnify
Lender against any loss in Dollars that it may incur on such Loan Obligation as
a result of such payment or receipt and application to such Loan Obligation.
19.11. Disclosure.
19.11.1. Borrower irrevocably authorizes Lender to
investigate and make inquiries of former, current, or future creditors or other
persons and credit bureaus regarding or relating to Borrower (including, to the
extent permitted by law, any equity holders of Borrower). Lender may provide to any Affiliate of Lender
or any third parties any financial, credit or other information regarding
Borrower that Lender may at any time possess, whether such information was
supplied by Borrower to Lender or otherwise obtained by Lender. Further, Borrower irrevocably authorizes and
instructs any third parties (including without limitation, any Vendors or
customers of Borrower) to provide to Lender any credit, financial or other
information regarding Borrower that such third parties may at any time possess,
whether such information was supplied by Borrower to such third parties or
otherwise obtained by such third parties.
53
19.11.2. Lender may obtain from any vendor any
credit, financial or other information regarding Borrower that such vendor may
from time to time possess.
19.11.3. Notwithstanding the terms of Section 19.11.1,
Lender may, disclose information regarding Borrower, or its operations or
finances, to their Affiliates, to each other, to each others Affiliates, to
any actual or prospective assignee, participant, trustee or purchaser
(including any purchaser of any interest in a trust or other special purpose
entity), and to all of the officers, attorneys, auditors, accountants, bank
examiners, agents and representatives of the foregoing, in connection with the
administration or the securitization, participation, or other disposition of
all or any portion of the Loans or Loan Documents, or the interpretation or
enforcement of the Loan Documents, or the lending and collection activity
contemplated therein, or to the extent required by Law or a Governmental
Authority, or to the extent required for the assignment, securitization,
participation, or other disposition of all or any portion of the Loans or Loan
Documents. Lender shall use its
reasonable efforts to cause such Persons to which information is to be
disclosed as part of an assignment of, or participation in, the Loans to
execute non-disclosure agreements with respect to such information, but shall
have no liability for failure to do so, unless such failure is intentionally
willful. Notwithstanding the terms of Section 19.11.1,
Lender may also disclose without restriction any such information in any
documents that it files in any legal proceeding to pursue, enforce or preserve
its rights under the Loan Documents.
Notwithstanding the terms of Section 19.11.1, Lender may also
disclose customary credit, financial, or other information on Borrower in
Lenders possession to Vendors and potential Vendors, credit rating agencies,
suppliers of Borrower, any Persons liable for the Loan Obligations, or any
Person involved in the Floorplan Loan Facility, and Lender shall use its
reasonable efforts to advise such Persons that such information is to be
treated as confidential, but shall have no liability for failure to do so,
unless such failure is intentionally willful.
Lenders non-disclosure obligation shall not apply to any information
that (i) is disclosed to Lender by a third Person not affiliated with or
employed by Borrower who does not, to Lenders knowledge, have a commensurate
duty of non-disclosure, or (ii) is or becomes publicly known other than as
a result of disclosure by Lender.
19.12. Tax Treatment
Waiver. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement
to the contrary, any party hereto (and each employee, representative, or other
agent of each such party) may disclose to any and all Persons, without
limitation of any kind, the tax treatment, tax structure, and tax
strategies of the transactions contemplated hereby and the other Loan
Documents and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses)
that are provided to such party relating to any such tax treatment, tax
structure, or tax strategy. This
authorization is effective immediately upon the Effective Date. The terms tax treatment, tax structure,
and tax strategies shall be ascribed the meaning set forth in Treas. Reg.
§1.6011-4, and this paragraph shall be construed so as to cause the subject
transaction not to have been offered or entered into under conditions of
confidentiality as described in Treas. Reg. §1.6011-4(b)(3).
20. Binding Arbitration.
20.1. Arbitrable Claims. Except
as otherwise specified below, all actions, disputes, claims and controversies
under common law, statutory law or in equity of any type or nature whatsoever,
whether arising before or after the date of this Agreement and the Loan
Documents, and whether directly or indirectly relating to: (a) this
Agreement or any amendments, modifications, restatements, waivers, and addenda
hereto, or the breach, invalidity or termination hereof; (b) any
54
previous or subsequent agreement between or among Lender,
Borrower and any other Covered Person; (c) any act committed by Lender or
by any parent company, subsidiary or affiliated company of Lender (the Lender
Companies), or by any employee, agent, officer or director of a Lender Company
whether or not arising within the scope and course of employment or other
contractual representation of the Lender Companies provided that such act
arises under a relationship, transaction or dealing between Lender, Borrower
and any other Covered Person; or (d) any other relationship, transaction
or dealing between or among, Lender, Borrower and any Covered Person
(collectively, for clauses (a) through and including (d), the Disputes),
will be subject to and resolved by binding arbitration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties
agree that either party may pursue claims against the other that do not exceed
Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000) in the aggregate in a court of competent
jurisdiction. Service of arbitration
claims shall be acceptable if made by U.S. mail or overnight delivery to the
address for the party described herein.
20.2. Administrative Body. All
arbitration hereunder will be conducted in accordance with the Commercial
Arbitration Rules of either: (a) The American Arbitration Association
(AAA); or (b) United States Arbitration & Mediation (USA&M). The party first filing an arbitration claim
shall designate which arbitration forum and rules are to be applied for
all Disputes between the parties. The
arbitration rules are found at www.adr.org for AAA, and at
www.usam-midwest.com. for USA&M. AAA
claims may be filed in any AAA office.
Claims filed with USA&M shall be filed in their Midwest office
located at 720 Olive Street, Suite 2020, St. Louis, Missouri 63101. All arbitrator(s) selected will be
attorneys with at least five (5) years secured transactions
experience. A panel of three arbitrators
shall hear all claims exceeding One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), exclusive of
interest, costs and attorneys fees. The
arbitrator(s) will decide if any inconsistency exists between the rules of
the applicable arbitral forum and the arbitration provisions contained
herein. If such inconsistency exists,
the arbitration provisions contained herein will control and supersede such
rules. The arbitrator shall follow the
terms of this Agreement and the applicable law, including the attorney-client
privilege and the attorney work product doctrine.
20.3. Hearings. Each party
hereby consents to a documentary hearing for all arbitration claims, by
submitting the Dispute to the arbitrator(s) by written briefs and
affidavits, along with relevant documents.
However, arbitration claims will be submitted by way of an oral hearing
if any party requests an oral hearing within thirty (30) days after service of
the claim, and that party remits the appropriate amount for AAAs or USA&Ms
(as applicable) fees and arbitrator compensation within ten (10) days of
the designated arbitration associations statement for payment of all fees and
arbitrator compensation relating to the oral hearing. Each party agrees that failure to timely pay
all fees and arbitrator compensation billed to the party requesting the oral
hearing will be deemed such partys consent to submitting the Dispute to the
arbitrator on documents and such partys waiver of its request for an oral
hearing. The site of all oral
arbitration hearings will be in the Division of the Federal Judicial District
in which the designated arbitration association maintains a regional office
that is closest to Borrower.
20.4. Discovery. Discovery
permitted in any arbitration proceeding commenced hereunder is limited as
follows. No later than forty (40) days
after the filing and service of a claim for arbitration, the parties in
contested cases will exchange detailed statements setting forth the facts
supporting the claim(s) and all defenses to be raised during the
arbitration, and a list of all exhibits and witnesses. No later than twenty-one (21) days prior to
the oral arbitration hearing, the parties will exchange a final list of all
exhibits and all witnesses, including any designation of any expert witness(es)
together with a summary of their testimony; a copy of all documents and a
detailed description of any property to be introduced at the hearing. Under no circumstances will
55
the use of interrogatories, requests for admission, requests
for the production of documents or the taking of depositions be permitted. However, if of the designation of any expert
witness(es), the following will occur: (i) all information and documents
relied upon by the expert witness(es) will be delivered to the opposing party; (ii) the
opposing party will be permitted to depose the expert witness(es); (iii) the
opposing party will be permitted to designate rebuttal expert witness(es); and (iv) the
arbitration hearing will be continued to the earliest possible date that
enables the foregoing limited discovery to be accomplished.
20.5. Exemplary or Punitive Damages. The
Arbitrator(s) will not have the authority to award exemplary or punitive
damages.
20.6. Confidentiality of Awards. All
arbitration proceedings, including testimony or evidence at hearings, will be
kept confidential, although any award or order rendered by the arbitrator(s) pursuant
to the terms of this Agreement may be confirmed as a judgment or order in any
state or federal court of competent jurisdiction within the federal judicial district
which includes the residence of the party against whom such award or order was
entered. This Agreement concerns
transactions involving commerce among the several states. The Federal Arbitration Act, Title 9 U.S.C.
Sections 1 et seq., as amended (FAA) will govern all arbitration(s) and
confirmation proceedings hereunder.
20.7. Prejudgment and Provisional
Remedies. Nothing herein will be construed to prevent
Lenders, Borrowers or any Covered Persons use of bankruptcy, receivership,
injunction, repossession, replevin, claim and delivery, sequestration, seizure,
attachment, foreclosure, or any other prejudgment or provisional action or
remedy relating to any Collateral for any current or future debt owed by either
party to the other. Any such action or
remedy will not waive Lenders, Borrowers or any Covered Persons right to
compel arbitration of any Dispute.
20.8. Attorneys Fees. If
Lender, Borrower or any Covered Person brings any other action for judicial
relief with respect to any Dispute (other than those set forth in Sections 20.1
or 20.7), the party bringing such action will be liable for and immediately pay
all of the other partys costs and expenses (including attorneys fees)
incurred to stay or dismiss such action and remove or refer such Dispute to
arbitration. If Lender, Borrower or any
Covered Person brings or appeals an action to vacate or modify an arbitration
award and such party does not prevail, such party will pay all costs and expenses,
including attorneys fees, incurred by the other party in defending such
action. Additionally, if Borrower or any
Covered Person sues Lender or institutes any arbitration claim or counterclaim
against Lender in which Lender is the prevailing party, Borrower or any such
Covered Person will pay all costs and expenses (including attorneys fees)
incurred by Lender in the course of defending such action or proceeding.
20.9. Limitations. Any
arbitration proceeding must be instituted:
(i) with respect to any Dispute for the collection of any debt owed
by either party to the other, before the second anniversary of the date the
last payment by or on behalf of the payor was received and applied in respect
of such debt by the payee; and (ii) with respect to any other Dispute,
before the second anniversary of the date the incident giving rise thereto
occurred, whether or not any damage was sustained or capable of ascertainment
or either party knew of such incident.
Failure to institute an arbitration proceeding within such period will
constitute an absolute bar and waiver to the institution of any proceeding,
whether arbitration or a court proceeding, with respect to such Dispute. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this
limitations provision will be suspended temporarily, as of the date any of the
following events occur, and will not resume until the date following the date
either party is no longer subject to, (a) bankruptcy; (b) receivership;
(c) any proceeding regarding an assignment for the benefit of creditors;
or (d) any legal proceeding, civil
56
or criminal, which prohibits either party from foreclosing
any interest it might have in the collateral of the other party.
20.10. Survival After
Termination. The agreement to arbitrate will survive the
termination of this Agreement.
20.11. Invalidity/Unenforceability
of Binding Arbitration; Jury Trial Waiver; Service of Process;
Forum. IF THIS
AGREEMENT IS FOUND TO BE NOT SUBJECT TO ARBITRATION, THEN:
20.11.1. Jury Trial
Waiver. ANY LEGAL
PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO ANY DISPUTE (1) ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR
ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, or (2) IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR
INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM IN RESPECT OF
THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO
OR THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER
OR NOT SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE, WILL BE TRIED IN A COURT OF
COMPETENT JURISDICTION BY A JUDGE WITHOUT A JURY. EACH BORROWER AND LENDER WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL IN ANY SUCH
PROCEEDING. Each Borrower and Lender
further agrees and consents that any such claim, demand, action or cause of
action shall be decided by court trial without a jury and that either may file
an original counterpart or a copy of this Agreement with any court as written
evidence of the consent of the parties hereto to the waiver of their right to
trial by jury.
20.11.2. Choice of
Forum. Subject only to the exception in the next
sentence, Borrower and Lender hereby agrees to the exclusive jurisdiction of
the federal court of the Northern District of Illinois and the state courts of
Illinois located in Cook County, Illinois and waives any objection based on
venue or forum non conveniens with respect to any action
instituted therein, and agrees that any dispute concerning the relationship
between Lender and Borrower or the conduct of any of them in connection with
this Agreement or otherwise shall be heard only in the courts described above. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (1)
Lender shall have the right to bring any action or proceeding against any
Borrower or its property in any courts of any other jurisdiction Lender deem
necessary or appropriate in order to realize on the Collateral, real estate or
other security for the Loan Obligations, and (2) each party hereto
acknowledges that any appeals from the courts described in the immediately
preceding sentence may have to be heard by a court located outside those
jurisdictions.
20.11.3. Service of Process. Each
Borrower hereby waives personal service of any and all process upon it and
consents that all such service of process may be made by registered mail
(return receipt requested) directed to Borrower at its address set forth on the
signature pages hereof, and service so made shall be deemed to be
completed five (5) days after the same shall have been so deposited in the
U.S. mails, registered mail, return receipt requested; or at Lenders option,
by service upon CT Corporation which Borrower irrevocably appoints as such
Borrowers agent for the purpose of accepting service of process. Lender shall promptly forward by registered
mail any process so served upon said agent to Borrower at its address on the
signature pages hereof. Nothing
57
in this Section shall affect the right of Lender to
serve legal process in any other manner permitted by Law.
21. Miscellaneous.
21.1. Notices. All notices,
consents, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto shall
be in writing, and shall be deemed to have been given or made when delivered in
person to those Persons listed on the signature pages hereof or four (4) days
after the date when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, or,
in the case of the overnight courier services, when delivered to the overnight
courier service, or in the case of telecopy or e-mail (if expressly permitted
herein) notice, when sent, verification received, in each case addressed as set
forth on the signature pages hereof, or to such other address as either
party may designate by notice to the other in accordance with the terms of this
Section. No notice given to or demand
made on Borrower by Lender in any instance shall entitle Borrower to notice or
demand in any other instance.
21.2. Amendments and Modifications; Waivers and Consents.
21.2.1. No amendment to or modification of any
provision of this Agreement, or of any of the other Loan Documents shall be
effective unless it is in writing and signed by authorized officers of Lender
and Borrower. Unless otherwise provided
herein, no waiver of, or consent to any departure by Borrower from, the
requirements of any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Loan
Documents shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by authorized
officers or representatives of Lender.
21.2.2. Any such amendment, modification, waiver
or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose
for which given. No notice to or demand
on Borrower in any instance shall entitle Borrower to any other or further
notice or demand in another similar or different instance. No failure by Lender to exercise, and no
delay by Lender in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder
shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by
Lender of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other
exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or
privilege existing under any Law or otherwise.
21.3. Course of Dealing. ACCEPTANCE
OF OR ACQUIESCENCE IN A COURSE OF PERFORMANCE OR COURSE OF DEALING RENDERED OR
TAKEN UNDER OR WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS WILL
NOT BE RELEVANT IN ANY RESPECT TO DETERMINE THE MEANING OF THIS AGREEMENT OR
THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR THE OBLIGATIONS OR LIABILITIES OF THE PARTIES
HERETO UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, EVEN THOUGH THE
ACCEPTING OR ACQUIESCING PARTY HAD KNOWLEDGE OF THE NATURE OF THE PERFORMANCE AND
OPPORTUNITY FOR OBJECTION.
21.4. Rights Cumulative. Each
of the rights and remedies of Lender under this Agreement shall be in addition
to all of its other rights and remedies under applicable Law, and nothing in
this Agreement shall be construed as limiting any such rights or remedies.
21.5. Successors and Assigns. This
Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto
and their respective successors and assigns, except that Borrower may not
assign, delegate or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this
Agreement without the prior written consent of Lender. With respect to Borrowers successors and
assigns, such successors and assigns shall include any receiver, trustee or
debtor-in-possession of or for Borrower.
58
21.6. Severability. Any
provision of this Agreement which is prohibited, unenforceable or not
authorized in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective
to the extent of such prohibition, unenforceability or lack of authorization
without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or affecting the validity,
enforceability or legality of such provision in any other jurisdiction unless
the ineffectiveness of such provision would result in such a material change as
to cause completion of the transactions contemplated hereby to be unreasonable.
21.7. Counterparts. This
Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto on any number of separate
counterparts, and all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and
the same instrument. It shall not be
necessary in making proof of this Agreement to produce or account for more than
one counterpart signed by the party to be charged.
21.8. Governing Law; No Third Party
Rights. This Agreement, and the other Loan Documents and
the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be
governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the internal Laws
of the State of Illinois applicable to contracts made and to be performed
wholly within such state, without regard to choice or conflicts of law
principles; except that the provisions of the Loan Documents pertaining to the
creation or perfection of Security Interests or the enforcement of rights of
Lender in Collateral located in a State other that the State of Illinois shall
be governed by the Laws of such State to the extent such law is applicable
thereto. This Agreement is solely for the benefit of the parties hereto
and their respective successors and assigns, and no other Person shall have any
right, benefit, priority or interest under, or because of the existence of,
this Agreement.
21.9. Counterpart Facsimile Execution. For
purposes of this Agreement, a document (or signature page thereto) signed
and transmitted by facsimile machine or telecopier or via e-mail as a PDF
attachment is to be treated as an original document. The signature of any Person thereon, for
purposes hereof, is to be considered as an original signature, and the document
transmitted is to be considered to have the same binding effect as an original
signature on an original document. At
the request of any party hereto, any facsimile, telecopy or PDF document is to
be re-executed in original form by the Persons who executed the facsimile,
telecopy or PDF document. No party
hereto may raise the use of a facsimile machine, telecopier, e-mail or the fact
that any signature was transmitted through the use of a facsimile machine,
telecopier or e-mail as a defense to the enforcement of this Agreement or any
amendment or other document executed in compliance with this Section.
21.10. No Other
Agreements. There are no other agreements between Lender
and Borrower, oral or written, concerning the subject matter of the Loan
Documents, and all prior agreements concerning the same subject matter,
including any proposal or commitment letter, are merged into the Loan Documents
and thereby extinguished.
21.11. Negotiated
Transaction. Borrower and Lender represent each to the
others that in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents they have been represented by and have relied upon the advice of
counsel of their choice. Borrower and
Lender affirm that their counsel have both had substantial roles in the
drafting and negotiation of this Agreement; therefore, this Agreement will be
deemed drafted by Borrower and Lender, and the rule of construction to the
effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafter will not be
employed in the interpretation of this Agreement.
21.12. Waiver of Punitive and
Exemplary Damages. Each party to this Agreement hereby
waives any right to bring any action or claim against any other party to this
Agreement for exemplary or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise relating
to the this Agreement, Loan
59
Documents, any of the transactions contemplated herein, or
the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Loans.
21.13. Incorporation By
Reference. All of the terms of the other Loan Documents
are incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement by this reference.
21.14. Statutory
Notice-Insurance. The following notice is given pursuant
to Section 180/15 of the Collateral Protection Act set forth in Chapter
815 Section 180/1 of the Illinois Compiled Statutes; nothing contained in
such notice shall be deemed to limit or modify the terms of this Agreement:
UNLESS YOU PROVIDE EVIDENCE OF THE INSURANCE
COVERAGE REQUIRED BY YOUR AGREEMENT WITH US, WE MAY PURCHASE INSURANCE AT
YOUR EXPENSE TO PROTECT OUR INTERESTS IN YOUR COLLATERAL. THIS INSURANCE MAY, BUT NEED NOT, PROTECT
YOUR INTERESTS. THE COVERAGE THAT WE
PURCHASE MAY NOT PAY ANY CLAIM THAT YOU MAKE OR ANY CLAIM THAT IS MADE
AGAINST YOU IN CONNECTION WITH THE COLLATERAL.
YOU MAY LATER CANCEL ANY INSURANCE PURCHASED BY US, BUT ONLY AFTER
PROVIDING EVIDENCE THAT YOU HAVE OBTAINED INSURANCE AS REQUIRED BY OUR
AGREEMENT. IF WE PURCHASE INSURANCE FOR
THE COLLATERAL, YOU WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COSTS OF THAT INSURANCE,
INCLUDING THE INSURANCE PREMIUM, INTEREST AND ANY OTHER CHARGES WE MAY IMPOSE
IN CONNECTION WITH THE PLACEMENT OF THE INSURANCE, UNTIL THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF
THE CANCELLATION OR EXPIRATION OF THE INSURANCE. THE COSTS OF THE INSURANCE MAY BE ADDED
TO YOUR TOTAL OUTSTANDING BALANCE OR OBLIGATION. THE COSTS OF THE INSURANCE MAY BE MORE
THAN THE COST OF INSURANCE YOU MAY BE ABLE TO OBTAIN ON YOUR OWN.
21.15. Statutory NoticeOral
Commitments. ORAL
AGREEMENTS OR COMMITMENTS TO LOAN MONEY, EXTEND CREDIT OR TO FORBEAR FROM
ENFORCING REPAYMENT OF A DEBT INCLUDING PROMISES TO EXTEND OR RENEW SUCH DEBT
ARE NOT ENFORCEABLE, REGARDLESS OF THE LEGAL THEORY UPON WHICH IT IS BASED THAT
IS IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT. TO PROTECT YOU (BORROWER(S)) AND
US (CREDITOR) FROM MISUNDERSTANDING OR DISAPPOINTMENT, ANY AGREEMENTS WE REACH
COVERING SUCH MATTERS ARE CONTAINED IN THIS WRITING, WHICH IS THE COMPLETE AND
EXCLUSIVE STATEMENT OF THE AGREEMENT BETWEEN US, EXCEPT AS WE MAY LATER
AGREE IN WRITING TO MODIFY IT.
{remainder of page intentionally left blank;
signature
pages follow}
60
THIS CONTRACT CONTAINS A BINDING
ARBITRATION CLAUSE WHICH MAY BE ENFORCED BY THE PARTIES.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to
be executed by appropriate duly authorized officers as of the Effective Date.
GE
COMMERCIAL DISTRIBUTION FINANCE CORPORATION,
as Lender
|
By:
|
/s/ Joseph
Kinkenon
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Joseph Kinkenon
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Wholesale Risk
Leader
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notice Address:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Joseph Kinkenon
|
|
|
GE Capital
Americas - Equipment Finance
|
|
|
125 John
Carpenter Freeway
|
|
|
Irving, TX 75062
|
|
|
FAX # (314)
228-0163
|
|
|
TEL # (972) 830-6009
|
|
|
|
|
|
with a copy to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Joe Cistulli, General Counsel,
|
|
|
GE Capital Americas - Equipment Finance
|
|
|
300 John
Carpenter Freeway
|
|
|
Irving, TX 75062
|
|
|
FAX #) (469) 519-4148
|
|
|
TEL # ( 469) 586-2091
|
|
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
|
|
GE Commercial Distribution Finance Corporation
|
|
|
5595 Trillium Boulevard
|
|
|
Hoffman Estates, IL 60192-3405
|
|
|
Attn: Peter Muniz, General Counsel
|
|
|
FAX # (847) 747-7455
|
|
|
TEL # (847) 747-7552
|
1
|
|
TITAN
MACHINERY INC., as
Borrower
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Ted O.
Christianson
|
|
|
Name:
|
Ted O.
Christianson
|
|
|
Title:
|
Vice
President-Finance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notice Address
for the Borrower:
|
|
|
Titan Machinery
Inc.
|
|
|
4876 Rocking
Horse Circle
|
|
|
Fargo, ND
58104-6049
|
|
|
Telephone:
701-356-0130
|
|
|
Attn: Ted O.
Christianson
|
|
|
|
|
|
with a copy to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Simon C. Root, Esq.
|
|
|
Fredrikson & Byron, P.A.
|
|
|
200 South Sixth Street
|
|
|
Minneapolis, MN 55402-1425
|
|
|
Telephone: 612-492-7000
|
{remainder
of page intentionally left blank}
2
EXHIBIT 4.1
GLOSSARY
AND INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS
AAA is defined in Section 20.2.
ACCOUNT as to any Person, the right of such Person to
payment for goods sold or leased or for services rendered by such Person.
ACCOUNT DEBTOR the obligor on any Account.
ACQUISITION means any transaction or series of related
transactions for the purpose of or resulting, directly or indirectly, in (a) the
acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of a Person, or of all or
substantially all of any business or division of a Person, (b) the
acquisition of 50% or more of the Capital Securities of any Person, or
otherwise causing any Person to become a Subsidiary, or (c) a merger or
consolidation or any other combination with another Person (other than a Person
that is already a Subsidiary).
ADJUSTED LIBOR RATE is defined in Section 6.3.
ADDITIONAL AND AMENDED FINANCIAL COVENANT shall mean any
new or amended covenant or similar restriction measuring the financial
performance of the Borrower or any other Covered Person (regardless of whether
such provision is labeled or otherwise characterized as a covenant) including,
without limitation, (i) is similar to that of the covenants in Section 16
of this Agreement, or related definitions of this Agreement, but contains one
or more percentages, amounts or formulas that is more restrictive than those
set forth in this Agreement or more beneficial to the holder or holders of the
Indebtedness created or evidenced by the document in which such covenant or
similar restriction is contained (and such covenant or similar restriction
shall be deemed an Additional and Amended Covenant only to the extent that it
is more restrictive or more beneficial) or (ii) is different from the
subject matter of the covenants in Section 16 of this Agreement, or
related definitions of this Agreement.
ADVANCE an Floorplan Loan Advance.
ADVANCE DATE the date on which an Advance is requested by
Borrower to be made, or is otherwise contemplated or intended to be made, as
provided herein.
AFFILIATE with respect to any Person, (a) any other
Person who is a partner, director, officer or stockholder of such Person; and (b) any
other Person which, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by
or is under common control with such Person, and any partner, director, officer
or stockholder of such other Person described. For purposes of this
Agreement, control of a Person by another Person shall be deemed to exist if
such other Person has the power, directly or indirectly, either to (i) vote
twenty percent (20%) or more of the securities having the power to vote in an
election of directors of such Person, or (ii) direct the management of
such Person, whether by contract or otherwise and whether alone or in
combination with others. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, in no event will any stockholder of Borrower who is not also an
officer or director of Borrower be considered to be an Affiliate of Borrower.
AGREEMENT this document (including every document that is
stated herein to be an appendix, exhibit or schedule hereto, whether or not
physically attached to this document), as amended from time to time.
1
APPLICABLE LENDING OFFICE means, for Lender and for each
Loan, the Applicable Lending Office of Lender (or of an affiliate of Lender)
designated for such Loan on the signature pages hereof or such other
office of Lender (or an affiliate of Lender) as Lender may from time to time
specify to the Borrower by written notice in accordance with the terms hereof
as the office by which its Loans are to be made and maintained.
APPROVAL means Lenders approval to finance particular
Inventory for Borrower which is evidenced by Lender issuing a financing
approval number to the Vendor of such Inventory. Approval also means (i) any
open-to-buy authorization given by Lender to a Vendor, pursuant to which Lender
may authorize such vendor to assume Lenders approval to finance Inventory
until Lender affirmatively withdraws such authorization, and (ii) any
Approval for which Lender has not made a Floorplan Loan Advance as a result of
Lender not receiving the invoice from the Vendor for the Inventory which is
subject to the Approval.
ASBESTOS MATERIAL either asbestos or asbestos-containing
materials.
AVERAGE DAILY BALANCE is defined in Section 6.1.3.
BORROWING OFFICER each officer of the Borrower who is
authorized to submit a request for an Advance or take such other action on
behalf of the Borrower in a writing delivered to Lender.
BUSINESS DAY any day on which the Federal Reserve Bank of
Chicago is open for the transaction of business.
CAPITAL EXPENDITURE is defined in Section 16.1.
CAPITAL EXPENDITURE EQUIVALENT means, with respect to a
Capital Lease, the amount that would have been the aggregate cost of the
property leased if it had been purchased rather than leased.
CAPITAL LEASE any lease that has been or should be
capitalized under GAAP.
CAPITAL SECURITIES means, with respect to any Person, all
shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated,
whether voting or non-voting) of such Persons capital, whether now outstanding
or issued or acquired after the Effective Date, including common shares,
preferred shares, membership interests in a limited liability company, limited
or general partnership interests in a partnership, interests in a trust,
interests in other unincorporated organizations or any other equivalent of such
ownership interest.
CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT the account(s) with such
financial institution as selected or designated by Lender from time to time
that is designated by Lender as the Cash Collateral Account during an Existing
Default.
CHANGE OF CONTROL means the occurrence of any of the
following events with respect to Parent:
(a) any Person or group of Persons (within the meaning of Section 13
or 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) shall acquire beneficial
ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under such Act) of
more than 35% of the outstanding Capital Securities (on a fully diluted basis
and taking into account any securities or contract rights exercisable,
exchangeable or convertible into equity securities) of Parent having voting
rights in the election of directors under normal circumstances; or (b) the
sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Parent.
2
CHARTER DOCUMENTS the articles or certificate of
incorporation and bylaws of a corporation; the certificate of limited
partnership and partnership agreement of a limited partnership; the partnership
agreement of a general partnership; the articles of organization and operating
agreement of a limited liability company; or the indenture of a trust.
CLAIMS Act the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940.
COBRA the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act.
CODE the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and all regulations
thereunder of the IRS.
COLLATERAL all of the Personal Property Collateral, and any
other property or asset in which Lender has a Security Interest, from time to
time, to secure payment or performance of the Loan Obligations, and all
proceeds (including, without limitation, Accounts, insurance and sale proceeds)
thereof.
CONTRACT any contract, capital lease, operating lease, note,
bond, indenture, deed, mortgage, deed of trust, security agreement, pledge,
hypothecation agreement, assignment, or other agreement or undertaking.
COVERED PERSON is defined in Section 4.4.
CREDIT AGREEMENT This Agreement.
DAILY CHARGE is defined in Section 6.1.3.
DAILY RATE is defined in Section 6.1.3.
DEFAULT any of the events listed in Section 17.1 of
this Agreement, without giving effect to any requirement for the giving of
notice, for the lapse of time, or both, or for the happening of any other
condition, event or act.
DEFAULT RATE the rate of interest payable on each Loan
after its Maturity and in certain other circumstances as provided in Section 6.6.
DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE the disclosure schedule of Borrower
attached hereto as Exhibit 12.
DISPUTES is defined in Section 20.1.
DOL the United States Department of Labor.
DOLLARS and the sign $ lawful money of the United States.
EBITDA is defined in Section 16.1.
EFFECTIVE DATE the date when this Agreement is effective as
provided in Section 1.
EMPLOYMENT LAW ERISA, the Occupational Safety and Health
Act, the Fair Labor Standards Act, or any other Law pertaining to the terms or
conditions of labor or safety in the workplace or discrimination or sexual
harassment in the workplace.
3
ENVIRONMENTAL LAW the Resource Conservation and Recovery
Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act,
the Clean Water Act, the Clean Air Act, or any other Law pertaining to
environmental quality or remediation of Hazardous Material.
EPA the United States Environmental Protection Agency.
ERISA the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
ERISA AFFILIATE as to any Borrower, any trade or business
(irrespective of whether incorporated) which is a member of a group of which
such Person is a member and thereafter treated as a single employer under
§414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code or applicable Treasury
Regulations.
EVENT OF DEFAULT any of the events listed in Section 17.1
of this Agreement as to which any requirement for the giving of notice, for the
lapse of time, or both, or for the happening of any further condition, event or
act has been satisfied.
EXECUTION DATE the date when this Agreement has been
executed.
EXISTING DEFAULT an Event of Default which has occurred and
is continuing and which has not been waived in writing by Lender.
EXISTING LOAN DOCUMENTS the Loan Documents as such term
is defined in the Prior AWF, and includes, without limitation, each document
and agreement specified therein and any other existing document or agreement
granting, or purporting to grant, in favor of Administrative Agent (as defined
therein), a Security Interest on any asset of the Borrower or any other Covered
Person.
FAA is defined in Section 20.6.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS the most recent of the Initial
Financial Statements and the financial statements of Borrower required to be
furnished to Lender under this Agreement.
FLOORPLAN INVENTORY VALUE means one hundred percent (100%)
of the total aggregate wholesale invoice price of all of Borrowers Inventory
financed under the Floorplan Loan Facility in which Lender has a first
priority, perfected Security Interest (subject to no other Security Interest)
that is unsold and not leased by Borrower and is in Borrowers possession and
control as of the date of determination, less the amount of any such Inventory
reported by the Borrower (if the Borrower is required by Lender to report) as
demonstration items or Inventory that is obsolete or otherwise unmerchantable
or if in the possession or control of Borrower for 180 days or more from the
date of the invoice for such Inventory.
If any Inventory financed under the Floorplan Loan Facility with a value
in excess of $0.00 for each location is located on any premises that are not
owned by Borrower (not including any lessee or other person to whom Inventory
is leased or rented in the ordinary course of such Covered Persons business,
or other locations where Borrower is not obligated to pay rent for up to 30
consecutive days) and Borrower has not obtained or caused to be obtained
written waivers or consents, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, then
such Inventory shall be deemed to have a Floorplan Inventory Value of zero
Dollars ($0.00).
FLOORPLAN LOAN any Floorplan Loan Advance.
FLOORPLAN LOAN ADVANCE an Advance by Lender that is to be
funded under the Floorplan Loan Facility.
4
FLOORPLAN LOAN FACILITY the discretionary line of credit of
Lender as stated in Section 5.1.1 to fund Floorplan Loan Advances.
FLOORPLAN LOAN MATURITY DATE is defined in Section 7.1.3.
FLOORPLAN PAYMENT DEFAULT is defined in Section 17.1.1.
FLOORPLAN SHORTFALL means the amount, if any, by which (a) the
sum of the Floorplan Loans (less the amount of the Floorplan Loans attributable
to Inventory purchased by Borrower during the In Transit Period (defined below)
as evidenced by the invoice date) outstanding on any date of determination,
exceeds (b) the Floorplan Inventory Value as determined by Lender as of
such date of determination. In Transit
Period shall mean a period determined by Lender which reasonably estimates the
time period it takes Inventory ordered by Borrower and shipped by a Vendor to
arrive at Borrowers location. Until
notice is given by Lender to Borrower of a change in the In Transit Period, the
In-Transit Period shall be the two (2) day period immediately preceding
the date of the most recent Schedule of Inventory.
FLOORPLAN TERMINATION DATE is defined in Section 5.1.8.
FRB the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
and any successor thereto or to the functions thereof.
GAAP those generally accepted accounting principles set
forth in Statements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board and in Opinions
of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified
Public Accountants or which have other substantial authoritative support in the
United States and are applicable in the circumstances, as applied on a
consistent basis.
GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY the federal government of the United
States; the government of any foreign country that is recognized by the United
States or is a member of the United Nations; any state of the United States;
any local government or municipality within the territory or under the
jurisdiction of any of the foregoing; any department, agency, division, or
instrumentality of any of the foregoing; and any court, arbitrator, or board of
arbitrators whose orders or judgments are enforceable by or within the
territory of any of the foregoing.
GUARANTOR any Person who at any time guaranties the Loan
Obligations. As of the Execution Date,
there is no Guarantor.
HAZARDOUS MATERIAL any hazardous, radioactive, toxic, solid
or special waste, material, substance or constituent thereof, or any other such
substance (as defined under any applicable Law or regulation), including
Asbestos Material.
IMPOSITIONS is defined in Section 6.7.2.
INDEBTEDNESS as to any Person at any particular date, any
contractual obligation enforceable against such Person (i) to repay
borrowed money; (ii) to pay the deferred purchase price of property or
services; (iii) to make payments or reimbursements with respect to bank
acceptances or to a factor; (iv) to make payments or reimbursements with
respect to letters of credit whether or not there have been drawings
thereunder; (v) with respect to which there is any Security Interest in
any property of such Person; (vi) to make any payment or contribution to a
Multi-Employer Plan; (vii) that is evidenced by a note, bond, debenture or
similar instrument; (viii) under any conditional sale agreement or title
retention agreement; (ix) all Liabilities (as
5
defined by GAAP) under any Capital Lease or (x) to pay
interest or fees with respect to any of the foregoing. INDEBTEDNESS also includes any other
Obligation that either (i) is non-contingent and liquidated in amount or (ii) should
under GAAP be included in liabilities and not just as a footnote on a balance
sheet. In no event shall Indebtedness
include trade accounts payable.
INDIRECT OBLIGATION as to any Person, (a) any guaranty
by such Person of any Obligation of another Person; (b) any Security
Interest in any property of such Person that secures any Obligation of another
Person; (c) any enforceable contractual requirement that such Person (i) purchase
an Obligation of another Person or any property that is security for such
Obligation, (ii) advance or contribute funds to another Person for the
payment of an Obligation of such other Person or to maintain the working
capital, net worth or solvency of such other Person as required in any
documents evidencing an Obligation of such other Person, (iii) purchase
property, securities or services from another Person for the purpose of
assuring the beneficiary of any Obligation of such other Person that such other
Person has the ability to timely pay or discharge such Obligation, (iv) grant
a Security Interest in any property of such Person to secure any Obligation of
another Person, (v) otherwise assure or hold harmless the beneficiary of
any Obligation of another Person against loss in respect thereof; (d) any
Obligation arising from the endorsement by such Person of an instrument (e) any
Obligation of such Person as a surety; and (f) any other contractual
requirement enforceable against such Person that has the same substantive
effect as any of the foregoing. The term
INDIRECT OBLIGATION does not, however, include the endorsement by a Person of
instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business or the
liability of a general partner of a partnership for Obligations of such
partnership. The amount of any Indirect
Obligation of a Person shall be deemed to be the stated or determinable amount
of the Obligation in respect of which such Indirect Obligation is made or, if
not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect
thereof as determined by such Person in good faith.
INTEREST RATE AND FEE LETTER collectively, any and all interest rate
letters, fee letters and similar agreements between Borrower and Lender and
entered into from time to time by Borrower and Lender.
INITIAL AWF Investments permitted under Section 2.
INITIAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS the financial statements (not
including the projections) of Borrower referred to in Section 11.1.2.
INSURANCE PROCEEDS insurance and/or condemnation proceeds
payable as a consequence of damage to or destruction of any of the Collateral.
INTEREST EXPENSE is defined in Section 16.1.
INTEREST/CURRENCY HEDGE OBLIGATION any obligations of
Borrower to Lender or any of its respective Affiliates or Subsidiaries under an
agreement or agreements between Borrower and Lender or
any of its respective Affiliates or Subsidiaries under which the exposure of
Borrower to fluctuations in interest rates or currencies is effectively
limited, including, without limitation, whether in the form of one or more
interest rate cap, collar, corridor agreements, interest rate swaps, currency
swaps, or the like, or options therefor.
INVENTORY goods owned, leased or held by a Person for sale,
lease, sublease or resale or furnished or to be furnished under contracts for
services, and raw materials, goods/work in process, materials, component parts
and supplies used or consumed, or held for use or consumption in such Persons
business.
6
INVESTMENT (a) a loan or advance of money or property
to a Person, (b) Capital Securities in a Person, (c) a debt
instrument issued by a Person, whether or not convertible to stock or other
equity interest in such Person, or (d) any other interest in or rights
with respect to a Person which include, in whole or in part, a right to share,
with or without conditions or restrictions, some or all of the revenues or net
income of such Person.
IRS the Internal Revenue Service.
KNOWLEDGE means, with respect to the Borrower or any
Covered Person, that a Responsible Officer of Borrower or such Covered Person,
as the case may be, has actual knowledge or conscious awareness of the fact or
matter in question or reasonably should, in light of such Responsible Officers
position, have knowledge of the fact or matter in question.
LAW any statute, rule, regulation, order, judgment, award
or decree of any Governmental Authority.
LENDER GE Commercial Distribution Finance Corporation, and
its successors and assigns.
LENDER COMPANIES is defined in Section 20.1.
LIBOR ADVANCE an Advance that will become a LIBOR Loan.
LIBOR INCREMENT is defined in Section 6.3.
LIBOR LOAN any portion of a Loan on which interest accrues
at the Adjusted LIBOR Rate.
LOAN a Floorplan Loan.
LOAN DOCUMENTS this Agreement, the guaranties, the Security
Documents, each Interest Rate and Fee Letter, Transaction Statements and all
other agreements, certificates, documents, instruments and other writings
executed in connection herewith or therewith from time to time.
LOAN OBLIGATIONS all of Borrowers Indebtedness owing to
Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and all other
agreements, certificates, documents, instruments and other writings executed in
connection therewith, whether as principal, interest, fees, or otherwise,
including without limitation, the amount of all unfunded Approvals, any amounts
set forth in Section 6.8, all obligations of Lender under any Third Person
Reimbursement Agreements, and all other Obligations and liabilities of Borrower
to Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and all
Interest/Currency Hedge Obligations (in each case including all extensions,
renewals, modifications, rearrangements, restructures, replacements and
refinancings of the foregoing, whether or not the same involve modifications to
interest rates or other payment terms), whether now existing or hereafter
created, absolute or contingent, direct or indirect, joint or several, secured
or unsecured, due or not due, contractual or tortious, liquidated or
unliquidated, arising by operation of law or otherwise, including but not
limited to the obligation of Borrower to repay future advances by Lender
hereunder, whether or not made pursuant to commitment and whether or not
presently contemplated by Borrower, Lender in the Loan Documents.
LOCAL TIME means the local time in Chicago, Illinois.
MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT as to the Borrower, any Guarantor
or any other Covered Person, taken as a whole, and with respect to any event or
occurrence of whatever nature (including any
7
adverse determination in any litigation, arbitration,
investigation or proceeding), a material adverse effect on the business,
operations, revenues, financial condition, property, or business prospects of
Borrower and each other Covered Person taken as a whole, or the ability of
Borrower, any Guarantor or such Covered Person to timely pay or perform
Borrowers, any Guarantors and each other Covered Persons Obligations
generally taken as a whole, or in the case of Borrower, the ability of Borrower
to pay or perform any of Borrowers Obligations to Lender, or in the case of a
Guarantor, the ability of such Guarantor to pay or perform any of its
Obligations guarantied under the terms of its Guaranty.
MATERIAL AGREEMENT as to Borrower, any Guarantor or any
other Covered Person, any Contract to which Borrower, any Guarantor or any
Covered Person is a party or by which any such Borrower, any Guarantor or any
other Covered Person is bound which, if violated or breached, has or is
reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
MATERIAL LAW any separately enforceable provision of a Law
whose violation by a Borrower, any Guarantor, or any other Covered Person has
or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
MATERIAL LICENSE (i) as to any Covered Person, any
license, permit or consent from a Governmental Authority or other Person and
any registration and filing with a Governmental Authority or other Person which
if not obtained, held or made by such Covered Person has or is reasonably
likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) as to any Person who is
a party to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, any license,
permit or consent from a Governmental Authority or other Person and any
registration or filing with a Governmental Authority or other Person that is
necessary for the execution or performance by such party, or the validity or
enforceability against such party, of this Agreement or such other Loan
Document.
MATERIAL OBLIGATION as to Borrower, any Guarantor or any
Covered Person, an Obligation of such Person which if not fully and timely paid
or performed has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
MATERIAL PROCEEDING any litigation, investigation or other
proceeding by or before any Governmental Authority (i) which involves any
of the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated thereby, or
involves a Covered Person or a Guarantor as a party or any property of Covered
Person or a Guarantor, and has or is reasonably likely to have a Material
Adverse Effect if adversely determined, (ii) in which there has been
issued an injunction, writ, temporary restraining order or any other order of
any nature which purports to restrain or enjoin the making of any Advance, the
consummation of any other transaction contemplated by the Loan Documents, or
the enforceability of any provision of any of the Loan Documents, (iii) which
involves the actual or alleged breach or violation by a Covered Person of, or
default by a Covered Person under, any Material Agreement, or (iv) which
involves the actual or alleged violation by a Covered Person or any Guarantor
of any Material Law.
MATURITY as to any Indebtedness, the time when it becomes
payable in full, whether at a regularly scheduled time, because of acceleration
or otherwise.
MULTI-EMPLOYER PLAN a Pension Benefit Plan which is a
multi-employer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
MORTGAGEE CONSENT AGREEMENT means each agreement described
in Section 9.1 in form and substance satisfactory Lender.
8
NET INCOME is defined in Section 16.1.
OBLIGATION as to any Person, any Indebtedness of such
Person, any guaranty by such Person of any Indebtedness of another Person, and
any contractual requirement enforceable against such Person that does not
constitute Indebtedness of such Person or a guaranty by such Person but which would
involve the expenditure of money by such Person if complied with or enforced.
OPERATING LEASE any lease that is not a Capital Lease.
PAYMENT IN FULL collectively, (i) the full payment in
cash or same day funds of all of the outstanding Loan Obligations, including,
without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses owing to Lender hereunder and
the other Loan Documents, (ii) Lender has no other commitment to extend
credit or make advances to or for the account of Borrower or any Covered Person
under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, and (iii) all
outstanding Approvals have been 100% cash collateralized and such cash
collateral shall have been delivered to Lender in cash or same day funds;
subject to per diem amounts, additional Advances made or Approvals given or
payments received after the date of any request for a payoff.
PBGC the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
PENSION BENEFIT PLAN any pension plan within the meaning of
Section 3(2) of ERISA, including a Multiemployer Plan that is covered
by Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code.
PERMITTED ACQUISITION is defined in Section 15.6.
PERMITTED INDEBTEDNESS Indebtedness permitted under Section 15.2.
PERMITTED INDIRECT OBLIGATIONS Indirect Obligations
permitted under Section 15.4.
PERMITTED INVESTMENTS Investments permitted under Section 15.1.
PERMITTED SECURITY INTERESTS Security Interests that
Borrower is permitted under Section 15.5 to create, incur, assume, or
allow to exist.
PERSON any individual, partnership, corporation, trust,
unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company,
Governmental Authority, or other organization in any form that has the legal
capacity to sue or be sued. If the
context so implies or requires, the term Person includes Borrower.
PERSONAL PROPERTY COLLATERAL means all Inventory of
Borrower which is financed by Lender or against which Lender has advanced
monies under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, whether such property
or debtors right, title or interest therein or thereto is now owned or
existing or hereafter acquired or arising, and wherever located, all Accounts,
Inventory, Equipment, Fixtures, other Goods, General Intangibles (including,
without limitation, Payment Intangibles), Chattel Paper (whether tangible or
electronic), Instruments (including, without limitation, Promissory Notes),
Investment Property and Documents arising from or associated with the sale,
lease, rental or other disposition of such property, all returns,
repossessions, exchanges, substitutions, replacements, attachments, parts,
accessories and accessions thereto, and all products and Proceeds of the
foregoing. The Personal Property
Collateral also includes Borrowers right to all price protection payments,
rebates, discounts, credits, factory holdbacks, incentive payments and any
other amounts due Borrower at any time from a Person from whom Borrower has
purchased any of the foregoing property.
In addition, the Personal Property
9
Collateral includes, without limitation, all disks, tapes,
media and other devices, electronic or otherwise, which evidence or otherwise
relate to any of the foregoing property, and other devices in which such
records are stored.
PRIOR AWF Investments permitted under Section 2.
PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS the projections of Borrower
referred to in Section 11.1.2.
REGULATION T, REGULATION U, and REGULATION X respectively, Regulation T issued by
the FRB, Regulation U issued by the FRB, and Regulation X issued by
the FRB.
REPORTABLE EVENT a reportable event as defined in
Title IV of ERISA or the regulations thereunder excluding events with
respect to which notice has been waived by the PBGC in writing.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES The representations and
warranties made by Borrower with respect to itself and other Covered Persons in
Section 12, and the representations and warranties made in any
certificate, report, opinion or other document delivered by Borrower pursuant
to the Loan Documents, as such representations and warranties are modified from
time to time as provided in Section 13.
RENTAL CONTRACTS is defined in Section 15.26.
RESPONSIBLE OFFICER as to any Person that is not an
individual, partnership or trust, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the
President, the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer, the chief
financial officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant to the Treasurer, or any Vice
President in charge of a principal business unit; as to any partnership, any
individual who is a general partner thereof or any individual who has general
management or administrative authority over all or any principal unit of the
partnerships business; and as to any trust, any individual who is a trustee.
SCHEDULE OF INVENTORY a listing of each item of existing
Inventory (new and used), new Inventory purchases and items of Inventory sold,
rented or assigned within the past thirty (30) days from the date of the
last such schedule, containing the following: location, manufacturer, age,
quantity, initial date of purchase or lease by Borrower, actual cost, total
accrued depreciation, and net book value of then-existing Inventory in such
reasonable detail as Lender may require.
SECURITY AGREEMENT this Agreement and any security
agreement required or contemplated under Section 9 to be executed and
delivered to Lender or otherwise delivered to Lender from time to time.
SECURITY DOCUMENTS all of the documents required or
contemplated to be executed and delivered to Lender under Section 9, all
other documents granting a Security Interest in any asset of Borrower or any
other Person to secure the payment or performance of any of the Loan
Obligations from time to time, including this Agreement and any such documents
listed on Exhibit 11.1.1, all collateral assignments, and any similar
documents at any time executed and delivered to Lender from time to time, by
Borrower or any other Person to secure payment or performance of any of the
Loan Obligations.
SECURITY INTEREST as to any item of tangible or intangible
property, any interest therein or right with respect thereto or assignment
thereof that secures an Obligation or Indirect Obligation,
10
whether such interest or right is created under a Contract,
or by operation of law or statute (such as but not limited to a statutory lien
for work or materials), or as a result of a judgment, or which arises under any
form of preferential or title retention agreement or arrangement (including a
conditional sale agreement or a lease) that has substantially the same economic
effect as any of the foregoing.
SOLVENT as to any Person, (i) such Person not being insolvent
within the meaning of Section 101(32) of the Bankruptcy Code, Section 2
of the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act (the UFTA) or Section 3 of the
Illinois Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act set forth in Section 160/3 of the
Illinois Compiled Statutes (1996) (the Illinois UFTA), (ii) such Person
not having unreasonably small capital, within the meaning of Section 548
of the Bankruptcy Code, Section 4 of the UFTA, or Section 5 of the
Illinois UFTA, and (iii) such Person not being unable to pay such Persons
debts as they become due within the meaning of Section 548 of the Bankruptcy
Code, Section 4 of the UFTA, or Section 5 of the Illinois UFTA, or
any other applicable Law.
STATE any state of the United States.
SUBSIDIARY as to any Person, another Person with respect to
which 50% or more of the outstanding Capital Securities of each class having
ordinary voting power (other than Capital Securities having such power only by
reason of the happening of a contingency) is at the time owned by such Person
or by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.
TAX as to any Person, any tax, duty, impost, deduction,
charges, withholdings, assessment, fee, or other charge levied by a
Governmental Authority (and all liabilities associated therewith) on the income
or property of such Person, including any interest or penalties thereon, and
which is payable by such Person.
THIRD PERSON REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENTS- is defined in Section 19.6.5.
TOTAL AVAILABLE ASSETS is defined in Section 16.1.
TOTAL FUNDED INDEBTEDNESS is defined in Section 16.1.
TRANSACTION STATEMENT is defined in Section 6.1.2.
UCC the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to
time in the State of Illinois or such other similar statute as in effect from
time to time in Illinois or any other appropriate jurisdiction.
UNITED STATES when used in a geographical sense, all the
states of the United States of America and the District of Columbia; and when
used in a legal jurisdictional sense, the government of the country that is the
United States of America.
VENDOR is defined in Section 5.1.2.
VENDOR AGREEMENT is defined in Section 5.1.9.
WELFARE BENEFIT PLAN any plan described by Section 3(1) of
ERISA.
11
Exhibit 10.43

Brett Davis
Senior Director, N.A. Commercial Lending
February 19, 2010
Titan Machinery, Inc.
4876 Rocking Horse Circle
Fargo, ND 58103-7256
Attn: Ted O. Christianson
Vice President, Finance and Treasurer
Dear Mr. Christianson:
Titan Machinery, Inc. (Titan) and CNH Capital America LLC (CNH)
are parties to an Amended and Restated Wholesale Floor Plan Credit Facility and
Security Agreement dated November 13, 2007, as amended from time to time,
most recently amended in a letter dated December 16, 2009 (the Agreement).
The Agreement provides that, among other things, between January 1, 2010
and February 28, 2010, the rate of interest charged on the first
$25,000,000 on Credit Line 7 shall be Prime +4.00% and that Titan and CNH shall
discuss, prior to February 28, 2010, the possibility of agreeing to an
interest rate other than the rate provided by the Wholesale Finance Plans for
the period after February 28, 2010.
By executing this letter agreement, the parties wish to further amend
the terms of the Agreement as follows: a) Prime +4% shall be the interest rate
applicable for all credit facilities under the Agreement; and b) CNH Capital
will review interest rates under the Agreement on a quarterly basis, beginning
on or before June 30, 2010.
Except as specifically amended herein, all other terms of the Agreement
shall remain unchanged.
Very truly yours,
CNH Capital America LLC
|

|
|
|
Brett Davis, Sr. Director Commercial Lending, NA
|
Titan Machinery, Inc. agrees to the above described amendment to
the Amended and Restated Wholesale, Floor Plan Credit Facility and Security
Agreement dated November 13, 2007, as amended.
Titan Machinery, Inc.
|

|
|
|
Ted O. Christianson, VP Finance and Treasurer
|
|
CNH Capital
233 Lake Avenue
Racine, WI 53403
QuickLinks
-- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document
Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Form 10-K of Titan Machinery Inc., of our reports
dated April 15, 2010, related to the consolidated financial statements and internal control over financial reporting, which appear in Titan Machinery Inc.'s Form 10-K
for the years ended January 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008.
We
also consent to the incorporation by reference of the above referenced reports in the Registration Statement of Titan Machinery Inc. on Form S-8 (File
No. 333-149426, effective February 28, 2008).
/s/
Eide Bailly LLP
Minneapolis,
Minnesota
April 15, 2010
QuickLinks
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
QuickLinks
-- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document
EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT
I,
David J. Meyer, certify that:
- 1.
- I
have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Titan Machinery Inc.;
- 2.
- Based
on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements
made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
- 3.
- Based
on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
- 4.
- The
registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange
Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and
15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
- (a)
- Designed
such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that
material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being prepared;
- (b)
- Designed
such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles;
- (c)
- Evaluated
the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of
the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
- (d)
- Disclosed
in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal
quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over
financial reporting; and
- 5.
- The
registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors:
- (a)
- All
significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
- (b)
- Any
fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over
financial reporting.
Date:
April 15, 2010
|
|
|
| |
|
/s/ DAVID J. MEYER
David J. Meyer Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
QuickLinks
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT
QuickLinks
-- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document
EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT
I,
Peter J. Christianson, certify that:
- 1.
- I
have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Titan Machinery Inc.;
- 2.
- Based
on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements
made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
- 3.
- Based
on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
- 4.
- The
registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange
Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and
15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
- (a)
- Designed
such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that
material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being prepared;
- (b)
- Designed
such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles;
- (c)
- Evaluated
the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of
the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
- (d)
- Disclosed
in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal
quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over
financial reporting; and
- 5.
- The
registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors:
- (a)
- All
significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
- (b)
- Any
fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over
financial reporting.
Date:
April 15, 2010
|
|
|
| |
|
/s/ PETER J. CHRISTIANSON
Peter J. Christianson President and Chief Financial Officer |
QuickLinks
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT
QuickLinks
-- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document
EXHIBIT 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Titan Machinery Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the year ended
January 31, 2010 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Report"), I, David J. Meyer, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
§1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
The
Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
The
information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date:
April 15, 2010
|
|
|
| |
|
/s/ DAVID J. MEYER
David J. Meyer Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
QuickLinks
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
QuickLinks
-- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document
EXHIBIT 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Titan Machinery Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the year ended
January 31, 2010 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Report"), I, Peter J. Christianson, President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18
U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
The
Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
The
information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date:
April 15, 2010
|
|
|
| |
|
/s/ PETER J. CHRISTIANSON
Peter J. Christianson President and Chief Financial Officer |
QuickLinks
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002